Distribution of Values of Holomorphic Mappings B. V. SHABAT
Volume 61 TRANSLATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL MONOGRAPHS
TRANSLATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL MONOGRAPHS
VOLUME 61
Distribution of Values of Holomorphic Mappings B. V. SHABAT
American Mathematical Society
Providence
Rhodelsland
PACIIPEAEJIEHHE 3HALIEHHf4 F0JIOMOP(bHbIX OTOBPA)KEHI4I4 B. B. IIIABAT H3L ATEJIbCTBO uHAYKA > FJIABHASI PEAAKLI;I431 1M3HKO-MATEMATHLIECKO I JII4TEPATYPbI MOCKBA 1982
Translated from the Russian by J. R. King Translation edited by Lev J. Leifman 1980 Mathematics Subject Classification (1985 Revision). Primary 32H30; Secondary 32H25. ABSTRACT. One of the greatest achievements in analysis in the 1920s and 1930s was the theory of value distribution of meromorphic functions linked with the name of R. Nevanlinna. A vast literature, including Soviet contributions, is devoted to this subject. Much less fully reflected in the literature is the multidimensional aspect of this theory, which involves the distribution of the inverse images of analytic sets under holomorphic mappings of complex manifolds. This side of the theory is rich in relations to algebraic and differential geometry, and is one of the most important branches of the modern geometric theory of functions of a complex variable. This book gives an introduction to the multidimensional theory of value distribution and presents the major results of this theory.
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Shabat, B. V. (Boris Vladimirovich) Distribution of values of holomorphic mappings. (Translations of mathematical monographs; v. 61) Translation of: Raspredelenie znachenil golomorfnykh otobrazheniT. Bibliography: p. 1. Holomorphic mappings. 2. Value distribution theory. 1. Title. II. Series.
QA331.S45713 1985 ISBN 0-82184514-4
515.9'8
85-9236
All rights reserved except those granted to the United States Government This book may not be reproduced in any form without permission of the publisher.
Copyright O 1985 by the American Mathematical Society
Contents
Introduction
1
CHAPTER I. The Characteristic and Counting Functions §1. The counting function 1. Computation of volumes in em 2. The homogeneous metric form 3. Multiplicity of analytic sets 4. The counting function 5. The Poincare form §2. The characteristic function
5 5 5
6. Divisors 7. Line bundles 8. Hermitian bundles 9. The characteristic function 10. Higher characteristic functions §3. Currents and some of their applications 11. Currents 12. The Poincare-Lelong formula 13. The relation between characteristic and counting functions
CHAPTER II. The Main Theorems of Value Distribution Theory §4. First main theorem 1. The case of divisors 2. First applications 3. The case of sets of codimension greater than 1 4. On the Nevanlinna inequality for codimensions greater than 1 5. Sokhotskii's theorem for codimensions greater than 1 §5. Second main theorem 6. Singular volume form 7. Preliminary formulation 8. Main formulation iii
11
15
20 27 29 30 31
36 37 42 47
47 51
56 61
61 61
65 68 70 73 76 76 81 85
iv
CONTENTS
§6. Picard's theorem. Defect relation 9. Picard's theorem 10. Examples 11. Defect relation 12. Example CHAPTER III. Holomorphic Curves §7. Associated curves 1. Holomorphic curves and their representation 2. Grassmann algebra 3. Associated curves §8. Characteristic functions 4. Metric forms 5. Characteristic functions 6. The case of entire curves §9. Second main theorem 7. Contact functions 8. Two relations 9. Second main theorem §10. Defect relation and Picard's theorem 10. Defect relation and Borel's theorem 11. Big Picard theorem 12. More theorems of Picard type
CHAPTER IV. Generalization of the Main Theorems §11. Mappings of complex manifolds 1. Exhaustion functions 2. Generalization of the main theorems 3. The case of holomorphic curves 4. The hyperbolic case § 12. Divisors with singularities 5. Quadratic transformation 6. Singularities of intersection 7. Arbitrary singularities
CHAPTER V. Further Results §13. Results using capacity 1. P-measure 2. P-capacity 3. Polarity of the set of defective divisors 4. On the Bezout problem
CONTENTS
§14. Mappings of finite order 5. Estimates of characteristic functions from above 6. Mappings with q-regular growth 7. Complex variations 8. Applications and examples
SUPPLEMENT. A Brief Survey of Other Work Bibliography
I took for lights-lights for my journey Into your dark, bewitched domains A. Blok, 1906 7bmislated by Alex Miller
Introduction The first result of the theory of the distribution of values of holomorphic functions goes back to 1868; in the master's dissertation of Yulian Vasil'evich
Sokhotskii a theorem was proved which asserted that "at a pole of infinite order" a function always "must take on all possible values." By a pole of infinite order Sokhotskii meant an essential singular point, and by the value at this point, he meant the limiting value over a sequence of points converging to it. Thus his result is the classical theorem of Sokhotskii on the density of the image of a punctured neighborhood of an essential singular point which in our literature was long attributed to Weierstrass.(1) The next result, which
was proved in 1879, is due to Picard; it asserts that in fact the image of a punctured neighborhood of an essential singular point on the sphere can omit at most two points. In the work of Poincare, Hadamard, Borel, and others, a body of knowledge was developed which led to the creation of the theory of the distribution of values of holomorphic functions. The culmination of this theory occurred
in the 1920s and is linked to the work of the Finnish mathematician Rolf Nevanlinna, who died in May 1980. In particular, he extracted the principal results in the form of two main theorems. The first of these is comparatively simple and expresses results of the type of Sokhotskil's theorem, while the second is deeper and contains results of the type of Picard's theorem. In the 1930s, thanks to the work of Lars Ahlfors, value distribution theory acquired a distinctively geometric flavor, and in the succeeding decades it was developed intensively in several directions. An important contribution to this development was made by Soviet mathematicians, especially by representatives of the Kharkov and Erevan schools of the theory of functions. In 1896 the first result of the multidimensional theory of value distribution appeared: E. Borel [1] proved that a holomorphic mapping of the complex (1)Weierstrass's proof of the theorem appeared in 1876. We remark that Sokhotskii, who died in 1927, nowhere asserted his priority concerning this and others of his results which were not attributed to him. One should say that simultaneously with Sokhotskii the Italian mathematician F. Casorati also obtained the theorem on the density of the image. 1
2
INTRODUCTION
line C into complex projective space Pn is degenerate if its image omits n + 2 complex hyperplanes in general position. This long remained an isolated result until in 1926 A. Bloch [1] obtained a generalization of it. However, both of
these results were ahead of their time. The systematic investigation of the multidimensional case began in the 1930s and at the beginning of the 1940s, when H. Cartan [1], [2], H. and J. Weyl [1], and L. Ahlfors [2] constructed the foundation of the theory of meromorphic curves (that is, holomorphic P'n) and when H. Kneser [1] obtained the analog of the first mappings C main theorem for functions of several variables. After a twenty year lapse, in the sixties, in connection with a general growth of interest in multidimensional complex analysis, there arose a renewed interest in higher-dimensional value distribution theory. The papers of Chern [1], [2] and H. Levine [1] appeared, in which the first main theorem was extended to holomorphic mappings from C' to PI; and there is also the large cycle of work by W. Stoll [1]-[9] in which a serious attack on the multidimensional case was begun. An especially harmonious form of the higher-dimensional theory was obtained in the seventies thanks to the investigations of P. Griffiths and his school. By the beginning of the eighties the multidimensional value distribution theory had grown into a beautiful theory rich in connections to algebra and
geometry. The present book was conceived as an introduction to this theory and as a survey of some of its results. From the reader is expected only an acquaintance with the elements of multidimensional complex analysis; a knowledge of the classical theory of value distribution is not necessary. References to the author's book (B. V. Shabat, Introduction to Complex Analysis. Parts 1, 2, 2nd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1976) are denoted for brevity by Sha-
bat I and Shabat II; references to the first edition of this book (1969) are denoted by Shabat 0. A rather long first chapter contains essential preparatory material from the contemporary geometric theory of functions which is necessary in other branches of analysis as well. In the second chapter, the two main theorems
of value distribution theory are proved in the simplest case, and the first applications of them are given. The third chapter is devoted to the theory of holomorphic curves: the fourth to generalizations of the main theorems. In the fifth and last chapter some results are described, chiefly ones obtained by Soviet mathematicians. Throughout the book, I have tried wherever possible to elucidate the ideas behind the formal calculcations and to illustrate them by presenting examples. The manuscript of the book was read by E. M. Chirka ; he offered very astute critical observations which without a doubt improved the text. I am extremely grateful to him for this. I also thank P. V. Degtyar', E. I.Nochka, and A. Sadullaev, who put unpublished material at my disposal.
INTRODUCTION
3
According to Hermann Weyl, the creation by R. Nevanlinna of the value distribution theory of meromorphic functions is one of the greatest mathematical achievements of this century. In 1943, he wrote more cautiously on the subject of meromorphic curves, "Five years ago my son Joachim and I discovered and brought home from the primeval forest of mathematics, a sapling which we called Meromorphic Curves ... It looked healthy and attractive, but we did not know much about it. Soon after, a gardener from the North came along, - a skillful man of great experience, L. Ahlfors was his name, ... and under his care the plant, almost overnight, grew into a beautiful tree ... The
leaves are out, a few buds are visible, but only the future can teach what. fruits the tree will bear ..." (H. and J. Weyl [1]). In 1970 one of those who promoted the rekindling of interest in the multidimensional theory, Hung-Hsi Wu, wrote on this subject that its future is "far less certain ... the subject remains too narrow and too isolated and as such, it runs the risk of meeting an early and uneventful death. The most pressing problem is therefore to find applications for this theory." (Wu [3])_ But in 1977 the patriarch of the contemporary theory of distribution, Wilhelm Stoll, was expressing a completely different opinion: "During the last fifty years value distribution in one complex variable has been established as one of the most beautiful branches of complex analysis. In several variables, value distribution was slow to grow up. Only a few people were concerned and many obstacles had to be overcome. However, recently, the theory has gained wide recognition. The outlook for the future is bright and promises a theory even broader in scope than its one-dimensional counterpart." (Stoll [9]).
Well, the future will reveal which of these opinions is closer to the truth. The author, for his part, is convinced that such an elegant theory, so closely related to concepts which arise in the most diverse branches of contemporary mathematics, must undoubtedly contribute to the determination of the laws governing the multidimensional and complex world in which we live. October, 1980
B. V..Shabat
CHAPTER I
The Characteristic and Counting Functions In this chapter we describe the main geometric and analytic notions which form the basis of the multidimensional theory of value distribution of holomorphic mappings. We introduce the two leading actors in this theory-the characteristic function, which describes the rate of growth of the mapping, and the counting function, which measures the size of the preimages of sets.
§1. The counting function The classical one-dimensional theory studies the value distribution of meromorphic functions (that is, preimages of points in the complex sphere C, and there is particular interest in calculating the number of such preimage points in the disks Br = {IzI < r}. In the higher-dimensional theory one studies holomorphic mappings f: Cm M of the complex space Cm to an n-dimensional complex manifold M. One is interested not only in the preimages of points but also in the inverse images of complex analytic subsets of M of positive dimension. The place in the theory of the number of points in a disk is taken by the volume of the intersection of the analytic subset f -1(N) , the inverse image of a fixed analytic subset N C M, with a ball. We will begin by finding out how to compute such volumes.
1. Computation of volumes in C". We use the standard notation: z = (z1, ... , Z,,,) is a point in Cm; Iz12 = Em IzMI2 is the square of its modulus;
and a =
as dzµ 1
u
and
dz 1
µ
are the operators of differentiation. In C' it is natural to consider the Euclidean metric form 2 F dzµ A dzµ = 28a1zI2, where the coefficient i/2 is chosen because dzµ A dzµ = daµ A dyµ, if zµ = 2µ + iyµ. In order to avoid the appearance in formulas of factors related to the volume of the ball, it is convenient to divide this form by 7r (i.e., to take the area of the unit disk to 5
6
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
be one). Then the normalized Euclidean metric form becomes m
00 =
a
2n
E dzµ A dz, = ddcI zI2,
(1)
1
where the following real differentiation operators are used:(')
d=a+a=J1i do
dxp+ayadya)1 r+r+ _ adx + a d yµ 4ari -Oar `1 ay, u axµ
(2)
so that dd` = (i/27r)0. It is essential to emphasize that the form co does not measure the area of every two-dimensional manifold in Cm ; for example, on the two-dimensional real plane z2 = z1 in C2 the form is clearly equal to 0, since on this plane dz2 A dz2 = -dz1 A dz1. In the general case it gives a value which does not exceed the area, while it gives the correct area only for those two-dimensional manifolds which are complex one-manifolds, i.e., complex curves. This fact is expressed by a theorem proved by Wirtinger [1] in 1936: THEOREM 1. The area of a real two-dimensional manifold I' C Cm is not less than the integral of the form po over this manifold:
r
Volt>J ;po;
(3)
r
equality is attained if and only if I' is a (one-dimensional) complex manifold.
4 It is sufficient to prove the assertion for elements of area; therefore, without loss of generality we can assume that I' is a real two-dimensional plane. Assume further that it passes through the origin and is given by the parametric equation z = as + bS, where a, b E Cm and S = + irl is a complex parameter. The element. of area of a two-dimensional surface in R2ri = C', given by the parametric equation z = n), is equal to 7r-' EG - F2dedrj (2), where
E = (az/al;, az/al;), F = (az/ae, az/8rr), and G = (az/aq, az/ah), with the parentheses denoting the Hermitian inner product in Cm. (Recall that (')For m = 1 we have dy\\
d = d dx + Wy dy and d`
= 4>r
jy dx +
Yx Y.-
)
or, in polar coordinates,
d = a dr + a
b
dB
and d` =
41r
(r ar dB - r ' a9 dr)
.
(2)The coefficient 1/7r in the expression for the element of area is due to the normalization chosen above.
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
7
the Euclidean inner product of vectors in R2,n is equal to the real part of their Hermitian product in C' and that the Hermitian product of identical vectors is real.)
In our case of the plane r we have az/ae = a + b and az/ah = i(a - b); thus
E=(a+b,a+b)=IaI2+IbI2+(a,b)+ (b, a),
F=Im (a+b,a-b)=i[(a,b)-(b.a)], G = (a - b, a - b) = IaI2 + IbI2 - [(a, b) + (b, a)],
and EG - F2 =
(IaI2 + Ib12)2 - 4(a,b)(b,a). By the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz
inequality, (a, b) (b, a) = I (a, b) I2 < IaJ2Ib12. (IaI2
This means that EG - F2 >
- Ib12)2; furthermore, the equality is only attained when b = )a, where
A is some complex number. Thus, the element of area of t is
dS >
- I bI2)di;dn (4) with equality holding only in the case where b = as (we may assume for ' (IaI2
definiteness that at > Ibl). On the other hand, the restriction of the form po to the plane r is equal to
m 27r
J(audc + buds-) A (audS + buds) = 1
_
z
27r
(IaI2 - lb12)dc A ds
- I bt 2)dedrl, hence inequality (4) can be rewritten in the form dS > cpoIr. Equality is attained only in the case b = Aa, when the equation of I' has the form z = 7r
(IaI2
a(S + A?), i.e., the vector z is complexly proportional to the vector a. But in precisely this case t is a complex line. Taking into account the expression for the form po, we obtain from Wirtinger's theorem the following COROLLARY. The area of a complex one-dimensional manifold t c Cm is equal to the sum of the areas of the projections of the manifold onto the coordinate axes:
m
Voll'= J
(5)
We now give a generalization of Wirtinger's theorem to real submanifolds of Cm of any even dimension; it is more abstract and requires the introduction of methods of linear algebra. Let h be an Hermitian form on C"', that is, a mapping Cm x C"' -+ C which is complex-linear in the first vector and which satisfies the condition h(v, u) = h(u, v) of Hermitian symmetry (from this it follows that h is antilinear in the second vector). If we set h(u,v) = g(u,v) + if(u,v),
(6)
8
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
then g(v, u) = g(u, v) and f (v, u) = -f (u, v), so g = Re h is a symmetric form and f = Im h is skew-symmetric. Let el , ... , el be a basis of the space C' and let cpl i ... , pn,,, be the corresponding dual basis of linear forms. (This means that oµ(e") = bµ", the Kronecker symbol.) Then m h(u,v) =
(v), µ,v=1
where aµ" = h(eµ,e") = a"µ.
Let us suppose that h is a positive form, meaning that the form h(u, u) = g(u, u) is positive definite, Then h defines an Hermitian inner product (u, v) = h(u, v) in C"', while g(u, v) is the Riemannian inner product of it and v when
viewed as vectors in R2m. In particular, with respect to the standard basis dz,,, = dxµ + idyl, the standard Hermitian form on C" is in
m (u,v) _
dzµ(u)dzµ(v) _
(dxµ(u)dx,, (v) + dy,, (u)dy,(v)) 1
1
m
- i>(dxµ(u)dya(v) - dyu(u)dxµ(v))
In this case the real part in
g(u,v) = r(dx' + dyµ)(u,v) coincides with the Euclidean metric form. To the imaginary part f = Im h we associate the exterior differential form m
m
p=idx,1Adyµ = 2dzµAdzµ;
(7)
1
by the rules for the action of such forms on vectors in ,p(u,v) _
(dx,,(u)dyµ(v) - dyµ(u)dxµ(v)),
so that f (u, v) = -p (u, v). Now let L be a real linear subspace of C' of even dimension 2k (1 G k < m), while h = g + if is the restriction to L of an arbitrary Hermitian form in LEMMA (W IRTINGER)
.
For any vectors u1, ... , u2k e L.
t Ifk(u1,...,u2k)I < k!
,
(8)
where fk is the kth exterior power of the form f and fZ is the volume in the metric g o f the parallelepiped spanned by u1, ... , u2k. Equality is attained here if and only if L is a complex k-dimensional plane.
91. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
9
4 We choose in L a basis r1, ... , T2k which is orthonormal with respect to the form g. The matrix (fµ") with entries fµ" = f (Tµ, T-") is skew-symmetric. By means of a transformation which is orthogonal with respect to g (it does not destroy the orthonormality of the basis), this matrix can be brought into a form where along the main diagonal there are blocks 0
aµ
-aµ
0
A =1,...,k,
and the rest of the entries are zero (see A. I. Mal'tsev [1], paragraph 106). The image of the basis {Tµ} under this transformation will again be denoted by {Tµ}.
If {pµ} is the basis for the linear forms on L dual to {Tµ}, then in this basis AU, v)
-
k
aµ('p)2µ-1(u)V2µly) - V2µ(u)V2µ-1(v)) k
_ (a2IL_1 A 92µ
(u) v),
where aµ = f (T21a-1,T2µ). But then f k = k! a1 ... akip1 A .
A T2k and, in
consequence, Ifk(Tl...... 2k)I = MIalI...IakI,
On the other hand, if u" = rµk
1uµ"Tµ then by the properties of the exterior
product fk(ul,...,u2k) = det(uµ"fk(T1,...,r2k),
where det(uµ") = Il, the volume in the metric g of the parallelepiped spanned by the vectors ul, ... ,u2k. Thus I f k(u1,
... , u2k)I = kl11Ial I ... IakI,
and to prove (8) it is sufficient to show that IaµI =
If(T2µ-1,T2µ)1
<- 1
for p = 1,...,k.
The problem has been reduced to the planar case, k = 1. In this case, by virtue of (6) and the orthonormality of 7-1 and 7-2 with respect to g, f(T1,T2) = -ih(Tl,T2),
h(T',T1) = h(T2,T2) = 1,
and by the Bunyakovski%Schwarz inequality for the Hermitian form h,
Ia,I = Ih(T1,72)I < h(T1,r1)h(r2,r2) = 1. Equality is attained here if and only if T2 = ATl for some A E C, i.e., when the real two-dimensional plane spanned in Cm by T' and T2 is actually a complex line.
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
10
It is clear that equality in (8) is attained if and only if Iaµl = 1 for all µ = 1, r2,`-1 with complex numbers A JA' This means that L is a plane spanned by k complex lines (a complex plane).
..., k, i.e., when T2µ = )
In the case of the standard Hermitian metric on Cm, the form p = - f is as in (7). Taking the above normalization into account, one must replace it by the form po = ;F/7r = dd`IzI2. Applying the lemma to this form, we obtain in the usual way the multi-dimensional generalization of Wirtinger's theorem. (3)
THEOREM 2. If M C Cm is a twice-differentiable real manifold of even dimension 2k, then its volume (in the normalized Euclidean metric) satisfies
Vol M > kl f
iPo,
(9)
where equality is attained if and only if M is a complex k-dimensional manifold.
i At every point z E M the volume element of M in the given metric is equal to the value of a form I2 on 2k linearly independent vectors in the real tangent space TZ(M). According to the lemma, this value is not less than the value of the 2k-form p o on these vectors divided by M. Integrating this inequality over M, we obtain (9). Equality in (9) is attained if and only if TZ (M) is a k-dimensional complex plane for every z E M. By a well-known theorem (see Shabat II, p. 354) this is equivalent to saying that M is a complex manifold. In particular, for the ball B,. = {z E Cm : jzi < r}, which is an m-dimensional complex manifold, this theorem says that ;po = rn! Vol B, = r2m
(10)
(In the standard Euclidean metric the volume of this ball is equal to 7.m r2m /M!.)
In conclusion, we point out a simple corollary of Wirtinger's theorem, although it will not be needed in the sequel; it says that complex manifolds minimize volume.
COROLLARY. Let y c C"' be a real (2k - 1)-dimensional cycle which bounds a complex k-dimensional manifold M and also a real 2k-dimensional manifold N, where 1 < k < m - 1. Then Vol M < Vol N. A Clearly we have cpo = d(d` I zj2 A O0-1), for
0. Thus, according
to Wirtinger's theorem and Stokes' theorem,
k!VoIM=IM
=J
(3)Theorem 1 is evidently a special case of Theorem 2, and we singled it out only in order to give an elementary geometric proof.
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
l1
(the boundary aM = 'y). Applying the same formula and the theorem to the manifold N with the same boundary t9N = -y, we find
J&IzI2A1=fk!VolN. 2. The homogeneous metric form. As was said at the beginning of the chapter, we must integrate forms not only over complex manifolds but also over analytic sets. We assume that the reader is acquainted with the basic facts about such sets (see Shabat II, §8, or the book of E. M. Chirka, [2]). Let A be an analytic set in Cm of (complex) dimension k; it is well known that the set A, of singular points of A is an analytic set of lower dimension and that the set Reg A = A \ A, of regular points is a union of at most countably many connected k-dimensional complex manifolds, the components of Reg A (in fact, it is a locally finite union). Having this in mind, for an arbitrary form w of degree 2k with continuous coefficients in D we define
fAnDfM fRegAflD
where the k-dimensional complex manifolds Mi are the components of the set Reg A n D. That this definition is natural is emphasized by the fact that the restriction of the form w to each of the components of the set Reg A, is equal to 0, since the degree of this restricted form is higher than the real dimension of A,. Our immediate goal is to construct a higher-dimensional analog of the number of points in a discrete planar set in a disk. The volume of the intersection
of a k-dimensional analytic set A C Cm with the ball B, = {Izl < r}, computed using the form ;po, cannot serve as such an analog, because it depends not only on the "density" of A in B, but also on the radius of the ball, In order to get around this dependence, we will replace eo by the homogeneous metric form wo = dd In Izl 2 =
(po
A d`Izl2 _ dlzl2 Iz14
Iz12
(the equality can be verified directly). We point out several properties of this form. For m = 1 we have
dddlnIz12 = 2da1(Inz+In z) for z 54 0, so wo = 0 if z E C \ {0}. For m > 1 it depends in essence not
on m variables z, but m - 1, namely, on the ratios of these variables to one of them. In fact, suppose for example that z = z,n-1/z,,,,, 1). Taking into account the fact that for the complex scalar z,n we have by the
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
12
above ddC In IzmI2 = 0 for zm # 0, we obtain the expression m
wo=dd`ln 1+E k=1
zu
2)
Zm
for zm # 0.
(12)
Thus wo is expressed in terms of the differentials of rn - 1 variables; therefore, the mth exterior power wo 0 for z # 0. In the usual way we find the Hermitian form wo corresponding to the form wo, that is, we replace all the exterior products by Hermitian inner ones and remove the coefficient i/27r, which appears in (11) when d and dC are replaced by 8 and 73 (see (2)). We obtain Do =
(dz, dz)
-
(dz, z) (z, dz) IzI4
IzI2
((z, z) (dz, dz) - (dz, z) (z, dz)).
(13)
IZI4
According to the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz inequality,
(dz,z)(z,dz) = I(z,dz)I2 < I(z,z)II(dz,dz)I;
therefore the form (13) is nonnegative.(4) By definition this means that the form wo is nonnegative.
REMARK. In general a form w of bidegree (k, k) on an m-dimensional complex manifold M is called nonnegative if for any holomorphic mapping
M of an arbitrary ball Bk C Ck the form g*w-the pullback of the form w by this mapping-is a nonnegative form of maximal degree in Bk. The latter condition means that the form g'w differs from the standard g: Bk
volume form of the ball by a nonnegative coefficient (we recall that all forms of maximal degree on a smooth manifold are proportional). The condition is clearly equivalent to saying that fg(Bk) w = fBk g'w > 0 for any ball Bk. It is also clear that the previous definition of a nonnegative (1,1)-form agrees with this one and that an exterior power of a nonnegative (1,1)-form is also nonnegative. I For m > 1 the form wo is related to the mapping p which assigns to each point z c Cm \ {0} the complex line lr which passes through 0 and the point. The line 1, can be interpreted as the point. in complex projective space PM-1 with homogeneous coordinates z1, . . . , z, . Thus the map p associates to the Pii-1 with point (zl, ... , zm.) E C- \ {0} the point Z = [Zo, ... , Zm_ 1] E homogeneous coordinates Zµ = zµ+1, where i = 0, ... , m - 1. On P7"-1 is defined the Fubini-Study Hermitian form, which in homogeneous coordinates is written as (Z, Z)(dZ, dZ) - (Z. dZ)(dZ, Z) CD -
(Z, Z)2
,
(14)
(4)The form mo is zero if and only if dz is a complex multiple of z, i.e., the vector dz lies on the complex line which passes through z and the origin.
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
13
where the brackets denote the inner product. In the local coordinates on the regions UQ={(Z&....,Zn,-I]EPm-I:Zo
a=0....,m-1.
54 O},
of the standard covering of P'-', we can rewrite the expression. Suppose that the coordinates are z1 = ZI/Z0, ..., z,,,_1 = with z = (zj .... , zm)(5) in the domain U0 = C"'-1 The form becomes (1 + 1z12)2
{(1 + Iz12)(dz, dz) - (z, dz)(dz, z)}.
(15)
According to the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz inequality, the expression in braces is positive for dz # 0, that is, the form is positive in 110 (and the same is true in the other domains U,,). In this it differs from the form o (see (13) ), which
is only nonnegative. The form Co defines a metric on P'-1 which is called the Fubini-Study metric. In the special case P' = C, the form (14) becomes w = 1dz12/(1 + 1z12)2, the standard metric on the sphere. The Fubini-Study metric is a multidimensional generalization of the latter. We take the differential form which corresponds to the Hermitian form w (i.e., we replace the Hermitian product by the exterior product and we introduce the coefficient i/27r, cf. the discussion above). In place of (14) we obtain
51X12 w 27r
{a
Z12
IZ1
} = dd` In IZ(16)
+IZm_112. This is the metric form on projective space Pii-1 in homogeneous coordinates. Comparing (16) with (11), we conclude that the form w0 is the pullback of the form w by the previously defined mapping p: Cm \ {0} --+ P'-'. In the affine coordinates on the domain UO = Cm-1 in exactly the same way we obtain from (16) the formula where 1Z12 = 12012+
i aalzl 2 W21112
a1z12 A 8Iz22
(1+1zl) )
- dd2ln(1 + IZ12),
(17)
which is reminiscent of (12).
In the sequel we will often use the following property of the form w; for esthetic reasons we have replaced P7"- i in the formulation by P"'.
fni(18)
THEOREM 3. The volume of the space P', computed by means of its Fubini-Study form, is equal to 1:
i For m = 1 this can be verified directly by a computation: passing from homogeneous coordinates Z0, Z1 to the local coordinate z = ZI/Z0 in the ($)Of course, the new zj do not coincide with the old ones.
1. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
14
domain Uo = {[Zo, Zl] E P1 : Zo # 0} and setting z = react, we obtain w
_
dzAdz _
i
1
xrdr
2"
=
(1 + r2)2 fo In the case of an arbitrary m. we also replace integration over PI by integration over the domain Uo = {[Zo, ... , Z..] E P"` : Zo 0}, taking into account the fact that Pm \ U0 has real codimension 2 and so does not affect the integral. In U0 we introduce local coordinates zµ = Zµ/Z0 for y = 1,. .. , m and identify this domain with Cm. In these coordinates, by (17)
fP
21r J u 0 (1 + 1z12)2
_ i ((dz, dz)
r 121 + IzI2
dB o
R
(dz., z) A (z, dz) } (1 + Jz12)2
(the parentheses denote the Hermitian inner product: (dz, dz) _ dzndzµ). Observing that the exterior powers of the forms (dz, z) and (z, dz) are equal to zero, we find after some simple rearrangements that
i) m gy m - _
(2rr
(dz, dz)"`
-m (dz, dz)ni-1 A (dz, z) A (z, dz) (1+Iz12)m+1
{(I+IzI2)m
m!f1 ldzµnzµ (m-1)! '" dzl (1+Izi2)m -m(1+Iz12)m+1
27r)
m
AdziA.. A AdzmAdzmA E µ,v=1 M!
n
(21r)
(1+Izl2)m+l µj-11
dz!+A dzl+
(the symbol nµ means that the factor dzµ Adz,, is omitted). We will integrate
this form first with respect to zm = react for fixed 'z = (zl,... , zm_1); we obtain
2ir)m fc--,
m-1 2 m! 11 dzµ A dzµ i µ=1
J
2ir
r dr 0
(1 + l'z12 + r2)m+1
7()m_lf (1 +
11 dzµ A dzµ = Im-l
µ=1
This is the same integral with m replaced by m - 1. Consequently, this integral does not depend on m; recalling the result found above for m = 1, we obtain (18). Using the form w0 we define the following quantity for a k-dimensional
analytic set A E Cm not containing the point z = 0 (where m > 1 and
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
15
0
(19)
wo.
JJJ AnB,
0 (taking into account that dw0k-1 = 0)
Since wo = d(d` In Jz12 llwo 1) for z by Stokes' formula(s) we have
n(A, r) = f
d` In Izl2 A wok'-'.
naB,
But on the sphere Sr = aBr we have d` In Izj2 = d` In IzI2/r2 and dIzl2 = 0; hence by (11) on the sphere wo = cpo/r2. Inserting this in the previous formula for n(A, r) and using Stokes' formula again, we obtain
n(A,r)
=rzk fAnSr
d`Izl2 ^P0
rzk fAns, iPo
1
(20)
The quantity r2k, according to (10), is equal to the (normalized) volume of the ball of radius r amd dimension 2k, which is the real dimension of A; and n(A, r), according to (20), gives the ratio to this volume of the volume of the portion of A in the ball Br. Thus n(A, r) serves as a multidimensional
analog of the number of points of A in the disk. For k = 0 (that is, for a zero-dimensional analytic sets, which are discrete collections of points in C?n)
the quantity n(A, r) for any m > 1 is actually equal to the number of points of A fl B (this can be seen, for example from (20), for Vo = 1). 3. Multiplicity of analytic sets. If a k-dimensional analytic set A C C"` contains the point z = 0, then the integral on the right side of (19) does not make sense because of the singularity of the form wo at this point; we will define n(A, r) directly by (20): 2k1
n(A, r) = r
AnBr
'ok
Then, repeating the argument with Stokes' formula which led to (20), we
obtain for anyrandB,with 0
- 2k
f
AnB,
tPo =
f(21)
n{r<jzl
(the singularity of the form wo does not affect the integral on the right). From the nonnegativity of the form wo we obtain the inequality n(A, R) > n(A, r) for R > r. Therefore, the nonnegative quantity n(A, r) is decreasing as r -p 0; thus there exists
urn n(A, r) =lynx rzk
Ansr V o =
n(A, 0).
(22)
(e)For the validity of Stokes' formula on analytic sets, see, for example, Chirka [2].
1. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
16
This limit is called the Lelong number of the set A at the point z = 0.
Passing to the limit as r - 0 in (21) and replacing R by r, we obtain a formula which generalizes (19):
fABr
wok = n(A, r) - n(A, 0)
(23)
(if A does not contain the point z = 0, then n(A, 0) = 0). From this it follows
in particular that the integral on the left-hand side exists as an improper integral for any analytic set A, regardless of the singularity of the form wo at
z=0. In order to find out the geometric meaning of the Lelong number, we introduce the concept of the tangent cone to the analytic set A C Cm at the point z = 0. This is the set C0(A) consisting of limiting positions of complex lines which join z = 0 with points of A \ {0} as these latter points approach 0 over all possible sequences. In other words, Co(A) is the collection of vectors
v E C' for which there exist sequences of points z3 E A \ {0} converging to 0 and complex numbers aj -+ oo such that aj z3 -+ v (it is clear that if v E Co(A) then Av E Co(A) also, for any A E Q. In particular, if A is a complex hypersurface, (i.e., a set of codimension 1), which is determined by the equation f (z) = 0 then the tangent cone
Co(A) = {z E C': ,,(z) = 0},
(24)
where P9 is the homogeneous polynomial formed from the lowest-order terms different from zero of the Taylor expansion of f at the point z = 0. In fact, if
f (z) _ x
9 P. (z) is the expansion at the point z = 0, where the degree of the homogeneous polynomial P equals v, then by definition of C0(A),
0 = 3 (z3) = a9 P9(ajz3) + a;'-+l P,+1 (ajz3) + .. . 7
3
Then multiplying by a and taking the limit as aj -> oo, we obtain for v = linlj__,x a3z3 the equation P,(v) = 0.
Conversely, let the vector v satisfy the equation P9 (v) = 0. Without loss of generality, one may assume that v = (v'.0), where v' E Cm_i; then P (v', 0 and l > 1. Hence gµ(v')zµ,.,, where q1 (v') 1
IPs(v',zm)I > IZ,nll
and for
{Ir(v1)l
-
Igµ(v')JIzntl'a-1 µ=1-1
I with v' fixed we have IP (v',zm)I > aIz,nll > a
+l
> 0. On the other hand, the function g,(v',
satisfies the following inequality for any complex A and
g1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
17
z,,,,where JAI<1andlz,,,I<1: 00
Ig., (AV',Azm)I =
E AVP,,(v',zm)
< blAls+1
V=3+1
with some constant b > 0. Suppose z,,, lies on the circle { Izm l = r }, where rs = 2bIAI/a < 1; from our estimates it then follows that IP3(Av', Azm)I
alAz,j8 = 2bla13+1 > Igs(Xv',Azm)].
Since P3(Av', 0) = 0, we conclude by R.ouche's theorem applied to f (AV', Az,,,) = P3(Av', Az,,,) + gs(Av', Az,,,), viewed as a function in one variable z,n,, that
this function has at least one zero in the disk { Iz,,,l < r }. Let us now take the sequence aJ -> 0 and denote by z;,, a zero of the function f (A v', )tj z,,, ) in { Izmis < 2bIAjI/a }. The points zi = (acv', ajz,,,) E A \ {0}; and if we set a3 = ai then ajz3 _ (v', z;,,) -> v. Thus v E C0(A) and (24) is proved. In the case of a set of greater codimension, defined by several equations f j (z) = 0, with j = 1, ... , 1, the tangent cone is contained in the set defined by the homogeneous polynomials of least degree in the expansions of the ff (this is proved as above), but does not necessarily coincide with this set. For example, for A = { z E C3 z1 + z2 = 0, 21 + z3 = 0 }, the tangent cone Co(A) z1 = 0, z2 = A } is a pair of complex lines, while the set defined by the homogeneous polynomials of lowest degree is the plane { z1 = 0 }.
It can be proved that in the case of arbitrary dimension Co(A) is the intersection of all the tangent cones at z = 0 of all the complex hypersurfaces containing A. In other words Co(A) is the intersection of the sets defined by the homogeneous polynomials of least degree in the expansions of all the holo-
morphic functions which vanish on A. We remark further that the complex dimension of Co (A) is the same as the complex dimension of A and that Co (A)
is a good approximation to the set A in a neighborhood of the point z = 0. The last property means that the distance in the metric of deviations(7) between the intersections of A and C0(A) with the sphere S, is of order o(r) as t --' 0. One may acquaint oneself with these and other properties of tangent cones to analytic sets in, for example, Chirka [2]. Let us return to the consideration of the Lelong number and examine the most important case for us, the case of a set A of codimension 1 which is defined by the equation f (z) = 0, where the function f is holomorphic in a neighborhood of the origin in Ctm. In this case, using (22) and Stokes' formula, (7)By distance in the metric of deviations between two sets A and B in a metric space, we mean inf{ p : A C B(P), B C A(P) ), where A(P) and B W denote the p-neighborhoods of the respective sets.
1. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
18
we find that the Lelong number of A at thpoint z = 0 is
n(A,0) = rlim -oo
r(
)
f
fI3r
1
= hm
d`Iz12 A ct,0 -2.
r2(m- 1)
r-.0
d(&Iz2 A2)
AnSr
As above, let f (z) = P,(z) + gs(z), where g,(z) =
P, (z) is the
expansion of f into a series of homogeneous polynomials in a neighborhood of z = 0. Let us set ft (z) = P, (z)+tgs (z) and denote by of = { z E Sr, t E [0, 11
ft (z) = 0 } a strip on Sr stretched between the sets A n Sr = { z E Sr f (z) = 0 } and A0 n Sr = { z E Sr : P,(z) = 0 }. By Stokes' formula(8) and Wirtinger's theorem
I
nS,
d z2 A-2 -
f
dII2 A-2 =
Ao nS,
Jor
But the "base" of the film ar -the real-analytic set A n Sr of dimension 2m - 3 on the sphere ST has volume of order r2m-3, and the "width" is a quantity of order o(r). Consequently, Vol ar = o(r2('-1)); and in the formula for n(A, 0) the set A may be replaced by A,0:
n(A,0)=limo r2(m-1)
f
f
AonSr
&InIz12Awo-2
onS1
(we have used the fact that on Sr the forms d`IzI2 = r2dc In Iz12 and Po -2 = r2(m-2)w 2, and also the fact that the resulting integral is independent of r).
Because of the homogeneity of the polynomial P the set A0 consists of complex lines passing through the origin. Therefore, Fubini's theorem can be applied to the last integral; first integrate over the circles which are the intersections of the sphere Si with the complex lines comprising A0 and then integrate over the set of all such lines. This set can be viewed as a set Ao C PM-1, which is called the projectivization of A0. Clearly, Ao = p(Ao), where p: Cm \ {0} - Pm-1 is the mapping described on page 19; and the equation of Ao is P s (zl , ... , z,,,) = 0 where z1..... zn are the homogeneous coordinates in P"i-1. Furthermore, on the complex line la = {z = aS} the factor dO
d`1nIZ12 = 19 -a In 1S12 = 4,ri 2ir
where 0 = arg c, and so the integral of d' In I z12 over the circle la n Si equals 1. In the resulting integral over the set of lines Ao one must replace wo by the form w which satisfies p'w = wo. Thus n(A, 0) = wm_2 f (25) dc In IzI2 = f W,m-2
f
o
1anS1
o
(8)The possible singularities of ar have codimension _> 2 and so do not affect the integration.
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
19
But Ao is an algebraic subset of Pii-1 of degree s = deg P,; consequently, the latter integral, which is the projective volume of Ao, equals s (see, for example, Mumford [1], Theorem 5.22). Since z = 0 can be replaced in an obvious way by an arbitrary point of the set A, we have proved THEOREM 4. The Lelong number of an analytic set A = If (z) = 0} at one of its points a is equal to the degree of the nonzero term of lowest degree in the expansion off into homogeneous polynomials in z - a.
The set A0 which appears in the proof of Theorem 4 is defined by the same equation P, (z) = 0 as the tangent cone Co(A), and it coincides geometrically with Co (A). However, P, is not necessarily the function defining the cone Co(A); for example, for the curve {z2, = z2} in C2 the tangent cone at zero is the complex line {zl = 0} while the polynomial P,(z) = zl has degree 2. Moreover, the tangent cone can be made of several components, each of which can be assigned different degrees (for example, for the set {zl z2 = z3 } in C3 the tangent cone at zero consists of the planes {zl = 0} and {z2 = 01, which are assigned degrees 2 and 3, respectively; the degree of the entire set Au is equal to 5). Thus, it is better to view A0 not as an analytic set but as a holomorphic chain. This is the name for an analytic set together with an integer-valued function (the multiplicity) defined at the regular points and constant on every component of the set of regular points. In brief, one can say that A0 is the tangent cone Co(A), taking into account the multiplicity, and the Lelong number n(A, 0) is the degree of the tangent cone (taking account of the multiplicity). Furthermore, according to the Weierstrass preparation theorem, (see, for example, Shabat II, p. 113) a function f which is holomorphic in a neighborhood of 0, with f (0) = 0 but with f =$ 0 on the z n axis, can be written
locally in the form f = W g, where the holomorphic function g # 0 and W(z) = co(z')z,', + - + c,,, (Y), is a Weierstrass polynomial with coefficients holomorphic in z' = (zl,... , z,,,_1) and with cj (0') = 0. Here the number k is equal to the order of the zero of the function f (0', z,,,) at z,,, = 0. From - -
this representation it is evident that the set A = If (z) = 0 } locally realizes a k-fold branched covering of a neighborhood of 0 in the hyperplane H = { z,,, = 0 }. If the direction of the z,,,-axis does not belong to Co(A) (that is, P. (0', z,,,) # 0 for z,,, # 0), then from the decomposition f = P, + g, it is clear that the order of the zero of f ((Y, z,,,) at z,,, = 0 is equal to s. If this axis belongs to Co(A), then either f (0', z,,,) - 0 or the order of the zero is greater than s. Since any direction can be taken as the direction of the z...-axis, it follows from this reasoning that the Lelong number n(A, 0) = s coincides with the minimal number of sheets of branched coverings realized by A over neighborhoods of z = 0 in various hyperplanes H. Thus, the Lelong Utmber is the natural higher-dimensional generalization of the order of a zero of a holomorphic function of one variable.
20
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
In the case of a set A C Cm of arbitrary codimensior k, one can show, reasoning as above, that the Lelong number at a point a,
na(A,0) _
Jwk_1 a
where A. is the projectivization of the tangent cone Ca (A), with multiplicity
taken into account. This number also coincides with the minimum number of sheets of the branched coverings which A realizes over the various k-dimensional planes in a neighborhood of a. This last number is called the multiplicity of the analytic set at the point a. This is a positive integer ; it is equal to one if and only if a is a regular point of A, where the tangent cone C0(A) coincides with the tangent plane Ta(A) and the multiplicity is equal to one. For details see Chirka [2].
4. The counting function. Let A C Cm be an analytic set of dimension k which does not contain the point z = 0. The logarithmic average of the quantity n(A, r) is called the counting function of A:
N(A,r) =
J0
r n(A,
t) d In t =
iT dt o
o
t f4)Bt
If A contains the point z = 0, then one must amend the definition to take account of the Lelong number:
N(A, r) _
n(A, t) /0 r
Jo
n(A, 0)
t
dt + n(A, 0) In r (26)
t JJJAnB,
wo+n(A,0)Inr.
Without loss of generality, we will assume that 0 A. If A is a discrete set (k = 0), then n(A, r) = fAnB, 1, which is equal to the number of its points in the ball Br, and N(A, r) is the logarithmic mean of this number. In the general case (k > 0) we denote by 1Z the complex line passing through 0 and the point z E C'" \ {0}. Since the set A n lz is discrete, n(A fl 1,z, r) is equal to
the number of its points in B. In the computation of n(A, r) we can apply Fubini's theorem and first integrate over the lines 1z for z E A fl Br, and then integrate over the collection of these lines, i.e., over the projectivization
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
21
A,=p(AnB,)CPm-1,
r
n(A, r) =
1=
wk r
Jn(Aflt,r)wk(9).
fJ An"nB,
Taking the logarithmic averagee of this relation, we obtain the useful formula
N(A, r) =
r dt ft
JA
n(A n 1, t)wk =
N( A n 1, r)wk.
(27)
In what follows we will be interested in the asymptotic behavior of the counting function as r -+ oo. Since the form wo is nonnegative, the inner integral in (26), beginning at some t, becomes greater than a positive constant, 0. Consequently, N(A, r) -+ oo as r oo no slower than provided that wok In r. The exceptional case wok - 0 occurs only for a k-dimensional complex plane passing through z = 0, but then n(A, 0) = 1 and N(A, r) = n(A, 0) In r has logarithmic growth. The minimal possible (logarithmic) growth of the counting function char-
acterizes the algebraic sets in Cm, which are described by a finite number of polynomial equations. We will prove this, following Griffiths and King [1], for sets of codimension one; in the general case, the theorem has been proved by other methods by Stoll [2] and Bishop [1] (see also Sadullaev [1] and Stolzenberg [11).
THEOREM 5. An analytic set A C Cm of codimension 1 is algebraic if and only if n(A, r) = 0(1) or, equivalently, N(A, r) = O(ln r). 4 We will begin with a proof of the equivalence of the conditions of the theorem. If n(A, r) < p, then for r > 1 N(A, r)
n(A' t)
f dt + I T n( A, t) dt < q + p In r
(Throughout the proof we will assume as before that 0
A). Conversely,
since n(A, t) is increasing,
r n(A' t)
N(A, r2) > J
dt > n(A, r) In r,
r
Thus, from the condition N(A, r) < p In r + q, it follows that n(A, r) < 2p + q/ In r, which implies the boundedness of n(A, r). Necessity. Let A be an algebraic set described by the equation P(z) = 0, where P is a polynomial of degree p in m variables. The number of points of intersection of A with an arbitrary complex line 1 = { z = aS, S E C } (9)Here we have used the fact that the set A n 12 and the form wo depend not on the point on 1. but only on the line itself (and therefore we write I and w = p(wo) instead of 1z and wo). In addition, if the line I does not intersect A n Bf, then n(A n 1, r) = 0, so that the integration may be taken over the whole set A = p(A), or, if convenient, over the whole space Pm-1.
22
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
does not exceed p, for these points are defined by the polynomial equation P(as) = 0, whose degree in q is at most p. Therefore, by the above formula (using Theorem 3),('°)f n(A n 1, r)wm-1 < p
n(A, r) = in -1
r wm-I = p Pmfpm-1
and hence n(A, r) = 0(1). Sufficiency. Let N(A, r) = O(ln r), i.e.,
N(A,r) < plnr+q
(28)
for some p and q. Since the second Cousin problem is solvable in Cm, there exists an entire function g, with g(0) = 1, which is a defining function for the set A (see Shabat II, p. 260). We will denote by 1, the complex line through 0 and a fixed point z E Cm \ {0}. By Jensen's formula for holomorphic functions of one variable (see Gol'dberg and Ostrovskii [1], and also p. 92, below) we have 2n
N(Anla,rizI)= I f InIg(reaez)I d8. The right side here is the average with respect to 9 of a set of functions plurisubharmonic in z, and thus is itself plurisubharmonic (see Vladimirov [1]). By the main property of plurisubharmonic functions , the value of such a function at the point z does not exceed its mean value over the ball BR (z) with center at this point and radius R:
N(An1,z,rizl) < R2m fB N(A n lv rl wl
(w),
BR+IzI
where cpo is the Euclidean metric form and BR+ I z1 is the ball of radius R + I z I
with center at the origin (we used here the positivity of the form under the integral). We will suppose that Izl = 1 and use the monotonicity of the function N; then the preceding inequality reduces to the form:
N(A n lZ, r) < jf
N( A n 1, r(R +
(w).
R+1
Now we will use (11), from which it follows that `p0 (w) =
mIw12(m-2)w0 -l(w)
A dlwl2 A dclwl2
('°)One can verify that for every line I which does not belong to an exceptional set of lower dimension (and hence does not affect the integral), the number of points of the intersection I n A n Br is exactly equal to p, if r is sufficiently large. Therefore, n(A, r) -+ p as r -+ oo. Thus, for algebraic sets the function n(A, r) has an integer limit not only as
r - 0butalso asr--.oo.
51. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
23
(we took into account that wo and powers of the form d1w12 A dcIwI2 are equal to 0), and we apply Fubini's theorem to the integral on the right. We set w = as, where a E Cm, with lal = 1. First fix a and integrate over the disk { Isl < R + 1 }. Then integrate over the set of lines la, = 1, i.e., over the projective space pm-1. Since on the line, dl,wl2 A d`Jw12 = (i/27r)I5I2dc A dS, it follows that N(A n 1=, r)
r
m- I
N(A n 1, r(R +
1))w"`-1
f
l2;a-2
IS
IcJ
do A dS 27r
1V(Anl,r(R+1))w"`-1
R
p--,
R+I 2mN(A,r(R+1)) R
(we have also used (27)). From this inequality and from (28) we obtain
+1)+q
N(A n1, r)
<(RR1)2mIp+pln(RIn
r from which, taking r and then R sufficiently large, we conclude that N(A n lx, r) = O(ln r) with an estimate uniform in lZ. According to what was said at the beginning of the proof, it follows that n(A n 1, r) is uniformly bounded with respect to all lines l C C' passing through the origin. In other words, the number of points of the intersection A n l is uniformly bounded. Furthermore, the points of intersection of the line l = { z = ac, lal = 1 } and the set A = { g(z) = 0 } are determined by the zeros of the function g(as) in the variable S. By the argument principle, the number of points of intersection counting multiplicity(11) in the ball BR is equal to n(A n 1, R) =
1
27ri
dg(as)lds J {IcI=R}
g(as)
ds,
if g(as) # 0 for Isl = R. Let po be the maximum number of points in an intersection A n 1, and let to be a line for which this number is attained. Let
a° be the point in the intersection A n 1o with the greatest modulus. Then there is a circular cone K with axis to such that A n K is bounded (Figure 1). In fact if R > Iz°I, then for lines l sufficiently close to to the quantity n(A n 1, R) is an integer-valued continuous function in l equal to po. On the other hand, if such a cone did not exist and the set A had an infinite branch near to (depicted in Figure 1 by a dotted line), then for lines 1 close (11)The multiplicity of a point of intersection A n I is defined to be the order of the zero of the function g(as) at the corresponding point S E C.
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
24
FIGURE 1
to to there would be a point of intersection A n l with modulus larger than R. Consequently, the number of points of A n l would be greater than po, contradicting the maximality of po. From the boundedness of A n K it will follow from the next lemma that the set A is algebraic. LEMMA. If the intersection of an analytic set A of codimension one in Cm with a cone K is bounded, then the set is algebraic.
4 Without loss of generality we assume that the cone has the form
K={zECm:Iz,nl>klzl}, where z'= (z1,... , z, ,_ 1), and that 0 A. Then on A \ A n K the inequality IazmI < kIz'I is satisfied, and on A n K the quantity Izml is bounded, so Izm.I < kl z'I + k1 for all points (z', z,n) E A. Let g be an entire function defining the set A. Since g(z', z,,,) # 0 for IzmI = kjz'I + k1, the function
-
8g(z', zm)/C8zm
1
{IZmI=kjz'j+k,}
9(Z', zm)
dzm=cp(z)
is continuous for all z' E Cii-1. By the argument principle for functions of one variable, it takes on integer values; thus zp(z') - p is constant. By the same theorem the number of zeros of the function g(z', z,,,) for any fixed z' (counting multiplicity) is the same and equals p. The remainder of the proof proceeds like the proof of the Weierstrass preparation theorem (see, for example, Shabat II, p. 114). If z,, (z'), j = 1, ... , p are the zeros above, then k
fl (zm - zm(z')) = z,F'n + cl (z')zm 1 + ... + cp(z) = P(z)
j=1
has holomorphic coefficients cj (z') for all z' E C'. These coefficients can be expressed as polynomials in the roots z,;,(z'). Since the points (z', zm(z')) E klz'I + k1, so the cj(z') grow no faster than polynomials A, then
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
25
and thus are themselves polynomials in z'. But then P is a polynomial in z, and the function g/P is an entire function without zeros. Now we conclude that the set A is defined by the equation P(z) = 0 and thus is an algebraic set. REMARK. The lemma just proved can also be formulated in another way:
if A C Cm is an analytic set of codimension one whose closure in PM is not dense in the hyperplane at infinity H = Pr" \ C'n, then it is algebraic. In this formulation the lemma is an analog of the theorem of Sokhotskii for analytic sets having an "essential singularity" at infinity (that is, which are I Thus logarithmic growth of the counting function N(A, r) characterizes algebraic sets. In general the rate of growth of N(A,r) characterizes, roughly speaking, the transcendence degree of the analytic set A E Ct. The latter can be characterized by the order of the set, i.e., the quantity(12) not algebraic).
ord A = lim
,-oo
In n(A, r) In r
_ lim In N(A, r) r-+oo
(29)
In r
The order of algebraic sets (and sets nearly algebraic) is clearly equal to zero. The next sets in order of complexity are the sets of finite order p, for which N(A, r) = O(rP). The detailed study of the properties of these sets has only begun; see Pan [1], Skoda [1], and Griffiths [3]. An interesting class of sets was investigated recently by Sibony and Wong [1]-the analytic sets in Cm for which lim r-+oo
N(A,r) (lnr)2
< oo.
They proved that these sets are nearly algebraic in the sense that any bounded holomorphic function on them is constant. We now turn to the main theme of this book. As was already explained, its goal is the study of the distribution of the inverse images of the analytic sets in some family under holomorphic mappings. These preimages should be studied counting multiplicities of the mapping, so we must pause to consider this concept (see, for example, Draper [1] or Stoll [3], p. 47).
Let a holomorphic mapping f be given from the space C'" to an n-dimensional complex manifold M and let A be an analytic subset of M. If m < n, then we suppose that a) For every point p E A the preimages f -1(p) are discrete sets. (12)In view of the increase and positivity of n(t), the function N(r) = f1 [n(t)/tJdt admits the estimate
n (e) < jr n(t)t dt < N(r) < n(r) In r, r
from which follows the second equality in (29).
26
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
For an arbitrary z° E f -1(p) we choose a neighborhood U in the closure of which z° is the only preimage of the point po = f (z°). Let w be local coordinate on M with center po and let U be small enough that. f (U) lies in a neighborhood where w is defined. Then e = minyEau Iw(f (z))I > 0, and for all points of the neighborhood V = f p E M : lw(p) l < e l the preimage f -1(p) in U is an analytic set which does not intersect the boundary aU and thus is a finite set (see Shabat II, p. 124). Thus for points z E U n f -1(V) the number #f -1 o f (z) of preimages of points p = f (z) in the neighborhood U is finite, so the following quantity is defined:
v f(zo) = lim #f -1 o f (z), z;zo
This is called the multiplicity of the map f at the point z°. If m > n then we assume that b) For all points p E A the dimension of the analytic set f -'(p) equals
q = m - n. In this case, having fixed a point z° E f -1(A), we consider the q-dimensional analytic set f -1(po), where po = f (z°), and we construct a plane H of complementary dimension m - q = n which in some neighborhood
U of the point z° intersects f -1 (po) only at z°. The plane 17 can be given by q linear equations 11(z) = = ly(z) = 0. Denoting (11 i ... , lq) by 1, we consider the map (f, 1) : U - M x C. Since the point (po,0) has a unique preimage in U under this mapping and since the dimension of M x CQ is equal to n + q = m, according to what was said above the multiplicity v(f,j)(z°) is defined. We will call the quantity vf(z°) = infi v(f.t)(z°) the multiplicity of the mapping f at. the point z°. The infimum ranges over all the maps I defined as above. In particular, if n = 1 and M = C, i.e., f is a holomorphic function, then the definition of the order of an A-point of f clearly coincides with the order of the analytic set (f (z) = Al of codimension one in the sense of subsection 3. If M = C and f is a meromorphic function, the order of a pole of f at z° is defined as the order of the zero of 11f at this point.
We observe that for m < n the number of preimages v f (z°) is in fact attained for all points z E U except for a set of lower dimension (on which
the rank of the Jacobian matrix f'(z) is strictly less than m). For m > n the lower bound of v(f,j) is attained on an open set of planes 17. From this remark one can conclude that the multiplicity of a mapping f is constant on every component of the set of regular points of f -1(A). Thus, f -1(A), counting multiplicities, is a holomorphic chain (see subsection 3). The integral over such a chain is understood to be a linear combination of integrals over the components of the set Reg f -1(A) with coefficients equal to the multiplicity of the mapping f on these components (the set of, critical
§1. THE COUNTING FUNCTION
27
points in f -1(A) does not affect the integral since it has measure zero). We can now introduce the first principal actor in the theory of value distribution: DEFINITION. Let a holomorphic mapping f : C"° M to an n-dimensional complex manifold be given and let A C M be an analytic subset satisfying one of the conditions (a) or (b), where the dimension of the set f -1(A) equals k. The counting function of the set A for the mapping f is
Nf(A,r) =
f dt 0
+n(f1(A),0)Inr,
J -' (A)nB,
(30)
where f -1(A) fl Bt is viewed as a holomorphic chain (counting the multiplicity of f) and n(f -1(A), 0) is the Lelong number. In particular if k = 0-that is, the inverse image f -1(A) zf (A) } is a
discrete set (each point is repeated as many times as its multiplicity) --then the counting function has the form of (A, t) dt + n(f ' (A), 0),
N f (A, r) =
where n f (A, t) is the number of points of {zf (A)} in the ball Bt. By a standard transformation (see Hayman [1], §1.2) this can be rewritten in the form Nf (A., r) =
1n+
Izf(A)I + (f 1(A), 0),
where ln+ x = max(ln x, 0). For m = 1 and M = C this quantity coincides with the classical counting function of Nevanlinna, where the Lelong number is equal to the order of the A-point of f at z = 0.
5. The Poincare form. understand the form
By the Poincare form for the space C' we will
a = d` In lzl2 A (ddc In
lzl2)m-' = do In
lzl2 A wo -'.
(31)
For m = 1 this form is equal to d` In Izl2 = dO/2ir, where B = arg z (see above), and the integral of it along any closed path not passing through the
point z = 0 is equal to the index of the path with respect to this point. In the case of an arbitrary m the form has a singularity at z = 0 and is closed at the remaining points of C"`: da=dddInIzl2Aw'_1
=wa =0
by a property of the form wo The integral of or over the sphere Sr = { z E C"" :
fs, a=
IZI=r}
z f d`IzI2 A p--' -1 = z fB,.
=1
(we have used the properties of the form which were considered above and also Stokes' formula). Since the form a is closed in C' \ {0}, its integral over
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
28
any real hypersurface homologous in C'" \ {0} to v times the given sphere (vS,) is equal to v (this follows also from Stokes' formula and also from the definition of the integral over vS, as v times the integral over S,). Thus the Poincare form leads to a multidimensional generalization of the concept of the index of a closed path. A direct computation shows that the form or can be expressed simply in terms of the Martinelli-Bochner form( 13)
kMS = (2iri1)I 2n_µ Z dz1 A ... )m E 21 1Z1 2m (
K=1
... A dZT1 A dz,
µ
Namely, the Poincare form is the real part of the
where dz = dz1 A ... A
latter: Or = (kMS + kMB)/2.
(32)
To conclude the section we prove two lemmas of a technical character, to which we will refer rather frequently. LEMMA 1. If u is a function on an m-dimensional complex manifold and and T are forms on it of bidegree (k-1, k-1) and (m-k, m-k) respectively,
then
duAd°4 A'I' =dDAdcuA*
(33)
(it is assumed that the functions and forms are of class C1). A The proof is based on considerations of dimension. In the product
du Ad`4 =
4
i(a+a)uA(a-a)4b 47ri(2)uAa-b -auAa10)+---
we do not write down the terms with the forms au A 194) and au A 234 of bidegrees (k + 1, k - 1) and (k - 1, k + 1), for after multiplication by iY they will give forms of bidegree (m + 1, m - 1) and (m - 1, m + 1) containing m + 1 differentials of one type; therefore, they are equal to 0 because the manifold is m-dimensional. Analogously, d-O A du =
4i (24 A au - a4b A au) +
comparing this expression with the previous one and taking account of the oddness of the forms, we obtain (33). (13)For even m the form kMB differs in sign from the Martinelli-Bochner form in the
book Shabat II. This difference is caused by the choice of the positive orientation of Cm corresponding to ordering the coordinates as x1,y1,-..,xm,ym instead of as 11,...,xm7 y1, .. -, y,,. as in Shabat II.
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
29
LEMMA 2. For any form 4) on Cm of bidegree (k - 1, k - 1) and of class C2(L), for k > 1 we have frdl
f
dd`4)Awo-k2
f 4)AdCin1z12Awo
k24)Awa k+1, B,
.
c
(34)
t t2 r2
and for k = 1, when fi equals a function u,
f dt fB dd`u A W0171- 1 = f ua - -u(0). 1
f
o
Clearly, dd`ob n
wo-k
(35)
= d(d`4) Awo-k). At points of the sphere St
we have dt/t = 2 d In 1x12; therefore, for fixed p with 0 < p < r, by Stokes' formula and then by Fubini's theorem
fftf dd n wo-k = fJ dt fr p
Bt
d`4) A wp
k
5
2
f ,\B, dIn
Izl2Adc4)Awo-k
Now we use Lemma 1 and again apply Stokes' formula, observing that
d4)AdCInIzI2wo-k= d(4)Ad In1212Awo-k)-4)Awo-k+7; we obtain d41 n d In IZ12 n wo -k = 2
B.\Bv
1f 4)Ad`lnIzl2Awo-k ,
2
-12 __ 1
2
4)AdcIn IZ12Awo-k
(36)
sp
Lna
4P A
wom-k+1
Now we must distinguish two cases. For k > 1, on the sphere S, the as is evident from (11), while the volume of the sphere is of order p2- 1. Thus the integral p2(k-1); letting p -40 in (36), we obtain (34). For k = 1, over S. is of order the form do In JzJ2 Awo -1 = a. The volume integral in (36) vanishes, since wo = 0. The integral over S. which equals the mean value of 4) = u on this sphere, approaches u(0) as p 0. We obtain (35). We observe that for harmonic functions ddcuAw ' ' - 0, and formula (35) reduces to the well-known mean value theorem.
coefficients of the form d` In Iz12 Au)'- k have order
1/p2(m-k)+1
§2. The characteristic function In value distribution theory the higher-dimensional analog of the points of is not the points of the manifold M but rather the analytic subsets of M of codimension 1. Just as the points of C, they are given by one equation
30
1. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
in the local coordinates. Subsets of M of higher codimension (including the extreme case of points), which are given by several equations, are more complicated objects and are in a certain sense secondary; we will consider them as intersections of sets of codimension 1. Furthermore, in the classical theory values of meromorphic functions (points of C) are considered along with their multiplicity. In the multidimensional case, sets of codimension 1 considered with multiplicity (i.e., holomorphic chains of codimension 1) are called divisors. We will consider them in more detail.
6. Divisors. Thus, a divisor on a complex manifold M is any analytic subset in it of codimension one (the support of the divisor) along with an integer-valued function p which is constant on every component of the set Reg D of regular points of D (the multiplicity or order of the divisor). Usually
we will denote the divisor only by the symbol D while the order will be understood. To each function g which is meromorphic on the manifold Mwe will denote the set of such functions by .M(M)-is assigned a divisor D. which consists of the union of the set N. of zeros of the function and the set Pg of its poles. The order of Dg is equal to the order of the zero on every component of N. and the order of the pole with a minus sign on every component of Pg.(14) A divisor D C M is called solvable if there exists a function g E ,M(M) such that D = Dg. In many cases there are too many divisors on a manifold ; to construct a meaningful theory of value distribution it is necessary to select reasonable systems of them. In order to describe the means of such selection, let us agree to extend the order function of a divisor D C M by zero to the set M \Reg D. Then we can add and subtract divisors. For example, the difference of two divisors D and D' on M we understand to be the divisor D-D' whose support is the union of the supports of D and D' and whose order is the difference p - p' of the orders of the two divisors. Thus the set of all divisors on M can be considered a group. The following equivalence relation can be introduced into this group: D D' if D - D' is the divisor of some function g which is globally meromorphic on the whole manifold M. The equivalence classes with respect to this relation also form a group (the factor group of all divisors modulo the subgroup of divisors of globally meromorphic functions on M). EXAMPLE 1. A divisor D on C consisting of a point a of order p > 1 is equivalent to a divisor D' consisting of p points aj of order 1. In fact, for definiteness let a and all the aj be finite; then D - D' is the divisor of the function g(z) = (z - a)P/(z - a1) .. (z - ap), which is meromorphic on C. If (14)The order of a zero or pole of a meromorphic function g at a point on a manifold is defined as in the preceding section if in a neighborhood of the point we introduce local coordinates and consider g as a function of them.
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
31
the number of points aj is not equal to p, then the function equal to (z - a)P divided by the product of the (z - aj) has a zero or pole at infinity which is neither part of D nor of D'; thus the divisor of this function is not equal to
D - D. It is clear that in this case there does not exist any meromorphic function with divisor D - D'; therefore, D and D' are not equivalent. I EXAMPLE 2. In the projective space P" with homogeneous coordinates Zp,... , Zn, we consider the hyperplane at infinity H. = {Zo = 0} with multiplicity 1. The divisor defined by any hyperplane H = { o a Z = 0} with multiplicity 1 is equivalent to the divisor Ham; for H,, - H is the divisor of the function Zo/ Eo a, Z,,, which is meromorphic on Pn. In exactly the same way H,,,, with multiplicity p > 1 is equivalent to any algebraic hypersurface D of order p defined by an equation P(Z) = 0, where P is a homogeneous polynomial of degree p in Zo,... , Zn. I Further, a divisor D on a manifold M is said to be positive if its order p > 0 (in particular, divisors of holomorphic functions on M are positive). The collection of all positive divisors which are equivalent to one another under the equivalence relation introduced above is called a linear system of divisors.
From now on we will fix some linear system of divisors on M and study the distribution of the preimages of the divisors of this system under a holomorphic mapping f : C' --> M. In conclusion we observe that there exist complex manifolds without any divisors at all. However, in the sequel we will be interested only in manifolds which can be imbedded in complex projective space P" of some dimension. On any such manifold M there are divisors. For example, a linear system of divisors on M is formed by the intersections with M of the hyperplanes of pN provided with positive coefficients.
7. Line bundles. We need still another method of defining systems of divisors. To describe this we must recall the concept of a line bundle. Let an n-dimensional complex manifold M be covered by a system of neighborhoods {Ua} and let Uap = Ua n Up be the intersections of these neighborhoods. To each point z E M we associate a complex line (the fiber); we denote by L the (disjoint) union of all these lines. We denote by 7r : L M the projection which takes a point Z E L, which belongs to some line, to the point z E M which is associated to that line (Figure 2). Inside each neighborhood Ua, we will assume that the set L is structured as a product U. x C and introduce local coordinates (za, Sa), where za E C" is the coordinate in Ua while SC' E C is the coordinate on the line associated to the point with coordinate za. If we fix a point z E Uap, then to every point of the line 7r-'(z) are associated two complex numbers S' and Sp (in accordance with the fact that
Z E Ua and z E Up) whose ratio Sp/S" = gap is the same for all points of the line so that it is a function of z in Uap. These functions gap are
32
1. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
FIGURE 2
called the transition functions of the line bundle L. We assume that they are holomorphic functions in Uao without zeros; that is, that they belong to the class 0*(Ila3). In Uao and on triple intersections Uap,. = Uap fl U7 these functions satisfy the so-called cocycle conditions: 9«0930' = 1,
9apto-y9-.a = 1.
(1)
In this situation we will say that a holomorphic line bundle L - M is given with transition functions gap. For a given covering {U0'}, determining such a bundle reduces to specifying a collection of functions g,,,3 C- 0*(U-0) satisfying condition (1) and attaching coordinates in Uao in the fibers of L by the rule Sp = 9apca
(2)
Let L and L' be two holomorphic line bundles over the manifold M with transition functions gap and ga3 respectively. The product ga3g'3 E 0*(Uap) and satisfies the cocycle condition (1). Consequently, they can serve as the transition functions of a line bundle which is called the product of the bundles L and L' and is denoted by LL'. The functions 1/ga9 also belong to 0*(Ua3) and satisfy condition (1); they are the transition functions of the line bundle L-1, called the inverse of L. Thus one can introduce the structure of a group into the set of line bundles on a given manifold. The identity element of this group is the unit bundle with transition functions gap - 1. In the group of bundles over a given manifold M, one can introduce the following equivalence relation: the bundles L and L' with transition functions gap and gq3 respectively are equivalent if there exist functions g0' E 0 * (U0' )
such that on all the Uao 9a1q/9nr3 = 98/9.-
(3)
In particular for bundles equivalent to the unity bundle the transition functions are gap = g0' /g,3; such line bundles are called trivial. They clearly form a subgroup of the group of all bundles on M. The factor group by this subgroup consists of the equivalence classes of bundles. (15 ) (15)If a collection of functions gag E 0*(U3) satisfies condition (1), it is called a cocycle; if a cocycle satisfies (3), it is called a coboundany. The factor group H' (ll, 0*) of the group of cocycles by the group of coboundaries is called the first cohomology group of the manifold M for the given covering it = {U0') with coefficients in 0* (see Shabat II. p. 254). This is another interpretation of the group of classes of equivalent line bundles.
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
33
A holomorphic section of the bundle L -> M is defined to be a collection of functions { sQ } which are holomorphic in the domains UQ of the covering of M and which are related on the intersections UQp by the same rule as the coordinates in the fibers: sp = 9Qpsc. (4) In the sequel we will only consider compact manifolds M. On such manifolds the holomorphic functions are trivial (by the maximum principle they all reduce to constants), but holomorphic sections of line bundles may be nontrivial. The supply of holomorphic sections can increase if the bundle L - M with transition functions goo is replaced by its pth power LP, i.e., the line bundle with transition functions gp.p. EXAMPLE. Consider C as the complex projective line P' with homogeneous coordinates Zo, Zi. In the domain U0 = {Zo 0 0} we introduce the local coordinate z = Z1/Zo and in U1 = {Z1 0} the coordinate Zo/Z1 = 1/z. In the intersection U10 the function gio = z is holomorphic and different from 0, so it can be taken to be the transition function of a line bundle L -+ P1. According to (3) the holomorphic sections of L should satisfy the relation so = zs1 in U10, where so is represented by a series in positive powers of z and s1 by a series in positive powers of 1/z. Thus, the following identity must be satisfied in U10. 00
00
Z11)
=o
V=0
]tom this it follows that s0(z) = ao + a1z and si(z) = a1 + ao/z; i.e., the holomorphic sections of L are linear functions in local coordinates. In exactly the same way one can verify that the holomorphic sections of the bundle LP -+ P1 for p > 1, with transition function zP, are the polynomials of degree p in the local coordinate. The bundle L-1 with transition function gio = 1/z has no holomorphic sections at all except for the identically zero section.
I
Along with the holomorphic sections of a line bundle L -, M, one can consider its meromorphic sections as well; these are collections of functions So E M(UQ) linked by relation (4). For any meromorphic section s = {sc} the divisor D, can be defined in the following manner. In the domain UQ of the covering of M we set D, = D,a, the divisor of the function Sc,. This is welldefined, for in the intersections UQp, according to (4), we have so = gopsQ, where gQp # 0, so the functions sQ and so have the same divisors. For holomorphic sections s the divisor D. is clearly positive. If {so} and {sp} are two meromorphic sections of one or of two equivalent line bundles L and L', then according to (3) and (4) in the intersections UQp we have or
ap
90 so
so
Sc,
34
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
From this it is seen that the function g = gases/sa in Ua is a globally meromorphic function on M. Since g,, E 0*(Ua), the divisor of this function is D9 = D' - D, where D and D' are the divisors of the sections under consideration. Thus, the divisors of meromorphic sections of equivalent bundles are equivalent in the sense of subsection 6. In particular, if s = {s} and s' = {s'} are sections of the same bundle L, then one can take ga = 1 and then their ratio g = s'/s (i.e., the function which equals s' k/sa in U,,) is a meromorphic function on M. To every divisor D on a complex manifold M one can associate a line bundle LD M called the line bundle of the divisor D. This is how it is defined: since every divisor is locally solvable (see Shabat II, p. 43), the covering {U,,,} can be assumed so fine that the restriction Djua = Dpi for some fa E M(Ua). If D fl (Jr, = 0, we set fa = 1. In the intersections are defined the functions gap = fp/ fa, which are clearly holomorphic and different from zero in Uap since fa and fp have identical zeros and poles in ,,,p (their divisors are identical and equal to DjuA ). The functions gars satisfy the cocycle conditions (1) and thus can be taken to be the transition functions for a line bundle; this is the line bundle LD of the divisor D. We observe that fa is determined by the divisor D up to multiplication by a function ga E 0*(Ua); thus gap is defined up to a multiplier of the form gp/ga. This means that the bundle LD of the divisor D is defined by the divisor up to equivalence of line bundles. On the other hand, if D and D' are equivalent divisors, i.e., D - D' = DQ where g E .M(M), then functions fa and f,, which solve these divisors in the domains U,,, are linked by the relation .fa = ggafa, where ga E 0*(Ua). From this relation it is clear that for the corresponding transition functions gap = (gp/ga)gap; in other words, the line bundles LD and LD, are equivalent. Thus a correspondence is established between equivalence classes of divisors on the manifold M and equivalence classes of bundles.
In exactly the same way one can verify that if two divisors D' and D" are given on a manifold M with transition functions g,,p and g."a for their bundles LD, and LD,, and if the divisor D = D' + D", then one may take for transition functions of its bundle LD the functions gap = gQpg' so that LD = LDILD". It is not difficult to see that the last equality does not depend on the choice of representatives of the equivalence classes; consequently, the correspondence described above is a homomorphism from the group of divisor classes to the group of bundle classes.
Furthermore, for any divisor D, its local defining functions f,,, define a meromorphic section of the line bundle LD, since in the domains Uap we have
fe = gapfa Conversely, if a bundle L -- M is given with transition functions
gas and if s = {sa} is a meromorphic section of L, then sp/sa = gap and by definition the bundle LD. of the divisor of this section coincides with L. Thus L is the bundle of a divisor if there exists a meromorphic section of this
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
35
bundle which is not identically equal to zero; it is the bundle of a positive divisor if L has a nontrivial holomorphic section. Henceforth, we will use this method for selecting a linear system of divisors: fix a divisor D C M and consider the divisors of all the holomorphic sections of the bundle LD - M of this divisor; the set of all these sections is usually denoted by the symbol H°(M, LD). THE MAIN EXAMPLE. Consider the hyperplane at infinity H,,, C Pn
with multiplicity 1. In every domain U. = I[& .... Zn] E Pn : Z. # 0} of the standard covering of P', this divisor is solvable: it is the divisor of the holomorphic function fa = Z°/Z0 (we have ff.,, fl U0 = 0 and fD 1). The transition functions of the line bundle LHH of this divisor are gap = f p/ f , = Z,,/Z,3; it is called the hyperplane bundle of P. As in the previous example, it is easy to verify that the holomorphic sections of LH are the linear functions in the local coordinates, n
Sa = v=0
a ZZ
in Ua,
Z.
and their divisors are the complex hyperplanes H = { Eo a,Z, =01. The family of all these hyperplanes in Pn forms a linear system. The divisors of the sections of the pth power of the hyperplane bundle, i.e., the bundle LH_ are the algebraic hypersurfaces of degree p; the collection of all these forms a linear system.
I
Let D be a divisor on a manifold M and let 9° be a section of the bundle LD whose divisor D, = D. Let us denote by H(D) the set of all meromorphic functions on M such that the sum of D and the divisor of the function is positive:
H(D) = {g E M(M): D9 + D > 0}. For any g E H(D) the section gs° of the bundle LD is holomorphic (since its divisor Dg + D > 0). Thus gs° E H°(M, LD). Conversely, if s is any holomorphic section of LD, then the ratio 3/s° = g is a meromorphic function on M with D9 + D = D, > 0, i.e., g E H(D). Thus a one-to-one correspondence has been established between H°(M, LD) and H(D) so that the linear system generated by the divisor D can be described by means of H(D). The set H(D), with the addition of the function f - 0, is clearly a vector space over C. In this connection two functions with the same divisor differ by a multiplier from 0*(M); if M is a compact manifold , then this multiplier is a nonzero constant. Thus the linear system of divisors under consideration is found to be in one-to-one correspondence with the quotient space formed from the space H(D) by identifying the points of lines through the origin, i.e., the projectivization of this space. In the case of interest to us, where M is a closed submanifold of PN, the space H(D) is finite dimensional, since it consists of the restrictions to M of rational functions on PN, the order of whose zeroes and poles are bounded
36
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
by the condition D. + D > 0 (see, for example, Mumford [1], §6A). In this case the linear system generated by the divisor D can be considered to be a projective space whose dimension equals dim H(D) - 1. 8. Hermitian bundles. In order to make numerical estimates possible, we
will consider Hermitian bundles L - M. This means that on the fibers of L (that is, the complex lines with coordinates y a) Hermitian metrics are
given: dsa =
hadcadS-, where the ha are smooth positive functions in Ua
called the metric coefficients. In the intersections Uap these coefficients must be made compatible by the condition that the metric be independent of the
choice of coordinate in the fiber; from relation (2) we obtain the equality hpdcpde = hplgapl2dsadsp, from which it follows that ha = hdlg«RI2.
(5)
A collection h = {ha} of smooth positive functions, related in the Uap by condition (5), will be called a metric on L. The Hermitian modulus squared of a holomorphic section s = {sa} of an Hermitian bundle L M is defined by the equality 13.12
in Q., (6) Since the gap are holomorphic functions different from zero in Uap, the 113112 = h.
two-form ddc In I gap I2 = 0. From (5) it follows that ddc In ha = dd` In hp in Uap; that is, on M there is defined a global differential form Ch = -ddc In ha
in U,,,
(7)
which is called the Chern form of the metric h = {ha}. This form indicates how rapidly the functions ha vary on the manifold M, i.e., how "twisted" the metric hadcadSa is compared to the Euclidean metric dsadsa on the fibers of the bundle L. It characterizes the curvature of the metric h. EXAMPLE. For the hyperplane bundle L P" the transition functions in homogeneous coordinates have the form gap = Za /Zp (see the previous example). Consequently, to give a metric on this bundle one can use the set of functions ha = 1Z012/1Z12, where IZI2 = I Zo 12 +... + I Z,I2. They are smooth and positive in Ua, and in the intersections Uap they satisfy the compatibility
conditions (5). Since ha = 1/(1 + Iza12), where za = (zal, ... , z0,) are the local coordinates in Ua, the Chern form of this metric Ch = dd` ln(1 + Iz0I2) = dd` In IZ12 = w
(8)
coincides with the Fubini-Study form on P". If over a manifold M we are given two equivalent Hermitian bundles L and L' with transition functions gap and gap and with metrics h = {ha} and h' = {hQ}, respectively, then from (3) and the compatibility conditions (5) we obtain that in Uap h«/ha = Iga/gp12hR/hp.
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
37
From this is follows that
h'R/hQjg3I2 in U,,;3; thus a smooth positive function is globally defined on M as u = ha /h0 g,, 12 in U0. But then dd` In u = ddC In ha - ddC In ha (we have taken into account that dd` In I ga 12 =
0 since g0 E 0*(U0)); consequently, the Chern forms chi and Ch differ by the form dd` In u, which is exact on M. In other words, the Chern forms belong to the same cohomology class of forms of bidegree (1,1) on M. Thus this class
does not depend on the choice of metric on the bundle of M and does not change if L is replaced by an equivalent bundle. It is denoted by c(L) and is called the (first) Chern class of the bundle L. Let L' and L" be two Hermitian bundles on M with transition functions ga0 and gap and with metrics h' h' } , respectively. For their h0 } and h" product L = L'L" the transition functions are gyp = gapgQp and as a metric one can use h = {ha}, where hn = haha (in fact h0'' h" = h' hpI gl agap12, so condition (5) is fulfilled). From (7) it is then clear that the Chern forms of these metrics are related by eh = chi + chi'; thus for the Chern classes,
c(L'L") = c(L') + c(L").
(9)
9. The characteristic function. Let a holomorphic mapping f be given from Cm to an n-dimensional complex manifold M. We will define a linear system of divisors on M by selecting a divisor D and by considering the collection of all the divisors of all the holomorphic sections of the line bundle L = LD of this divisor. We fix an Hermitian metric h on the bundle L. In this situation the second main actor in the theory of value distribution can be introduced. DEFINITION. Let a holomorphic mapping f : Cm M be given, where M is a complex manifold on which is given an Hermitian line bundle L with metric h. The characteristic function of this mapping is defined to be T1(L,r) =
f
/' t
f(ch) A(10)
BL
where f' (Ch) is the pullback of the Chern form of the metric h and wo is the homogeneous metric form on Cm. We observe that the form wo -1, as is clear from (11) of §1, has an infinity of order 2(m-1) at the point z = 0; this is integrable over the 2m-dimensional ball Bt, and the form f *(Ch) is smooth. Therefore the inner integral in (10) exists and has a zero of no less than first order at t = 0. Hence the outer integral also exists. Henceforth we will assume that M is a compact manifold. Then the characteristic function is essentially independent of the choice of metric and is determined by the bundle itself; it is essentially determined not by the form, but the Chem class c(L). Namely, the following is true:
38
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
THEOREM 1. If M is a compact manifold, then the characteristic function T j(L, r), up to the addition of a bounded term, does not depend on the choice of Hermitian metric on the bundle L -> M.
4 We choose on L another metric h' along with the metric h. As was proved above, Ch - Ch' = dd' In u, where u is a smooth positive function on M. Thus the difference of the corresponding characteristic functions is
Tf(L,r)-Tf(L,r)= ordt f f*(dd`Inu)Awa-1. t B' By the well-known commutativity of the pullback with differentiation of forms
and by Lemma 2 at the end of 1,
Tf(L,r)-Tf(L,r)= f t f dd`ln(uof)Aw1 ,
=
1
f1n(uof)+O(i).
By the compactness of M the function u is bounded and bounded away from zero; consequently, the function In u o f (z) is bounded on Cm. Then by the properties of the form or, the integral on the right-hand side of the last equality is also bounded. For our main example, when M = P", the complex projective space, and L -+ M is the hyperplane bundle, we will agree not to write down the dependency of the characteristic function on the bundle. Since here the FubiniStudy form w serves as the Chern form ch, the characteristic function has the following form: for mappings C'" -+ P" given in homogeneous coordinates
F = (FO,...,F.) dl
TF(r) = o
t
f "'dd` In IF(z)I2 A
(11)
and for mappings C"' -> C" in affine coordinates f = (f 1, ... , f" ) Tf (r) =
jr dt
ft dd` ln(1 + If (Z)12) A wo
In particular, for m = n = 1 we obtain I f' (z) I2 dz A dz _ i r dt Tf(r)
1,
(12)
t Jat (1 + If(z)I2)2 which coincides with the characteristic function of the classical theory in the Ahlfors-Shimizu form (see, for example, Hayman [1]). In this case Tf(r) has a simple geometric interpretation; it is the logarithmic average of the area of the C, computed in the spherical image of the disk Br under the mapping f : C metric (counting the multiplicity of the covering). The rate of growth of T f(r) characterizes the rate of growth of the function f (z) as IzI = r - oo. For holomorphic mappings Cm -> C" there also exists a connection between the rate of growth of the mapping and the characteristic function. 21r Jo
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
39
THEOREM 2. The characteristic function T f (r) of a holomorphic mapping
f : C"
C', with f (0) = 0, is equal to the mean value of In %F1 +_AZ) I 12 on
the sphere Sr={zEC`:Iz1=r}:
Tf (r) = for In
1 + I ff(z)12a,
(13)
where or = d` In Iz12 A wo -1 is the Poineare form.(1s)
4 Formula (13) follows from (12) by Lemma 2 of §1.
COROLLARY. The characteristic function of a holomorphic mapping f : C- --+ Cn, f (0) = 0, admits the estimate
In mf(r) < Tf(r) < In Mf(r),
(14)
where
mf(r) = min
Izl=r
1_f+ I(z)12,
Mf(r) = max
Izl=r
1 + 1f (z)12.
(15)
REMARK. The estimate from below in (14) often turns out to be crude, so that this formula does not allow one to compare the orders of growth of the functions Mf(r) and Tf(r). Generalizing the corresponding classical reasoning (see Hayman [1], §1.7.1), one can obtain a two-sided estimate which gives such a comparison.
The smooth function u(z) = In 1 + If (z)12 attains a maximum on the sphere Sr at some point z°, where, according to (15), u(z°) = In Mf(r). This function is plurisubharmonic on Cm, since if it is restricted to any complex
line l={z=wc+a},then a2u
asas
=- r-µ 1 f fµ Eµ 1fµ7µ + 1+1712
n`
1
,4J
(1+If12)2
(1 + If12)2
fs
{17'12 + If12 If'12 - I(f,f')12} > 0
by the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz inequality (the prime denotes the derivative with
respect to S). Therefore its value at z° can be estimated using the Poisson integral for the ball BR, where R > r (see Shabat I, p. 307):
In Mf (r) < R u(z)
R2(n-1)
(R2 - r2)
1z - z012n
R2(n-1) (R + r) fR
(R - r)2n1
a=
u(z)a=
(16)We observe that if f(0) 34 0, then on the right-hand side of (13) the additional term 1+1TOO I appears.
In
40
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
But by (13), if we assume that f(0) = 0,
f u(z) aZ = R
In
1 + If (z)12a = Tf (R),
LR
Set ting R = 2r in the preceding inequality, we obtain, along with (14) a two-sided estimate for In Mf(r):
Tf(r) < In Mf(r) < 3 -4ri-1Tf(2r),
(16)
from which it is clear that In Mf (r) has the same order of growth as r o0 as Tf(r). I We return to the general case of holomorphic mappings from C"` to a complex manifold M, on which is given an Hermitian line bundle L. To construct a theory rich in content, besides the compactness of M we must also assume that L M is positive. This means that in the Chern class c(L) there is a form to which corresponds a positive definite Hermitian form. We will denote the positivity of the bundle L by c(L) > 0; from now on we will always assume that this condition is satisfied. We remark that the condition for the existence of a positive line bundle on a compact manifold M entails significant consequences; by the famous theorem of Kodaira (see, for example, Griffiths and Harris (11, §1.4) the sections of a sufficiently high power of this bundle imbed M into a projective space of some dimension. Conversely, on any closed submanifold M C pN there exists a positive bundle (for example, the restriction to M of the hyperplane bundle on pN). Thus the class of compact complex manifolds which admit positive bundles coincides with the class of closed submanifolds of projective space. Such manifolds are called smooth projective manifolds. Let f be a holomorphic mapping from C"` to a manifold M on which a positive bundle L is given. Let us suppose that the mapping f is nondegenerate, in the sense that its rank (in local coordinates on M) is maximal on an open subset of C"`. Then if Ch E c(L) is a positive form, its pullback f *(eh) is also a positive form. Since the form wo is positive by what was proved in §1 (except for the case stipulated there), the form f ` (Ch) A wo -1 is positive on an open subset of C"` (as a form of maximal degree 2m). It follows from (10) that in this case the characteristic function T f (L, r) grows as r grows and as r oo approaches infinity no slower than In r; by Theorem 1 this remains true for any form from the Chern class c(L)Below, we will verify that the rate of growth of Tf (L, r) as r o0 characterizes the complexity of the behavior of the mapping f : C"` M at infinity. Taking this into account, we define the order of the mapping f (for the given bundle L) as the quantity ord f = Tlim
oc
lnTf(L r) r' In
(17)
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
41
FIGURE 3
We will consider several assertions connected with this concept in §4; here we give an example of the calculation of the asymptotic behavior of the characteristic function due to Ahlfors [2]. EXAMPLE. Let us consider an exponential curve; that is, a holomorphic P" defined in homogeneous coordinates by the equality mapping F : C
F(z) _ [eapz, ... , ea°z] for A,, E C. By a formula obtained from (13) by replacing the affine coordinates by homogeneous ones, f21r
TF(r)
IneI2do+0(1),
z = re3B;
(18)
V=o
here we have used the fact that for m = 1 the form a = d` In IzI2 = (4ri)-1(81n z - a In z) = d9/27r. we denote by A = A (O) the Av In view of the fact that l e'V z l = e* for which attains its greatest value for v = 0, . . . , n and for fixed 9.
It is the one of the points a which is the farthest from the line through the point A = 0 which makes an angle 7r/2 - 9 with the Re A axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in Figure 3. For fixed 9 we factor out the term in the sum in (18) with A = )1(9), and obtain an asymptotic formula as r - o0 2a
TF(r) = r j
Re(Aese) d9 + 0(1).
Let us denote by A the c o nv e x hull of the points A 0 . . . . . a", and let A. (for P = 1, ... , m) be the vertices of A ordered in a counterclockwise direction; finally, let 9, = arg(A. - A, _1). Clearly for 9,, < 7r/2 - 9 < 8,,+1 (that is, for 7r/2 - 9,,+1 < 9 < 7r/2 - 9,,) we have A(9) = A,,. Then the integral in the
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
42
previous formula can be rewritten in the form m
7r/2_°µ
Re A,e°d8 = Re
f
m
-
K=1 M
= Re
(A,,,
-
Au-1)e-a0'
+s=1
(the sum was transformed taking into account that Bm+1 = 01 and A0 = An).
The last sum is equal to the sum of the IAu - A.-,I. This is the perimeter P of the polygon A, the convex hull of the points A0, ... , A. Thus we finally obtain
TF (r) = 2 r + O(1).
(19)
Let us now compute the counting function of a divisor on Pn which is a hyperplane
n
H= W
,
V=0
under the same mapping. The inverse image F-1(H) of this divisor consists of the set of zeros of the function of one variable g(z) = Eo which has dimension 0. By (26) of §1,
NF(H,r) _
j
n (0,t)dt
where ng(0,t) is the number of zeros of g in the disk zj < t}; we assume for simplicity that g(0) # 0. By the classical Jensen formula n
Zn
NF(H,r) =
J 27r
In g(rei°)I dO =
I
Z7r
fo
a
dB.
i= o
We find ourselves in a situation analogous to the one considered above. To
compute the asymptotic behavior of NF(H, r) for large r, with 0 fixed, the sum inside the logarithm can be replaced by the term with the largest IeA"zj or, what is the same thing, with the largest The difference with the previous case lies in the fact that only those terms with nonzero coefficients a need be considered. We obtain the following result: for large r
NF(H,r) =
P'
(20)
where P` is the perimeter of the convex hull of those points A, for which the coefficient a in the homogeneous equation of H is different from 0. 1
10. Higher characteristic functions. The characteristic function Tf(L, r) will be called the principal characteristic function. We will see below that it is related to the distribution of inverse images of divisors on the manifold M.
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
43
If one is interested in the inverse images of sets of higher codimension, when n > 1, the definition of the characteristic function must be altered somewhat. Namely, given a holomorphic mapping f : C'n -> M, with the analytic subsets of M of codimension k is related the kth characteristic function Tfkl(Ch,r)
Itl
T
fo
t
(k
f (f*Ch)k A w0 -k
= 1,...,m)
(21)
where we keep the old notation. (17) For k = 1 this is the same as the definition (10) of the principal characteristic function: T fl) (Ch, r) = Tf (L, r). We also point out the characteristic function with the maximal index
r dt
fotf
Tm) (Cher)
(22)
which has a simple geometric interpretation. It is the logarithmic average of the volume of the image of the ball Br under the mapping f computed (counting multiplicity) in the metric (ch)m; this is a direct generalization of the Ahlfors-Shimizu characteristic function. It will be shown below that for m = n this function is related to the distribution of inverse images of points. For the main example of a holomorphic mapping f : Cn -* Cn with the Fubini-Study metric on the range, one can write down an explicit expression for it. Here in affine coordinates Ch = w = dd` In p = p-1ddcI wI2 - p-2d1w12 A dcJw12, where p = 1 + 1w12 (cf. formula (11) of §1). Hence
wn = (ddcIwl2
-
dclwl2)n
dl W12 A
P
P2
- (dd`Iwl2)n _
n(dd`IwI2)n-1
A
dIwI2 A dcIwI2
pn+1
Pn
(taking into account that the powers of the odd forms dl W12 and d`lwI2 equal zero). Observing that (dd°Iwj2)n = n!,D,,,, where 4D W
27r (±)"dWiAiA...AdWnAn
(23)
is the Euclidean volume form, while (
`IwI2)n-1 = (n - 1)i
n-1 n
(_
E dwl A dw1 A ... A ... A dwn A dwn v (the factor dwn, A diu is omitted), we obtain n!
pn
v= 1
(P-IwI2)i,,,=n! (1 + II2)n+l W*
(24)
(17)The existence of this integral follows from the considerations in the definition of
subsection 9.
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
44
Applying (22) with m = n we now find that Tf") (r)
-
dt 0
(f*w)n = n! f T dt
fB,
f
(1 I+
jf (z)1 )"+1 '
(25)
where J f is the Jacobian of the mapping f and b, is the Euclidean volume form on the domain (it is defined by (23) with w replaced by z). For n = 1 we obtain the classical Ahlfors-Shimizu formula. In the general case we write T f(k) (ch, r) and not T$' (L, r); this is because the dependence of T f k) on the metric is somewhat more complicated for k > 1 than for k = 1. Namely, the following theorem is true instead of Theorem 1:
THEOREM 3. Let h and h' be two metrics on the bundle L over the compact manifold M. Then for k > 1 T fk)(Ch, r) - Tfk)(Chl, r) = O(tk-1(Ch, r)),
(26)
where tk-1(Ch,r)
A w-k= Lf*ch)k_1
dT(k-1)(Ch,
r)
f
(27)
r
4 As was shown above, f *ch - f *Ch' = dd`v, where v =In u o f is a smooth bounded function on Ctm. From this it follows that k-1
(f*Ch)k
- (f *Ch')k = E (
k
)(J *C.h)p A (ddcv)k-3,
j=0
where (A) are binomial coefficients. Since (ddcv)k_j
(f* CO-' A
= dd` (v (f*Ch)j A
(dd`v)k_j-1) ,
the right-hand side of the last equality can be represented in the form ddc4', where 4' is a form of bidegree (k - 1, k - 1) on C'n which is majorized by the form a(f * Ch)'-' with some constant a > 0. From (21), using Lemma 2 from §1, we then obtain Tfk) (ch, r)
- Tf k' (chi, r) _ fora
dt
f
t
fo,
ddC4' A wo -k
f
=1-Ad`InIz12A;,b-k-1IDA,0-k+1 2 2 ,
,
The first integral on the right has the order of the integral of (f* Ch )k-1 A dC In Iz12 Awo -k over S which by Stokes' formula coincides with the integral over B, of (f*Ch)k-1 A w' -k+1, i.e. with tk_1(eh,r). This is the same as the order of the second integral.
§2. THE CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION
45
COROLLARY. If on a bundle L y M over a compact manifold there exists an Hermitian metric h such that for a holomorphic mapping f : C"` --+ M tk-l(ch,r)
lim
= 0,
(28)
r-00 T fk) (ch, r) then, up to the addition of a bounded term, Tfk)(ch,r) does not depend upon
the choice of metric and so is determined by the Chern class c(L). To find out the geometric meaning of T(k), we rewrite (21) in the form r fBt(ftCh)k
Tfk)(ch,r) _
k
(29)
t2ma2k+1
where coo = dd` lz 12 is the Euclidean metric form on Cm. The transition to this formula is analogous to the transition from (19) to (20) in §1. If m
9
Adz,,
h,,13dz,, a+t3=1
and if the Aa are the eigenvalues of the positive Hermitian matrix (had), then
(f*ch)k A p0 -k =
(i)rn
(dz A d)B =
A( z A dz)A A (A)
(B)
(A)
where A = (al, ... , ak) and B = (01, ... , /3m_k) are multi-indices in the numbers the quantity AA = A,, ... Aak, the form (dz A dz)A = dxa, A dz,, A . . A dzak A dzQk and analogously for (dz A dz)B; while 4)Z is the Euclidean volume form on Cm (it is obtained from (23) by replacing n by m and w by z). The quantity E(A) AA = ek is the kth elementary symmetric function in the eigenvalues Al, .... Am, and (29) now takes the form .
Tfk)(ch,r)
= f0r 2mdt t
L ek"z. ,
(30)
The quantities A,,, can be interpreted geometrically as the semiaxes of the ellipsoid which the differential of the mapping f carries to the sphere in the metric Ch on the manifold M (recall that the bundle L is assumed to be Positive, so the form Ch is positive definite). The quantities el = Al + ... + Am, e2 = Al A2 + ... + Am-,A,,,, ..., e,,, = A, . . . Am are expressed in terms of these semiaxes, which gives a certain geometric interpretation to the kth characteristic function. EXAMPLE. The mapping f: C2 _ C2 defined by f (z) = (z1, z2 + g(zl)), !here g is an arbitrary entire function of one variable, is clearly one-to-one,
ice there exists an inverse mapping f -1(w) = (W1, w2 - g(wl)). Therefore, counting multiplicity of the covering, the volume of the image of the ball f (Bt)
14 the Fubini-Study metric does not exceed 1, the volume of all of p2 (this
46
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
can also be deduced from (25) after taking into account the fact that Jf - 1). From this it follows that T f2) (r) = O(ln r). On the other hand, according to the remark after Theorem 2, the principal Ig(zi)12), so the characteristic function Tf(r) has order ln(1 + r2 order of 1'j (r) can be arbitrarily large. I Thus the functions Tf k) (r) for a single mapping but for different k in general
can have different growth. However, they can all be estimated from above by the behavior of the mapping at infinity. In particular, for the mappings f : Cm -+ C" with the Fubini-Study metric on the range, when Tfki (r)
= f r dt ft (d& ln(1 + If (z)12)k A wa -k),
(31)
Carlson [11 proved THEOREM 4. The characteristic function Tf ping f : Cm C" admits an estimate Tfk)(r) < (1I In Mf(ek-1r))
of a holomorphic map-
(32)
,
_f(z)
where 0 is any number with 1 < 9 < e and Mf(r) = maxIzI =T
1+I
12.
4 By Stokes' formula and Fubini's theorem (taking into account that (1/2)dln IzI2 = dt/t for IzI = t) we obtain from (31) jrddln(1+If12)AAt
Tfk}(r)= 2 B,
where w f = ddc ln(1 + If 12). By Lemma 1 at the end of §1 we exchange the symbols d and d`; then we interchange the corresponding factors and apply Stokes' formula again: T(k)(r) _ f
J
*1n(1+IfI2)wj-IA&lnIzl2Awo-k
2 B
- 1 ffI 2
(33)
ln(1 + lf!2)w f-1 A 00m-k+1
B.
-k+1 is Now we observe that since In(1 + If I2) > 0 and the form wt -1 A wo positive , the second integral here is positive, and
Tf k)(r) < In Mf(r) f
wf-1
A d` In Izl2 A wa -k
wk-1
A
s,
= In Mf(r)
4,
f
wm-k+l 0
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR APPLICATIONS.
47
(we have again used Stokes' form(ula). Further, for any 0 > 1
In o f
wf-1
A wp -k+1
< / er d /B! wk-1 A 0 -k+1 < T(k-1) (Or)
and combining this with the previous inequality we obtain 1n8lnMf(r)Tfk-1)(Or).
(r) Applying this inequality consecutively and using the monotonicity of the function M f (r), we arrive at the following inequality: k-1 Tf(Bk-Ir) Tfk)(r) < (_L 11101nMf(Ok -2r)) T1
-
It only remains to apply the estimate T f(Ok-'r) < In M f (Bk-1r), found in Theorem 2, and the inequality In 0 < 1.
§3. Currents and some of their applications. In recent years the theory of currents has been successfully applied to a number of questions in multidimensional complex analysis, including value distribution theory. The theory of currents is an extension of the theory of generalized functions to differential forms. Building upon the idea of Stokes' formula, which establishes a duality between forms and manifolds, the theory of currents erases the boundaries between these two concepts and views them as one object. 11. Currents. Let an n-dimensional complex manifold M be given which is not necessarily compact. We denote by 3r 9 = 3,9 (M) the space of forms of bidegree (r, s) with coefficients of class C°°(M) with compact supports the space of test forms. This is endowed with the structure of a (complex) linear space and the usual topology of the space of test functions: a sequence Sp' E 3'',8 is said to converge to zero if all the cp" are zero outside a fixed compact subset of M and if on this subset all the coefficients of the forms gyp" together with all their partial derivatives (with respect to local coordinates) converge uniformly to zero. If it is not necessary to distinguish the bidegrees of the forms, we will write 3r+8 .
The currents of dimension (r, s) or bidegree (n - r, n - s) are defined to be the linear functionals T on the space Zj 's. The set of these currents will be denoted by This space is provided with the topology of weak Convergence: a sequence T -' T if T(cp) -+ T(p) for every o E 3r,9. If is is not necessary to distinguish the bidegrees, we will speak simply of the degree of a current, or of its real dimension. The currents of degree 2n, which are defined on the space 3° of test functions, coincide with the generalized functions. One can interpret in a similar way the currents of degree 0 defined 04 the forms of maximal degree; these forms can be written as cpdz A dz, where
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
48
dz = dzl A
A dz,,, dz = dzl A
A dz,z,
E 3° and T(pdz A dz) can be
viewed as a functional on yo.
The concept of a current includes in particular both the concept of a form and the concept of a manifold. Namely, a form w of bidegree (n - r, n - s) with locally integrable coefficients determines a current [w] of the same bidegree which acts on forms E by the rule wAp
[w]GO) =
(1)
In exactly the same way a submanifold N C M of real dimension r determines a current [N] of the same dimension which acts on forms tip E 3r by the rule
fN P-
(2)
A k-dimensional analytic set A C M can be viewed as a current [A] of dimension (k, k) if for cp E we set
[A] (p) = f eg A
(3)
Currents T, and T2 of the same degree can be added by the rule (T, + T2)(V) = T1(So) + T2(); in particular, one can add forms of bidegree 2n - r and manifolds of dimension r. The multiplication of currents by smooth forms can he defined by the rule T A w (gyp) = T (w A p). Some currents,
manifolds for example, can be multiplied not only by smooth forms but also by integrable forms; namely, by definition, [JAw()=fwAyp,
,v
if the integral on the right makes sense. THEOREM 1. An arbitrary current T of bidegree (r, s) on a domain in C"` can be represented as a differential form T = 1: TAB dzA A dz-B,
(4)
A,B
where A = (a,-., a,) and B = (1 i ... , X39) are multi-indices from the numbers 1.... , n, the forms dzA = dza, A A dz,, and dzB = dz3, A while the TAB are generalized functions.
A dzp, ,
-4 In fact the generalized function TAB is defined by the formula TAB(bdz A dz) = sgn(A, B) T (pdzA, A dzB,) ,
where '0 E 3°, A' is the complement of A with respect to the set 1,. .. , n and B' is the complement of B; sgn(A, B) is the sign of the permutation
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR APPLICATIONS.
(A, A', B, B') of the indices (1, ... , n, 1, ... , n).
49
Since z,''dzA' A dz-B, E _ PA B'dzA
the right-hand side is defined. Then for any form
A dzB" where A' and B' now run over all multi-indices of length n - r and n - s, respectively, by the linearity of T and the definition of TAB we have
T(p) = E T(SPA'B' dzA, Adz B') A'.B'
_ > sgn(A,
dz A dz),
A,B
where A and B are the complements of A' and B'. By the properties of the exterior product, sgn(A, B)cFA' B' dz A dz = dzA A dzB A (SPA'R' dzA, A dzB') = dzA A d2 B A'p
,
so the last equality can be rewritten as T (p)
TAB dzA A dzB ('P), A,B
which is equivalent to (4).
.
We will encounter two subclasses of currents. The first of these consist of currents with compact supports;(18) they extend as linear functionals to the space 7,'(M) of arbitrary forms of class C°° (M), not necessarily with compact supports. The second subclass is formed of the currents of finite singularity 1, which extend to the forms of class C1(M) with compact supports; in particular, the currents of singularity 0 extend to the forms with continuous coefficients. Formulas (1), (2), and (3) give examples of such currents. Some currents (manifolds for example) can also be applied to integrable forms. We will write down in terms of currents the main quantities in the theory
of value distribution. In order to express the quantity n(A, r), is the homogeneous volume of the intersection of a k-dimensional analytic set A E Cwith the ball Br (formula (19) in §1; assume for simplicity that 0 A), we observe that the current [A n B,] of dimension (k, k) has compact support, and the form wok belongs to class C°° in a neighborhood of this support (its singularity is at the point z = 0). Therefore, the following makes sense:
[A n B,](wo) = f
nB,
wo = n(A, r).
The counting function of a k-dimensional analytic set A C C- \ {0} can therefore be written in the form
N(A,r) = f[A nB]()dt
(5)
(18)The support supp T of a current T is defined to be the union of the supports UPP TAB of the generalized functions TAB over all the multi-indices in representation (4).
1. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
50
Analogously, the characteristic function of a holomorphic mapping f : C' M is written-if an Hermitian line bundle L is given on M with Chern form
Ch-as
TI(L,r) = f r(fx(Ch) A 0
[Bt])(w0 -1)dt
(6)
Here the current P (Ch) A [Bt], which is the product of a smooth form and a manifold, is applied to an integrable form. Currents can be differentiated by the rule dT(cp) _
(7)
where r is the degree of the current T (therefore, p En-' 1). The sign in the definition is chosen so that when T is a smooth form w the differentiation agrees with the usual definition. In this case dw A p = d(w A cp) - (-1)deg `mow A
dp; thus by Stokes' formula, taking into account the compact support, [dw](,p)
dw AV
-(-1)dee w IM w A drp = (-1)deg w+1[w](dp)
= IM By the same Stokes' formula, when T = N is a manifold, then d[N] = [aN]: differentiation reduces to taking the boundary with the appropriate orientation. Clearly, differentiation of a current increases its degree by 1, or, what is the same thing, decreases its dimension by 1. On a complex manifold one can also consider the differentiation operators a and a; for example, for a current T of bidegree (r, s), by definition, 0T(V) = (-1)r+s+1T((9go),
PE
n r t,n-s
(8)
In the case where T = w is a smooth form, this definition also agrees with the usual one. In fact, since w is a form of bidegree (r, s), the form rp is of bidegree (n - r - 1, n - s), and the manifold M has complex dimension n, aw A cp = w A app = 0, as forms of bidegree (n - 1, n + 1). Therefore, aw A
It is clear the the differentiation operators on currents satisfy the usual a2 properties of nilpotence: d2 = a2 = = 0. It is also not difficult to see that on currents of bidegree (r, s) the operator dd' = (i/2ir)495 can be computed by the rule E`-r-I,n -1 (g) dd`T(,p) = T(dd`cp), v We now define the operation of regularization of currents. Let A : Cn -+ R+ be a compactly supported function of class C°° which depends only on [zi and
is such that f a4) = 1, where 4) is the Euclidean volume form on Cr". Let us fix e > 0 and set AE(z) = (1/c2r")A(z/e). This is a test function in 7,0; as e --> 0 it converges in the sense of currents to the 6-function, which is the functional associating to every test function its value at the point z = 0. We represent any current T of bidegree (r, s) on a domain of C' by Theorem 1
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR APPLICATIONS.
51
as a form with coefficients TAB which are generalized functions. We define the regularization of T to be the current TAB dzA A dzB,
TE
(10)
A,B
where TAB(z) = fcEC. TAB(Ae(c - z))4'S (the coefficient under the integral is the value of the functional TAB at the test function A j For any e > 0 the current TE is clearly a form with coefficients of class C°° (in z), and TE -+ T as a --> 0 in the weak topology on the space of currents.
That is, (TE - T)(V) -> 0 for any test function sp (the main property of regularization). It is also clear that the operation of regularization commutes with the operation of differentiation with respect to z and z; in particular, dd°(TE) = (dd`T)E.
12. The Poincare-Lelong formula. Of particular interest to us will be the differentials of currents defined by forms which have singularities on an analytic set A C M but which are smooth on M \ A. Let us begin with the example of the Poincare form a = d` In 1z12A(ddc In Iz12)m-1 in C", which has
a singularity at the point z = 0 (see (31) of §1). By definition the differential of the current satisfies
d[a] (,) = f a
A dip,
where p E $ is a function. The integral must be understood as an improper integral, i.e, as the limit as e - 0 of the integral over the exterior of the ball {IzI > e}. There is a + sign before the integral because a has odd degree. For z # 0 we have a A d
lim
f
r
IZI
>}
d(cpa) = lii o J {IzI = e}spa =
(o)
We applied Stokes' formula taking into account the fact that the boundary of the domain {Izl > E} is the sphere {Izj = e} oriented negatively; then we used a property of the form a from §1. Thus the functional d[a], acting on the function p, gives the value of the function at z = 0. That is, it coincides with the S-function or, in other words, with the current [0] determined by the Singularity of the form: d[a] = [0]. This result in essence goes back to Poincare; we will now describe a variant of it which is due to Lelong [2].
THEOREM 2. Let f be a holomorphic function on an n-dimensional comPlex manifold M and let D = D1 be its divisor. Then the following equality of currents is true: dd°InIf12 = [D] (11) (the Poincare-Lelong formula).
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
52
3n-1,n-1
4 By definition, (11) means that for any form cp E fM In IfI2ddEp=f cp,
(12)
D
Using a partition of unity, the problem can be localized so that (12) only needs to be verified for forms supported in neighborhoods on M. Moreover, in neighborhoods not containing any points of D, equality (11) is trivial, since differentiation there in the sense of currents coincides with the usual differentiation of forms, and dd` In If I2 = 0 by the holomorphy off Therefore, it is sufficient to verify (12) only for neighborhoods of points of D .
(a) If z° is a regular point of D, then in a neighborhood U of it local zn = 0 } and f has the
coordinates can be chosen on M so that D fl U form zn,, where p is the order of the divisor D. Then (12) reduces to the equality pf
In Izl2d°p = fDnU
E
t
U
The integral on the right takes account of the order of the divisor; it is p times the integral over { zn, = 0 } fl U. Therefore, the p cancels and we may take p = 1. The integral on the left is understood to be an improper integral, i.e., it is the limit as e --+ 0 of the integral over GE _ { z E C` : Izn, I > e }. Because cp has compact support, this integral can be considered as an integral over all of C n. Since in GE we have In Iznl2dd`cp = d(In Iznl2d`v) - din IznI2 A d`cp,
by Stokes' formula, using the fact that cp has compact support and recalling that { IznI = e } is negatively oriented with respect to GE, we have
f In I znl2dd`t = - lim f e-.o
Iz,.1=E}
In Iznl2d- Im J dln IzI2 6-0 G.
The first limit here equals 0, since In I zn 12 = In e2 while the integral of d` cp over { Izn I = e } has order 0(e). To compute the second limit we use the fact
that dIn Iz12Ad`cp=dcoAdc In Iznl2 =d(cpAddlnIzn12), since ddC In IznI2 = 0 in G. Then we apply Stokes' formula (again taking account of the compact support of cp and the orientation of { Izn e } with respect to GE):
f InIzl2dd°cp= lim
E-0
f
{IZn1=E}
c,Ad`InjznI2 = E-.o lim f
cpA
{IZn1=E}
d
;
27r
At the last step we set zn = eei8 and used the fact that the form do In IznI2 = dO/21r. It only remains to observe that for Izn,I = e the form cp = c° ,,=o +cp where the coefficients of cp' approach 0 as e , 0, and thus J In Iznl2dd`cp = lim E-0
.II
{z,
Jl
co
/
{IZnI-E} 2v JJ{Zn=o}
cp.
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR. APPLICATIONS.
53
(b) If z° is a critical point of D, then in a neighborhood U of z° we may choose coordinates z = (z1,...,zn) such that the Weierstrass preparation theorem applies to f with respect to each of the variables zj (see Shabat II, p. 114). Since forms V of bidegree (n - 1, n - 1) are sums of terms in each of which one of the products dzj Adzj is missing,(19), it is sufficient to verify
(12) for one of these summands. Here all the variables are equivalent, so without loss of generality we can assume that dz,, A dz is missing. Let us write zn = w and (z1,. .. , z,,_ 1) = z, so that the form cp can be written as = a(z, w)dz A dz, where a is a smooth function with support in U. Furthermore, by the Weierstrass Preparation Theorem f = Pg, where P(z,w) = Wk+cl(z)wk-1+ +ck(z), and g E O*(U) so that dd`In JgJ2 = 0, that is, without loss of generality f can be replaced by P. Let wj (z), j = 1, ... , k, be the roots of the polynomial P for a fixed z (some of these may perhaps coincide); then k
lnIPI2 =EInJw-wj(z)12. j=1
Using the fact that for a form
82a
dd`rp = 2-a
=2a
dw A dw A dz A dz,
we repeat for fixed z the argument in (a) and obtain the relation k
2
27r
A dw = E 0'(Z' w j (z))
f In
j=1
Finally, setting U = U1-1 x V, we conclude from this that
f
U
r
r
In
I
27r
k
f
E j=1 fu_
dz A dz
1
J
In IPI2
dw
a(z, wj(z))dz A dz,
Since the right-hand side is clearly equal to the integral of the form tip over D, everything is proved. From the theorem just proved there follows simply a variant of the PoincareLelong formula which is suited for application in value distribution theory. COROLLARY. Let L -i M be an Hermitian line bundle with metric h = { ht } and Chern form ch, and let s = { sQ } be a holomorphic section of it. (19)We
only consider here the special case of (n - 1, n - 1) forms; the general case can be reduced to this one (see, for example, Harvey [1], p. 26).
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
54
Let 11,9112 = halsal2 in Ua be Hermitian modulus squared, and let D be the divisor of s. Then the following equality of currents is true: dd` In 11 31I2 = -Ch + D.
(13)
4 In Ua we have In 11,9112 = In ha + In I sa 12. Since sa E 0 (Ua) and D,a = D fl Ua, by Theorem 2 dd` Is,, 12 = [D] in the sense of currents. The function ha is smooth and positive; and by definition of the Chern form, dd` In ha = -Ch. The following theorem generalizes Theorem 2:
THEOREM 3. Let A C M be a holomorphic chain of codimension k which is defined by the equation g(z) = 0, where g = (91, ... , gk) and g; E 0 (M). Then the following equality of currents holds: dd`(ln I912(dd, In
I912)k-1) = A,
(14)
and for any integer v < k dd`(In 1912(dd` In IgI2)i-1) = (dd` In 1912)"
(15)
i Outside the set A of singularities of the function In 1812 the second equality is obvious. The first follows from the fact that locally at least one of the gj # 0 outside A; if, for example g1 # 0, we set lnlgl2 Since dd21n 18112 = 0 by holomorphy, the form ddc In 1812 contains the differ-
entials of only k - 1 functions and consequently its kth exterior power equals 0 (cf. subsection 2).
As in the proof of the previous theorem, the problem can be localized and limited to test forms with support in neighborhoods of points of A, and
the multiplicity can be taken to be 1. If z° is a regular point of A, in a neighborhood U of zo we choose local coordinates such that A fl U = { z1 =
= zk = 0 }; we change the notation, setting z = (z1, ... , zk) and w = (zk+1, ... , zn). To prove (14) one must check that for any form V(z, w) E
Fn-k.n-k (U) C
ll
I
fC ^
f
A
cP,
(16)
where the integral on the left is understood to be the limit as e --- 0 of the integral over the set AE = { (z, w) E Cn : IzI > s }.
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR APPLICATIONS.
55
The remainder of the proof proceeds like the previous one. By Stokes' formula
f In Iz12(dd` In
Izl2)k-1
In IzI2(dd` In Izl2)k-1 A
A
A (dd` In
d
IzI2)k-1
A deco
a
_ - In E2f
-f
(ddC In IzI2)k-1 A drV AE
do A d` In IZ12 A 1(ddd In IzI2)k-1 As
(17)
(in the second term we interchanged factors using the evenness of the degree of the form (ddc In Iz12)k-1 and then applied Lemma 1 from the end of §1). In the first term the integral over 8AE can be replaced by an iterated integral, first over the sphere SE = { z E CA' : IzI = E } and then over Cn-k. Here the Iz12)k-1 by the appropriate part of the inner integral of the product of (dd` In form d°V has order E; since by (11) of §1 the form on SE in the integrand has Elk-1. By the smoothness and 1/elk-2 and the volume of SE has order order the fact that the form rp has compact support, the whole integral over 8AE also has order e. But the coefficient in front of it equals 2ln(1/E); therefore, the first term in (17) approaches 0 as E -+ 0. We denote this term by 77(E). To the second term of (17) we again apply Stokes' formula, noting that on AE the form (dd` In Izl2)k = 0:
f In I zI2(ddd In AE
= 71 (e) +
f
Izl2)k-1
A
ro A d` in Izl2 A (dd` 1n
IzI2)k-1.
OA'
Representing the form cp on 8AE in the form co = tplA + p', where the coefficients of co' go to 0 as E --* 0, we obtain from (18)
L
In
Iz12(ddc In Ix12)k-1
= fC-k APIA f
A dd`q
dcInlzl2A(dd`lnlzl2)k-1+1(E)=IA S9
(19)
where 171(e) --> 0 as e -+ 0. Here we used the fact that
d`InIzI2 A
(dd`Inlzl2)k-1
is the Poincare form on Ck, and its integral over SE equals 1 (see §1) and also the fact that the integral of VIA on C"-k coincides with the integral of co over A. Relation (16), and hence (14), is proved.
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
56
Relation (15) is proved analogously. Equality (17) remains true when k is replaced by any v < k for any form p E 7,m-v,m-"(U), while instead of (18) we obtain InIZ12(dd`InIzl2)v-l Add`cp
fAI
= n(E) + f
A d` In IZ12 A (dd` In I2i-1 + A E
f
o A (dd` In Iz12)". e
However, the singularity of (dd` In Iz12)"-i is weaker in this case, so the same computation as above shows that the integral over 8AE goes to 0 as e -> 0. Therefore, as E 0 we obtain the limit IA In l z12(dd` In IzI2)"-1 A dd`tip =
fA(dd` in Iz12)" A o
a relation equivalent to (15). The case of neighborhoods of critical points of A demands special consideration, which we skip (see Griffiths and King [1], pp. 159-162).
13. The relation between characteristic and counting functions. As an application of the theory of currents, we will prove here, following Shiffman [2], that a characteristic function is the average of the counting functions of the divisors of all the holomorphic sections of the line bundle under consideration or (in the case of codimension k > 1) the intersections of such divisors. Let us begin with the case of the hyperplane bundles on P. Here the average will be taken over the complex hyperplanes or their intersections, i.e., the complex planes of higher codimension. We denote by Gn the set of all complex planes in P" of codimension k (k = 1, ... , n). This is called the Grassmann manifold; if one wishes, one can represent it also as the set of (n - k + 1)-dimensional complex planes in Cn+' which pass through the origin, i.e., as a generalization of projective space: Gn = Pn. We denote by U,,+1 the group of unitary transformations of the space Cn+1 and by A a measure on Gk which is invariant with respect to
Un+1 and which is normalized so that p(Gk) = 1 (we are using here the second interpretation of Gn ). LEMMA 1. Any form a with generalized coefficients on Pn which has bide-
gree (k, k), k > 1, and which is invariant with respect to the group U.+1 (20) is proportional to the kth power of the Fubini-Study form w. Since Un+' acts transitively on P" and the forms a and wk are invariant with respect to the group, it is sufficient to verify the proportionality at some
point p c Pn. The subgroup of Un+1 which leaves fixed the line I C Cn corresponding to the point p is the group U. It only remains to verify that (20)Here we interpret P" as the set of all complex lines through the origin in Cn+,.
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR APPLICATIONS.
57
the space of (k, k)-forms defined in a neighborhood of p and invariant with respect to U has complex dimension one. We write a in local coordinates in a neighborhood of the point p:
a=>ajjdzjAdzj, f,J
where I and J are multi-indices of length k, dzj and dz,j have their usual meaning, and the ajj are generalized functions. If 10 J and v is an index which appears in I but not in J, then consider an element g E Un which changes the sign of the with coordinate without changing the others. From the condition of invariance ga = a (g«a is the image of a under the action of g) we find that ajj = 0. Analogously, considering the transformations in U,, which permute coordinates, we find that all = aJ j = a for all I and J; consequently, a= a Fl dzj A d1. LEMMA 2. For any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cm -+ P" and any k = 1, ... , n; the following is true in the sense of currents:
f«wk =
fI (P) d t(P),
f EC
(20)
k
where f «wk is the pullback of the kth power of the Fubini-Study form on Pn and it is the invariant measure introduced above.(21) Let us fix a point Po E Gk, i.e., a plane of codimension k passing through the origin in Cn+l, and consider the current
T=f
g(Po) da(g),
"E Un, i
where g(Po) is the image of P0 under the transformation g and A is the Haar measure on the group Un+1 normalized so that A(U,,+1) = 1. It is obtained
from the measure a on Gk under the mapping h: Un+1 - Gk defined by Tn-k,n-k(P") h(g) = g(Po). By definition the current T acts on forms p E by the rule T (AP) = f gEU,+j
dA(g) f
,c
g(Po)
(we observe that g(P0) is an (n - k)-dimensional plane in P"; hence the form W can be integrated over it).
By Theorem 1 the current T can be viewed as a form of bidegree (k, k) with generalized coefficients. It is clearly invariant with respect to the group
Un+1. By Lemma 1 we conclude that T = cwk with some constant c. To (21)The left side of (20) is a differential form while the right side is a current which may be viewed as the limit of the holomorphic chains r_ t f -'(P3) which are determined by the Riemann sums of the integral. The meaning of the right side of (20) will be made Precise in the course of the proof of the lemma.
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
58
compute the constant we apply the (compact) current T to the form wn-k; from the definition of T and the properties of the form w we find that 7'(w" -k) =
fu(Po) da(g) f
wn-k
=f
dA(g) = 1, n +1
and from the relation T = cwk that l
T(wn-k) = C[Wk](Wn-k)
= C f Wk A n-k = C. P
n
Thus, c = 1, and the following holds in the sense of currents:
gEGk
Wk = f
g(Po) d.(g) = J
P d1i(P)
Gk described above, noticing that (we have used the mapping h: Un+1 when g varies over Un+i the image g(Po) varies over Gk ). It only remains
to take this equality and apply the pullback by the mapping f to obtain (20).
Now for the hyperplane bundle on Pn it is not difficult to establish the relation which was announced at the beginning of this subsection.
4. The characteristic function Tfk) (r) of a nondegerate
THEOREM
holomorphic mapping f : Un -+ Pn is the average of the counting functions N f (P, r) of the planes P E Gk with respect to the invariant measure p: 7 (k) (r) =
f
n Gk
k = I,-, n.
Nf (P, r) dµ(P),
(21)
A By definition of the kth characteristic function T(k)(r)
f T dt t 0
Bt
Aw0 -k
f Bt
representing (f* W) k = f' (Wk) by means of Lemma 2 and applying l bini's theorem, we obtain
f =f
T(k)(r) =
" EGk
du(P)
dµ(P) k
[f-1(P) n Bt]WO -k 0
f "If 0
dt
t
wo -k = -1(P)nB,
f
Nf(Pr)dp(P)
Gk
We point out in particular the special case of the principal characteristic function. Here k = 1 and the Grassmann manifold G; of hyperplanes D C Pn is itself the n-dimensional projective space (Pn)` dual to Pn. (In fact, 0, where the z are homogeneous coordinates, is the hyperplane Eo determined by the set of coefficients [ao, ... , an] up to a complex multiple, so
§3. CURRENTS AND SOME OF THEIR APPLICATIONS.
59
it can be viewed as a point in a projective space.) Formula (21) takes the form
Tf(r) =
J
Nf(D, r) du (D)
(22)
In the general case of interest for us, M is a closed subset of a complex projective space pN and the bundle L is the restriction to M of the hyperplane bundle on PN. The divisors of the holomorphic sections of L are the intersections with M of hyperplanes D C PN. These divisors can be indexed by the
points of the dual space (PN)'. In this case, for a nondegerate holomorphic mapping f : C "I --r M, it follows from (22) that
Tf(L,r) =
f
N).
Nf(D,r)du(D),
(23)
where u is the invariant measure on PN normalized by the condition that P(PN) = 1. Analogous formulas are also true for the functions T fkl (L, r). Now let M be an arbitrary compact complex manifold on which is given a positive line bundle L. By the theorem of Kodaira cited in subsection 9, the sections of a sufficiently high power of L imbed M into a projective space of some dimension, and we have the situation just described. Sometimes, in order to increase the supply of divisors on the manifold under consideration, it is also useful to imbed the manifold in projective spaces of higher dimensions. Having this in mind, it is helpful to distinguish specifically the bundles whose sections realize such imbeddings. Namely, as we observed in subsection 7, the set H°(M, L) of holomorphic sections of a positive line bundle L on a compact complex manifold M is a finite-dimensional vector space over C; let its dimension be N + 1. If there exist linearly independent sections sl, ... , sN E H°(M, L) such that [sl, ... , sN]
realizes an imbedding of M into the space PN, then the bundle L is called ample. By the theorem of Kodaira cited above, sufficiently high powers of any Positive line bundle on a compact manifold are ample; also, powers of ample bundles are ample (see Shafarevich [1], Chapter 1, §4.4, Example 2). The divisors of the holomorphic sections of an ample bundle L -* M are clearly intersections of M with the hyperplanes of the space PN; the restriction
to M of the Fubini-Study metric for this space may serve as a metric on L. Thus in the case of ample bundles, the situation described above-of Submanifolds of projective space-obtains. Thus formula (23) can be applied was well as the analogous formulas for the higher characteristic functions. One Can prove (see Shiffman [21) that these formulas can be extended to the case what are called weakly ample bundles L - M. (A bundle is weakly ample if at every point p E M there is a section s e H°(M, L) such that s(p) 0.) In conclusion we observe that in classical integral geometry there is a formula called Crofton's formula, which says that the length of a real plane curve '7 is equal to the average of the number n(l fl -y) of points of intersection of y
60
I. THE CHARACTERISTIC AND COUNTING FUNCTIONS
with the line 1, with respect to a measure µ on the set of all lines in the plane:
length y = f n(1 fl y) dµ(1). J{t}
The averaging formulas (21)-(23) are in a certain sense analogous to this one and they are also called Crofton formulas.
CHAPTER II
The Main Theorems of Value Distribution Theory In this chapter we present the proofs of the two main theorems for the case of holomorphic mappings of C' into smooth projective manifolds, and also discuss some applications of these theorems. Our treatment relies mainly on the work of Griffiths and Carlson [1] and Griffiths and King 111-
§4. First main theorem The first main theorem of value distribution theory is also called the theorem of uniform distribution. In a certain sense it is a far-ranging generalization of the theorem that polynomials in one complex variable take on every value (counting multiplicity) equally often, and this frequency is determined by the degree of the polynomial, which characterizes its growth. In the general case the role of the number of values is assumed by the counting function, and the role of the indicator of growth by the characteristic function. In the relation linking them, additional terms appear; these will be considered below.
1. The case of divisors. Let us begin with the simplest and best-underM stood case. We consider a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cm
into a compact complex manifold M on which is given an Hermitian line bundle L M with metric h = { ha }. We understand the nondegeneracy of f to mean that the inverse image of an analytic subset of codimension 1 also has codimension 1. As the system of divisors, the distribution of whose preimages we are going to study, we take the set of divisors of the holomorphic sections of this bundle. If a = { sa } is such a section, the square of its Hermitian modulus 118112 =
hal8al2 in Ua, and its divisor D = { s = 0 }, then, by the Poincare-Lelong formula (13) in §3, dd` In 113112 = -Ch + D,
(1)
where Ch = -dd` In h,, in Ua is the Chern form of the metric h and dd` and the equality are understood in the sense of currents.
We pass now to pullbacks by the mapping f :
M In
118 0 1112 - f *(Ch) + f -1(D) 61
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
62
and we assume that f -1(D) does not contain the point z = 0, i.e., that s 0 f (0) # 0. Then, as seen from the right-hand side of the last equality, the current dd` In Its o f 112 is applicable to the integrable form Xt(z)wo -1, where Xt is the characteristic function of the ball Bt. Hence we obtain
f
f
dd`in1180f112Awo-1=-
'(ch)Awo-1+
f
wo-1. (2)
fB , -'(D)nB, By definition, differentiation of currents reduces to an application of Stokes' formula, and since in our case dwo = 0, one gets Bt
-'
d& inIlof112= f d`in
JB, while a repetition of the method used in the proof of Lemma 2 of §1 leads to the relation Iscf112Ae
/' d' In11s01112A=
"
L
f Inls0fIl -In110f(0)11t
,
where or = d` In lzl2 Awo -' is the Poincare form in C"`. Thus, the logarithmic
average of equality (2) has the form Js.
lnllsoflla= +
fT dt f o
t
B,
wo-1+Inllsof(0)II. f'dt 0 t J -l(D)nB,
(3)
On the right-hand side of this equality appear some familiar quantities, the characteristic function T f(L, r) and the counting function Nf(D, r), while the left side leads to the third actor in value distribution theory. DEFINITION. Let a holomorphic mapping f: C'n - M and the divisor D M be given. The of a holomorphic section s of an Hermitian bundle L proximity function of this divisor is defined to be
mf(D,r)=fYin
30-fIIa,
(4)
where IlslI is the Hermitian modulus of s. The meaning of the quantity mf (D, r) and its properties will be considered a bit later; right now we return to the argument which was interrupted. Introducing into (3) the proximity function, we rewrite it in the form of an equality
-mf(D, r) = -Tf(L, r) + Nf(D, r) + 0(1). It remains to remove the supplementary condition 0 ¢ f -1(D), which we introduced above. If this is not satisfied, then we integrate in (3) not from r = 0 but from some ro > 0; then in the final relation an additional bounded term appears. But we include this in 0(1), so the form of the relation does not change. Thus we arrive at the first main theorem of value distribution theory.
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
63
THEOREM 1. Let f: C' - M be a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping into a complex manifold on which is given an Hermitian line bundle L. Then for the divisor D of any holomorphic section of L, the sum of its counting function and proximity function is the same up to the addition of a bounded term and equals the characteristic function of the mapping:
Nf(D, r) + m f(D,r) = Tf(L,r) + 0(1).
(5)
We now pass to the discussion of the concept of the proximity function. From _(4) it is evident that this function indicates how close the image of the sphere f (Sf) is to the divisor D. At points z E Sr for which the image f (z) is close to D the quantity Its o f (z) 11 is small and ln(1/Ils o f p) is large. Further, for this function the following is true: THEOREM 2. If M is a compact manifold, then the proximity function is independent, up to a bounded term, of the choice of the section s defining the divisor D and also of the choice of metric on the bundle L.
i Let D be defined by the section s' = { s } as well as by s = { s, }, and let us consider the metric h' _ { h« } as well as h = { hQ }. In the intersections Uap of the domains of the covering, by the compatibility conditions (4) of §2,
which means that A = s«/sa in U, is a globally we have s' /sp holomorphic function on M. It must be constant since M is compact, and clearly A # 0. In exactly the same way, p = h«/hc, in U,,, is a globally smooth positive function on M, which is therefore bounded and bounded away from 0 (see §2). But in U, we have JIs112 = h«Is«l2 and 115'112 = h«1s«I2, so JIs1112 = pIAI2JJsJJ2 on M and the difference In JJs' o f 11 - In Ids o f 11 = 2 ln(po f) + In IAI
is bounded on Cm. By properties of the form a we conclude that In 11811
lla-
I
in1Is0Aa=0(1).
1.
Further, in the metrics of the bundles of the respective divisors, the proximity function
mf (Di + D2: r) = m f(Di, r) + mf (D2, r)
(6)
In fact, if s' _ { s« } and s" = { s' } are sections defining Dl and D2, the divisor D = Dl + D2 is defined by the section s = { s' s" }, and the metric coefficients of the bundles of these divisors are related by ha = h«hQ. From this follows the equality JJsjI = 1Is'II Ils"11 for the Hermitian norms, which by definition of the proximity function leads to (6). We now compute the proximity function in the classical case of a meromorphic function of one variable, i.e., a holomorphic mapping f: C P, where P = C is furnished with the spherical metric. The role of divisors is here played by points a E C. In P we introduce homogeneous coordinates [Wo, wi] and local coordinate w = wl /wo in the domain Uo = {wo 54 0).
64
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
As was shown on p. 51, the metric on Uo is given by the function ho = Iwol2/(Iwo12 + Iw1I2) = 1/(1 + (1 + IwI2). If the finite value a is defined by the section so = (w - a)/ 1 -+1a12, then the Hermitian modulus If (z) - al = P(f (z), a), 1+If(z)12 1+Ia12
Ilso 0 f II =
which is the spherical distance from a to the point f (z). Analogously, for a = oo the function wo/wl = 11w serves as a local coordinate in the domain U1 = { w1 # 0); the metric is given by h1 = Iw112/(Iwo12+Iw112) = 1w12/(1+ IwI2), the defining section is sl = 1/w and the Hermitian modulus is 1 -If (Z) 12 = P(f (z), 00).
Ilsl c f ll = 1/
Taking into account that a = dO/27r for m = 1, we obtain from (4) the following formula for all a E C: 1
mf (a, r)
27r
2a
/c
1
In
P(f (7eie), a) de' which coincides with the classical one. Recalling that in the case under consideration
Hf (a, r) =
f ' n(a, t) t n(a, 0)
dt + n(a, 0) In r,
f
Jo
_ i
'' dt I f'(z)12 dz A dz fo t t (1 + If (x)12)2 (see (26) in §1 and (12) in §2), we arrive at the following conclusion: In the special case m = 1 and M = C with the spherical metric, Theorem 1 coincides with the classical first main theorem of the value distribution theory of meromorphic functions in the Ahlfors-Shimizu formulation (see Hayman [1], Theorem 1.4). It is also easy to compute the proximity function for mappings f : C^` -+ P" with the hyperplane bundle on Pn. If the divisor D is given by an equation in homogeneous coordinates
Tf(r)
27r
n
E a,.w,. _ (w, a) = 0,
lal = 1,
=o
then in the domain Ua = { wa # 0 } the section defining D has the form S.
n
= ,.=o
aw = wa
(w, a)
Wa
Since in U. the metric coefficient ha = IwaI2/IwI2, the Hermitian modulus of the section is IIsaO = Iwal Isal/IwI = I(w,a)I/IwI, and hence by (4) m f (D, r) =
If(z)I
- Js , In I (f (z), a) I
or.
(7)
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
65
2. First applications. Here we note a number of consequences of the first main theorem. 1) Nevanlinna inequality. THEOREM 3. Let M be a compact complex manifold on which is given an Hermitian line bundle L, and let f : C" -' M be a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping. Then for the divisor D of any holomorphic section of L,
Nf(D,r)
(8)
4 If the section s defining D is replaced by the section As, where A is any (nonzero) complex number, then by what was proved above the function
mf(D,r) is changed by the addition of a bounded term and relation (5) is preserved. By the compactness of M, one can consequently assume that 1[s[l < 1 without loss of generality. Then from (4) it is clear that m f(D, r) > 0. It remains to apply (5). The Nevanlinna inequality (8) asserts that if some divisor D strongly intersects f(C-) (that is, the counting function grows rapidly), then the characteristic function of the mapping f (which was assumed nondegenerate) also grows rapidly. This generalizes the well-known "recalcitrant" property of entire and meromorphic functions: if such a function (different from a constant) is made to take on some value frequently, then it will grow rapidly. 2) Sokhotskii's theorem. We will prove this theorem following Griffiths and King [11 for the case of ample bundles, which were defined in §3. In the same section we said that the divisors of the holomorphic sections of such bundles can be viewed as the points of a projective space pN. The phrase "almost all" in this theorem is understood in the sense of the invariant measure on pN, normalized so that µ(pN) = 1.
THEOREM 4. If L -> M is an ample bundle and f : C" -+ M is a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping, then f (C") intersects almost all divisors of holomorphic sections of L.
4 Let us denote by E the set of divisors D E pN which intersect f (C"), and let us suppose by contradiction that 1(E) < 1 - s for some e > 0. By Crofton's formula (22) in §3,
Tf(L, r) =
fr' Nf(D, r) dp(D) = fB Nf(D, r) dµ(D),
since Nf(D, r) = 0 for D ¢ E. Hence by the Nevanlinna inequality
Tf(L, r) < (1- e)Tf(L, r) + 0(1), and since an ample bundle is positive, Tf(L,r) oo as r oo. Therefore, dividing the last inequality by T1 (L, r) and letting r tend to oo, we obtain a Contradiction.
66
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
In particular, if M is a submanifold of P', then f (C') meets intersections of M with almost all hyperplanes of Pn, almost all hypersurfaces of second order in P", etc. (see subsection 13 of Chapter I). 3) Condition for the rationality of mappings. By the theorem of Kodaira cited in subsection 9 of Chapter 1, some power of a positive line bundle L -' M is an ample bundle. The sections of the latter imbed M into some projective space pN; therefore, a mapping f : Cm , M can be viewed as a mapping
f : Cm --+ PN and be given in homogeneous coordinates [ fo.... , fN]. The mapping f is called rational if it can be written in this way with rational coordinates fo, ... , fN. We will need the following lemma: LEMMA. A holomorphic mapping f : C' -y PN is rational if the inverse image of any hyperplane H C PN is an algebraic subset of C"°.
In the special case m = N = 1 the assertion reduces to the statement that a meromorphic function f : C -* C is rational if the preimage of each point a E C is a finite set, and this follows from Picard's theorem. In fact, since f has finitely many poles, the point z = oo is an isolated singularity of f ; even if three different values are attained at a finite number of points, there is a neighborhood of z = oo in which f does not take these values. Thus z = oo cannot be an essential singularity, and f is rational. In the general case at least one of the homogeneous coordinates of f, say fo, is not identically equal to zero; introduce local coordinates in U0 and write f in terms of them. By hypothesis, the inverse images of all hyperplanes in PN, and in particular the level sets of the local coordinates of f, are algebraic subsets of C". Such a subset intersects a complex line at finitely many points
or else contains it entirely. Hence every local coordinate of f, on any line parallel to one of the coordinate axes in Cm, either takes on every value at finitely many points or is constant. By what was proved above, the function is rational in every variable z3 when the remaining coordinates are fixed; but then it is a rational function. The following theorem asserts that the minimal possible growth, i.e., logarithmic growth, of the characteristic function (see §2) is attained for rational mappings and only for them. It is a direct generalization of a classical theorem of Nevanlinna. THEOREM 5. If a bundle L , M is positive, then a holomorphic mapping
f: C' - M is rational if and only if Tf(L,r) = O(lnr). 4 Replacing the bundle L by its kth power Lk means by definition replacing the transition functions gap by (ga0)k and the metric ha by (ha)k; that is, the Chern form Ch = -dd` In ha in Ua is multiplied by k, and thus so is T f (L, r). Such a replacement changes neither the hypothesis nor the conclusion of the theorem; thus by choosing k sufficiently large, we can assume from the outset that the bundle L is ample. The divisors of holomorphic sections of L are
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
67
now intersections of M with hyperplanes of some projective space pN and thus are algebraic subsets (M itself is an algebraic subset of pN by the wellknown theorem of Chow; see, for example, Gunning and Rossi [1], Chapter V, §D, Theorem 7).
Let f : On -4 M be a rational mapping. Then the inverse images of the divisors in question are algebraic subsets of C^` of no higher degree than a fixed p. By Theorem 5 of §1, for any such divisor Nf(D, r) < plnr + 0(1). Then by Crofton's formula
Tf(L,r) <J
pN
Nf(D,r)dp(D)
Conversely, let Tf (L, r) < pInr+0(1). Then by the Nevanlinna inequality, for any of the divisors under consideration, N1 (D, r) < pin r + 0(1). By the same Theorem 5 in §1, the preimage f -'(D) is an algebraic divisor. But D
is the intersection with M of a hyperplane in pN. Considering f to be a mapping into pN, we see that the inverse image of every hyperplane under this mapping is an algebraic set. Rationality of f follows from this by the lemma.
4) Jensen's formula. Let us consider the case of a holomorphic mapping
f : Cm -- Cn with the hyperplane bundle on C". Here the divisors D are defined by linear functions s = > ' b, the metric h = (1 + Iw12)-1,
and the Hermitian modulus n
Ilsofli =
E v=1
/v/1+ If 2,
b
so the proximity function of the divisor D
mf(D,r)=
f Js,
In
En1
I
1+If(z)I2 Q. avff(z) - bI
But by (13) in §2
1+If(z)I2a=Tf(r)+In 1+ ff(0)12,
f In r
Consequently, Tf in (5) cancels, and the relation takes the form(1) n
Nf(D,r) = /
a - In
In
.I S.
a f (0) - b
1
For m = n = 1 we obtain in this case the classical formula of Jensen: 1
Nf(b, r)
(2a
2 Jo
in I f(reie) - bI dO - In If (0) - bI.
(')In (5) we set 0(1) = - In 118 0 f(o)I1, using (3).
(9)
11, THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
68
3. The case of sets of codimension greater than 1. In general case, as M on a compact nbefore, we consider an Hermitian line bundle L dimensional complex manifold M. We are interested in the distribution of the inverse images under a holomorphic mapping f : Cm --+ M of a system of holomorphic chains A c M of codimension k which are intersections of k divisors of holomorphic sections s; of the bundle L: k
A=nD,; Such a system { A } of sets will be called an admissible system. The problem considered above is obtained from this one when k = 1. Let us begin with generalizing the definitions of the three main quantities of the theory. The characteristic function for codimension k was already defined in §2:
f
Tfk)(Ch,r) = 1 r
t
O
B'
(.f*ch) AW0
-k,
(10) l 1
where Ch = -dd` In ha in Ua is the Chern form of the metric h = { ha }, and wo = dd` In Iz12 is the homogeneous metric form in Cm. The counting function of the set A is defined as in §1:
Nf(A,r)_ /rdt /' 0
wo-k;
(11)
f-'(A)nBLL
t
For this to make sense, we assume that the mapping f is nondegenerate, i.e., that for any set A in the admissible system (for fixed k) the preimage f -1(A) has codimension k. We introduce the Hermitian modulus squared of the section s = (sic , ... , S' k'),
which determines the set A in Ua, by the formula haIsal2 in Ua, 118112 =
(12)
where 1sa12 = Ei Isj I2. We also introduce the forms k-i A
>2(ch + dd` In JIsII2)" A ch-v-1
In 1181
2
(13)
"=0
and
ak=d`Inlzl2AWO-k.
(14)
For k = 1 we have A = ln(1 / 11 s 112 ), and al = a, the Poincare form from §1. Now the third quantity can be defined: the proximity function for a set A in an admissible system with respect to a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : C'° --p M is defined to be
mf(A,r) = 2
J
f*(A) A ak.
(15)
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
69
For k = 1 this clearly reduces to the old definition (4). We observe that for positive bundles (Ch > 0) the form A > 0 provided Ilall < 1. In fact, locally in Ua it follows from (12) and the definition of Isa 12
> 0 as the pullback of the positive ch that Ch + dd° In 113112 = dd` In form dd` In Iw12 by the holomorphic mapping Ua - Ck given by the function sa = (si , ... , sk ). From this it is clear that the coefficients of the form A llsII2(k-1)
become infinite of order
In 11311 on A.
Let M = P", and let A be the point w = 0 in the local
EXAMPLE.
coordinates (w1,. .. , w") on the chart Uo. Here 2
1 + Iwl2'
h0
113112 = 1
+
Iw12'
Ch = ddc In(1 + 1w12) = w
so, consequently, 112 12 1n
A = In
1
w
1
: (d& In I w 12 )" A n-,-I.
1,.
(16)
"=0
LEMMA. Under the conditions and notation just described the following equality of currents holds: (17) dd` A = ch - A. 4 Locally in Ua we substitute ln(1/118112) = - In ha - In 1sa 12 from (12) and Ch + ddc In 118112 = dd` In 1sa 12, and obtain k-1
"-1
A
"=o
-
k-1
In 1 sa 12 (dd` In 1 sa 12 )" A
ch-"-1
"=0
Now we recall that -ddc In ha = Ch in Ua and that by Theorem 3 of §3 (ddcIn 1sa12)"+1 ddc(Inlsa12(dddIn13,12)") = JlA
for0
Consequently, k-1
k-2
dd`A = E(dd In 18«12)" A ch-" - 0(dd` In Isa12)"+1 A ch-"-1 - A V=0
V=0
=ch - A. From this, as in the case of divisors, follows the first main theorem of value distribution theory in the general case.
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
70
THEOREM 6. Let L , M be an Hermitian line bundle on a compact complex manifold, and let { A } be an admissible system of subsets in it of codimension k. Then for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cm M and any set A in the admissible system Nf(A, r) + m f(A, r) = Tfk) (ch, r) + Rj(A, r) + 0(1),
(18)
where Rf(Ar)=ZL,f*(A)Awo-k+1
(19)
is the supplementary term. ,4 Passing in (17) to preimages under the mapping f, we obtain an equality of currents (20) dd` f *(A) = f'(Ck) - f -1(A). Applying both sides to the integrable form Xt(z)wo -k, where Xt is the characteristic function of the ball Bt, we obtain at first, using the notation from (10) and (11)(2)
ff dd` f()A A
= Tf
c r) (h,
, t Then, after applying (34) from §1, according to which
A
=
1
J f.() n ak - f f'(A) n
t fB , and employing the notation of (15) and (19), we arrive at (18). In the case k = 1 the supplementary term R f(A, r) disappears, since wo JO
0 (see (19)), and we return to the first main theorem in the form (5). In the general case k > 1 the presence of this term seriously impedes applications, because it is rarely possible to estimate it. Unfortunately, this observation applies in particular, to the case k = n, most interesting for analysis; this is the case concerning distribution of preimages of points of the manifold M. 4. On the Nevanlinna inequality for eodimensions greater than 1. If L M is a positive line bundle, then without loss of generality we can assume that the Hermitian length of a section s defining a set in an admissible system does not exceed 1, and then, by the remark in the previous subsection, A > 0. From (15) it follows that in this case, for all sets A in the admissible system, mf(A.r) > 0. The first main theorem in the form (18) leads to an analog of the Nevanlinna inequality: Nf (A, r) < T fk) (c,,, r) + Rf(A, r) + 0(1)
(21)
for all A in an admissible system of sets of codimension k. (2)We are assuming that 0 V A; otherwise, we integrate not from 0 but from some rp > 0, which adds another 0(1) term.
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
71
However, for k > 1 this inequality is less interesting than for k = 1, since it contains the additional term Rf, which is difficult to estimate. For k > 1 in the general case it is impossible to estimate this term as a quantity which is small in comparison with Tf k as r - oo. This is shown by the following example, which is due to Carlson [3] (the first example of this type was obtained by Cornalba and Shiffman [1]). EXAMPLE. It is not difficult to see (from, e.g., the proof of Weierstrass's
theorem in Shabat I, p. 257) that the infinite product 00
P(zl) _ fl
(1 - 2k }
(22)
k=1
defines an entire function of zero order, so that for any e > 0 and for all x1 E C the estimate lp(z1)l < CelzlI° holds with some constant CE. The same estimate (with the same constant Ce) is also valid for the entire function ' P k (z1)
_ll( 1 - zl) 2j
k = 1, 2, .. .
j=1 j#k
We choose further a function x: R+ -' R+ growing arbitrarily rapidly such that X(k) > k for all natural numbers k. We construct polynomials Xk
Pk(z2)
_
1
f(
j=1 \z2 - J
of degrees Xk, which equal the integer part of x(k) + 1; using them we form the series 00
1
gl(z) = E 27- k(z1)Pk(z2) k=1
This is clearly majorized by CEeI-1I` E 2-xkIz2lxk. By a well-known formula (see Shabat I, p. 266), for fixed z1 this defines an entire function in z2 of order zero, so that (g1(z)l < Cee1zlI'+Iz31' with some constant CE. Now consider the holomorphic mapping (23) g = (gl, g2): C2 -' C2, where the function g1 is the one just defined and g2(z) = p(z1) is defined in (22). This is a mapping of zero order, and so by Theorem 4 of §2 its
characteristic functions T9(r) and T92 (r) grow no faster than rE for any e > 0. On the other hand, it is clear from the construction that g(2', 1/k) = (0, 0) for any natural number j and (for fixed j) for k = 1, 2, ... , X3 . Since x is a rapidly increasing function, the preimages of 0 E C2 accumulate rapidly near the points (23, 0) on the z1-axis (see the schematic Figure 4). For fixed r these preimages belong to the ball Br if 2? < r, i.e., j < 1092 r. Therefore, the number n9(0, r) of them in BE is no less than x(log2 r+0(1)),
72
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
Z2 j
X; points
2
21
22
FIGURE 4
and hence the counting function Ng (0, r) grows arbitrarily rapidly, given a suitable choice of X. Thus for the mapping (23) and the point 0 E C2 (a set of codimension 2) it is impossible to estimate .'V,(0, r) from above in terms of Tg2) (r). Turning to
(21), we see that for this example the dominant term on the right-hand side is not T(2) (r) but R. (0, r). We observe that by a minor change in the construction the same phe-
nomenon can be attained not only for the preimage of 0 but also for the preimages of all the points in a countable everywhere-dense set E C C2. Indeed, let the points ak c E be indexed so that lakl < k; we form the sequence bl = a1, b2 = a1, b3 = a2, b4 = a1, b5 = a2, b6 = a3, b7 = al, ..., in which every point a3 is repeated infinitely many times. We construct a complex curve h = (h1, h2): C -> C2 by the formula
h(z1) _
00
ick(z1)bk
k=1 'Pk(2k)
Since ypk(2k) = (1 - 2k-1)(1 - 2k-2) ... (1 - 2)p(1), we have IPk(zk)I C2k(k-1)/2 > C2k2/3 with some constant C. Hence the last series is majorized by 00
M 2k2/3 2 k2/3IVk(z1)I Ibkl < Cel='l` E k=1
k=1
(we have used here the estimate for
and k = 1, 2,...,Xj. The points f -1(b) E 13, if j < 1092 r, while if j = 1(1 + 1)/2, there are + 0(1), the l distinct points a" among the points bk, k < j. Since 1 =
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
73
number of preimages f -1(a") in the ball Br has order x( 2log2 r). Thus for a suitable choice of x the counting function Nf(a, r) for any point a E E grows as rapidly as desired while the characteristic function Tj") = O(r6) for an arbitrarily small E > 0 (v = 1, 2). 1 This example shows that in the case of an analytic set A of codimension k > 1 the order ord f -1(A) in the sense of §1 cannot, generally speaking, be estimated from above in terms of the order ord f in the sense of §2. It also gives a counterexample to the so-called transcendental Bezout problem. The classical theorem of Bezout in algebraic geometry asserts that the degree of the intersection of algebraic sets Aj does not exceed the product of the degrees of the sets: 4
4
degnAj
j=1
where equality is attained if the Aj intersect in general position, so that the codimension of the intersection equals the sum of the codimensions of the Aj. Since the degree of an algebraic set A is equal to its projective volume n(A, oo), in the nonalgebraic (transcendental) case the ideal analog of the Bezout theorem would be the analogous inequality for the functions n(A, r) or N(A, r):
N n Aj, r
a
< fl N(A3, r). j=1
j=1
For holomorphic mappings f : C' , C' and inverse images of divisors Dj such an estimate with the Nevanlinna inequality N f(D f, r) < Tf(r) taken into account would lead to an estimate of the counting function of the inverse image of the intersection of the divisors in terms of the characteristic function of the mapping: Q
Nf n Dj, r
< (Tf(r))
j=1
The example above shows that such an estimate is in general impossible. We note, however, that in the paper of Carlson [31 cited above it is proved that an estimate from above of N1 (a, r) in terms of T f fi (r) for holomorphic mappings f : C" - Cr, is possible for all the points a E C' outside an exceptional set which is insignificant in a certain sense (for instance, its 2n-dimensional Lebesgue measure is 0). We will present this result in Chapter V (see subsection 4).
5. Sokhotakii's theorem for codimensiona greater than 1. In the case of codimension 1, Sokhotskii's theorem that under a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cm - C' almost all divisors intersect follows from Nevanlinna's inequality. But as we have just seen, for codimension k > 1 the Nevanlinna
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
74
inequality is no longer true in general. This complicates the problem of generalizing Sokhotskii's theorem. The most interesting case is k = n, which deals with the distribution of preimages of points. Then Sokhotskii's theorem must assert that f takes on almost all values in C', that is, that the image f (Cm) is dense in C". Such an assertion is not-true in eneral; the well-known example of Fatou (see Shabat II, p. 62) shows that the image under a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping can fail to cover a rather large open set.
Thus theorems on the density of the image can only be true under additional conditions. We present here one such theorem, following Griffiths and King [1], for mappings into a compact complex manifold M, on which is given a line bundle L. We suppose that this bundle is ample; then its sections imbed M into some projective space PN, and the admissible system can be regarded as the set of intersections of M with planes in PN of codimension k. For the proof we need a simple corollary of the first main theorem in codimension k which is true in the case of an ample bundle L. As we saw in §3, the following averaging formula is true in this case: (ch, r) = J{A}
Nf (A, r) d1a(A),
(24)
where A is the invariant measure on the admissible system { A) of sets of codimension k normalized so that the measure of the whole system equals 1. Taking into account this formula, from (18) we immediately get
I mf (A, r) dp(A) =
Rf(A,r)d1(A)+0(1).
(25)
A}
A}
THEOREM 7. Let L -y M be an ample line bundle and let { A } be an admissible system of analytic subsets of M of codimension k. Suppose further that tk-1(ch,r) _ 0, lira (26) r-+oo T(ch,r) lk) where
tk-1(eh,r) = r
dr
=1
(f*Ch)k-1 A Wpm-k+l
(27)
Then for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : On M, the image f (C'") intersects almost all (in the sense of the measure Ez) sets of the system
{A}. 4 Suppose the contrary, that the set E of those A which intersect f (C') has measure 1 - e and e > 0. By the averaging formula (24), Tfk) (ck,
r) = L Nf (A, r) dµ(A),
§4. FIRST MAIN THEOREM
75
since Nf(A, r) = 0 for A V E. Now we use the analog of the Nevanlinna inequality (21): T f(k) (Ch, r) < (1- E)Tfkl (Ch, r) +
f Rf(A, r) dA(A) + 0(1).
We assume without loss of generality that 11s < 1 for all A, so that f -(A) > 0 and (according to (19)) Rf is nonnegative. Then we replace integration over E by integration over the whole system { A }: (Ch, r) G (1 - E)T1kl (Ch, r) + f A}
Rf (A, r) dt1(A) + O(1).
(28)
But by (25) and the definition of m f (see (15)) we have Rf(A, r) dp,(A) = 1 2
A}
r
f' J Adµ(A) A ak + O(1) {A}
(we have used the local summability of A and applied Fubini's theorem). Recall that a set A is the intersection with M of a plane in projective space pN and that the admissible system {A} is obtained from one set by the action of the unitary transformations on P'. Since Ch is the restriction to M of the Fubini-Study form on pN and the measure W is invariant under the unitary transformations, the integral f{ A) A dµ(A) is a (k - 1, k - 1)-form which is invariant under these transformations. Thus by Lemma 1 of §3 it is proportional to C-1 Inserting this in rthe last equality, we find that -
Rf(A,r)d1c(A) =cJ iA}
(f*Ch)k-1
A dk+O(1)
S
or, after an application of Stokes' formula,
]A}
Rf(A,r)d{(A) = c
0(1) f (f-1 A+O(1) B.
l
= Ctk-1(Ch, r) + 0(1)
(see (14) and (27)). Now (28) takes the form Tfk)(ch,r) < (1
-
E)Tfk)(Ch,r) + ctk-I(ch,r) + 0(1);
dividing it by Tfk) (Ch, r) and taking the lower limit as r -' oo with (26) taken into account, we arrive at a contradiction. We will give an example of an application of this theorem in subsection 8
of chapter V. It is interesting that (26) almost coincides with condition (28) of §2 for (Ch, r) to be independent, up to a bounded term, of the choice of metric h; however, the reason for this coincidence is not clear. For k = n, (26) is a sufficient condition for the density in M of the image f (C"`) under a
76
11. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
holomorphic mapping f : C"' - M. In particular, for holomorphic mappings f : C" -# Cn with the Fubini-Study metric on the range, it has the form lim
to_1(r)
T---.00 Tfi"1
= 0'
(r)
(29)
where by (25) of §2 the quantity Tf(n) (r)
t
fT dt
i = n.J
Idfz)j2$= iB, (1+If(z)I2)n+1
(30)
is the logarithmic average of the volume of the image of the ball BT (counting multiplicity); and
tn_1(r)= 41 (dd'ln(l + jf(Z)j2))n- '
A ddc In
IZ12.
(31)
We observe that in the case of mappings of finite degree the volume of the image of BT in the Fubini-Study metric is a bounded quantity. Hence Ti') (r) -* oo only at the rate of In r; therefore, for such mappings condition (29) is fulfilled extremely rarely.
§5. Second main theorem In the classical formulation the second main theorem of value distribution theory for meromorphic functions relates the counting function Nf(aj,r) of a system of points aj E C to the characteristic function Tf(r). It has the form q
(q - 2)Tf(r) + Nf(S, r) = E Nf(aj, r) + R(r),
(1)
j=1
where Nf(S,r) = Nf-(0,r) + N f(oo,r) is a function which counts how stationary the mapping f is (N f, (0, r) denotes the counting function of the zeros of the derivative, i.e., the stationary points of the mapping, while N f (oo, r) is a function which counts (v - 1) times a pole of f of multiplicity v, i.e., it only counts multiple poles). The function R(r) is a supplementary term which
admits an estimate R(r) = O(1nTf(r)) outside a set E of finite logarithmic measure or everywhere, provided that f is of finite order. It is assumed that the number of points q > 2, or else the theorem becomes vacuous. Here we will describe a generalization of this theorem obtained by Griffiths and his students. As before we will consider holomorphic mappings f : C'
M to compact complex manifolds, but in addition it will be assumed that dim M = n. Only the distribution of the inverse images of divisors will be considered; the theory for sets of higher codimension is still not developed.
6. Singular volume form. Instead of a system of q points, in the general case we will consider a system of q divisors D j on the manifold M, assuming that they satisfy the following:
§5. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
77
CONDITION A. The sets Dj are manifolds (i.e., they have no critical points) and intersect in general position.
The latter means that the union e
D=ED;
(2)
can, in a neighborhood of every point, be given by an equation wl . . w,,, _
0 in local coordinates on M, where m < n. For the case of a system of hyperplanes Hj C P", this condition reduces to the usual condition of general position (at most n hyperplanes pass through each point). In order to formulate the second condition, let us recall the concept of the canonical bundle. This is the line bundle KM -> M whose transition functions are the Jacobians of the coordinate change mappings in the intersections U«p of the domains in a covering of M: 8wc" (3)
9«Q = det k
If { s« } is a section of the bundle KM, then the form defined locally on U« as s« dwa A ... A dwn is clearly a global form on M. Hence it follows that if n
-b« = f 2- dwv A dwv=1
in U«
(4)
is the local Euclidean volume form, then a positive (n, n)-form(a) which is a global form on M, i.e., a volume form of M, defined locally on U« as if and only if A$ = Ig«o12A , in U. Comparing this compatibility condition
with (5) of §2, we conclude that the collection of functions h« = 1/a« on U« can serve as an Hermitian metric on the canonical bundle KM. The Chern form of this metric c(KM) = ddd In A,,,
in U,,,
(5)
is called the Ricci form of the volume form 11 = A 4 in U« and is also denoted by Ric f2. If Aa - 1, then Ric f2 - 0, so Ric 0 indicates how twisted the form i2 is in comparison with the Euclidean volume form $. EXAMPLE 1. For a complex one-dimensional Hermitian manifold the volume form it = (i/2ir)h dw A duo, where h > 0, and the Euclidean form is $ = (i/2ir) dw A dw. Thus A = h and Ric i2 =
l 92 In h 2 -r
aw 8w
dw A dw
(3)We recall that on an orientable manifold the forms which are of maximal degree and have no zeros can be divided into two classes-the positive and negative forms-in accordance with orientation. Here the orientation on M is chosen so that for positive forms
all theA«>0.
78
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
(all in local coordinates). We observe that if the complex one-dimensional manifold is viewed as a real two-dimensional manifold, then the Gaussian curvature
_
27r 82 In h
K
h 8w 8w'
and its sign is opposite that of the Ricci curvature. I EXAMPLE 2. For complex projective space Pn the volume form corresponding to the Fubini-Study metric is, by (24) of §2, _ n =
n!
(1 + Iwl2)n+1
w'
where w = dd® In(1 + lwl2) and -0,,, is the Euclidean volume form (we use the
local coordinates in the domain U0 of the standard covering of Pn). Thus, here A = n!/(1 + IwI2)n+1 and
c(Kp,.) _ -(n + 1)dd` ln(1 + lwl2) _ -(n + 1)w.
1
(6)
Now one can formulate
CONDITION B. The sum of the Chern forms of the line bundle LD of the divisor D and of the canonical bundle KM is a positive form:
c(LD) + c(KM) > 0.
(7)
In particular, if M = Pn and the divisor D = Ei Hj is the union of q hyperplanes, then LDis the qth power of the hyperplane bundle, and by formula (9) of §2 we have c(LD) = qw. But c(Kp.) = -(n + 1)w, so c(LD) + c(KM) = (q - n - 1)w and (7) reduces to the inequality q > n + 1. Thus Condition B is a generalization of the classical condition q > 2 on the number of points. Let us denote by Lj = LD3 the line bundles of the divisors Dj which make up D, and let sj be sections of these bundles whose divisors D., = Dj. Since the transition functions of the bundle L = LD are products of the transition
functions of the Lj, Hermitian metrics hj can be chosen on Lj so that the product h = h1 ... hq is a metric on L whose Chern form ch = c(LD). We denote the square of the Hermitian modulus of the section sj by Ilsil12, which equals h j 13j12 locally. (In contrast to I s j l 2, this function is defined globally, see §2). Using these functions, we construct on M \ D a singular volume form with singularity on D:
0
IIi(ln
IIsjII2)2llsjll2'
(8)
where fl is the volume form on M. Conditions A and B allow us to establish the following properties of this form, which are important for the sequel:
§5. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
79
THEOREM 1. If divisor D satisfies Conditions A and B, then for a suitable choice of the form f1 the singular volume form (8) has the following properties:(') (a)
Ric I > 0,
(b)
(Ric
(c)
f
W)" > W, (9)
(Ric W)" < oo.
M\D
A From (8) we have on M \ D 4
9
Rich=Rici1-EddcInllsjll2-1: dd`ln(lnI Isj112)2, j=1
j=1
where ddc In 11 S j 112 = dd` In h3. By our choice of metric the sum e
- E ddc In 11 sj1l2 = Ch = c(LD) j=1
is the Chern form of the metric h, while Ric 11 = c(KM). Thus the previous relation can be rewritten in the form
Ric T = c(LD) + c(KM) - 2
ddc In(ln Ilsj 112).
(10)
j=1
By Condition B the sum of the first two terms on the right is a positive form, which we denote by Eo. Further, by an elementary formula ddCln(ln11sjll2) =
dd'1n11s2112
In IIsjII
- dln!IsjII2Ad21nllsiIl2 (In IIsj11 )
After multiplying the metrics hj by constants (this does not change their Chern forms), we may assume that all the Ilsjll < b, where b < 1. Thus the first term here will be a continuous form on M; from (10) we obtain
Ric 'Y > c1Eo+2q dinIIsjll2 Ad`InllsjII2 j=1
(11)
(In 118j112)2
where cl is some positive constant. Since the form dpAdcp = (i/21r)BpA5p > 0 for any real function p (the corresponding Hermitian form is 18p12), the sum in (11) and c1Eo as well are positive forms. Property (a) is proved.
To prove the second property, in a neighborhood U of an arbitrary point P E M we choose local coordinates w = (wl,... , w") with origin at p such (!)The form Ric * is defined on M \ D just as Ric 0 was above, by comparing it with a local Euclidean volume form; condition (b) means that (Ric W)" - WY is a nonnegative (n,n)-form, where (Ric iI±)n is the exterior power.
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
80
that Dj I u = { wj = 0) for j = 1, ..., m. This can be done on the basis of Condition A (if D n U = 0, the estimate (Ric *)n > c1Q with some positive constant c, which is proved below, is trivial). In these coordinates I13j112 = pj Iwj I2, where pj > 0 is a smooth function, so that din113j112 Ad`lnII3j112
= -01nIIsj112 Aaln113j112 =
where
i dwj A dwj + Aj 27r
(7 = 1,...,m),
Iwj12
_
- IpJ2
apj A apj + apj n dwj + 9W.7 A apj A _ wj1 Pjwj P3 W) is a smooth form which is 0 at the point p. Consequently, the first m terms in the sum in (11) admit the estimate 2
>c2idwjndwj+Aj (In IIsj 112)2113112
(In Ilsj 112)2113112
with some constant c2 > 0. The remaining terms on the right side of (11) make up a positive (1, 1)-form and thus can be bounded from below by the Euclidean metric form multiplied by some positive constant c3. Therefore,
+c3E2 dw,Adw,,, j=1
V=1
whence (Ric T) n > e4
Z
( 27)
(rm dw n
A
III (ln 113,112)2118;112
where A is a smooth (n, n)-form which is zero at the point p, and where cl > 0 is a constant. Increasing c4 slightly and shrinking the neighborhood U, we can discard A. On the other hand it can be seen from (8) that in U the following estimate is valid with some constant c5 > 0: w < C5
2
( 27r)
n (rn dw A d-,,) n III (n 113112)2113112
(recall that in U the functions sj 0 0 for j > m). Thus (Ric W)n > c6W there, with some constant cg > 0. Covering the manifold M by finitely many such neighborhoods (it is compact), we prove that (Ric W)72 > c%P on all of M with
some constant c > 0. It remains to observe that if the form 11 is replaced by ci1 (this does not change Ric W), the constant in the inequality can be taken to be c = 1; this proves property (b). For the proof of (c) we will use the same local coordinates w and observe that in these coordinates (Rip lY)n -
E)
IIT(ln
Iw?I2)2IwjI2,
95. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
81
where 9 is a smooth (n, n)-form. Therefore, the integral of (Ric W)n in a neighborhood of the divisor D can be estimated locally by the product of convergent integrals of the form
dwj A dw
i 2
U,
(Inlwwl2)2IwjI2,
where U; is a disk with center wj = 0.
We observe that in the case n = 1, when M = U is the unit disk and D = { 0 }, the form T coincides with the form defining the invariant metric on the punctured disk U" = {0 < Izi < 11
i
dz A dz
21r IzI2(ln z12)2
(see Shabat II, p. 315). The singular volume form (8) is a direct generalization of this form.
7. Preliminary formulation. As before we consider a nondegenerate(5) holomorphic mapping f : Cn - M to a compact complex manifold of the same dimension; suppose that on M a divisor D = E?=i Dj satisfying Conditions A and B is given. By Theorem 1 a singular volume form * can be constructed on M \ D; it can be used to define a singular characteristic function
Tf(r)
=T
dt
/Bt
f*(RicT) Awo-1.
(12)
where w0 is the homogeneous metric form on Cn (see §1). We will determine the relation between this function and the other quan-
tities later; for the time being, we observe only that it-like the usual characteristic function-increases as r grows, and as r -4 oc it goes to infinity no slower than In r. This follows from the fact that the form f (Ric W), which is in the inner integral in (12), is a positive form by Theorem 1. In order to formulate the second main theorem we must introduce the concept of the divisor of stationarity of the mapping f, i.e. the set of its critical points: (13) Sf = {z E Cn: Jf(z) = 0} (Jf is the Jacobian of the mapping f). In preliminary form this theorem
appears thus:
THEOREM 2. Let f : C' -+ M be a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping into an n-dimensional compact complex manifold, and let D be a divisor on Al satisfying Conditions A and B. Then
tf (r) + N(Sf, r) = Nf (D, r) + R(r),
(5)The nondegeneracy of f here means that the Jacobian Jj(z) 0- 0.
(14)
82
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
where Tf is the singular characteristic function, the N are the counting functions, and R is the remainder expressed by formula (16) below. 4 Let us construct by Theorem 1 a singular volume form corresponding to the divisor D, and let its pullback be
f*(T) = SIbz,
(15)
where 4% is the Euclidean volume form in Cn. The nonnegative coefficient 1; is
clearly equal to zero on the divisor of stationarity Sf and equal to infinity on the inverse image f-1(D) of D. Outside these sets, by definition of the Ricci form, Ric f * (W) = f' (Ric 1Y) = ddc In in the classical sense; consegeuntly, in the sense of currents, the following equality is true:
dd`lne = f*(Ricw)+Sf - f-1(D), This is a variant of the Poincar6-Lelong formula (see §3). If, as in the proof of the first main theorem, both sides are multiplied by the form W0`1 and averaged logarithmically over the ball Br, then we get jr
t
wno-1
ddc
= T f(r)+ N(Sf,r)-Nf(D r).
t
The le ft-hand side can be transformed using Lemma 2 of §1 into an integral over the sphere Sr, which is denoted by
J r in e a + O(1).
R(r) = 2
s
(16)
Then we arrive at (14). In order to pass from the theorem in preliminary form to a theorem which can be applied, the remainder term R(r) must be estimated. We do this in several steps. a) We introduce the quantity
T(r) _ f
t2n-1
CC1/nn p
fB,
SS
0
(17)
where a is defined by (15), po is the Euclidean metric form, and c is a positive
constant depending only on n. We will show that under the hypotheses of Theorem 2.
T(r)
(18)
In fact let f ` (Ric T) = (i/27r) E; k=1 Rfk dz,, A dzk; by Theorem 1 this is a positive form, and hence the matrix (R,k) = R is positive definite. According to (15) and the same theorem,
=
(f' Ric*Y)n = n! detR C,
§5. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
83
< n! det R. But by the well-known Hadamard inequality for positive definite matrices, (det )Z)1/n < (1/n)tr R, so whence
y/n Cn,
n
0 C n 1: Rjj o0. j=1
On the other hand, n Po-1
n-1
= (n - 1)! E
(27rdzi A dzi A ...
j=1
///
po-1
=n
whence f'(Ric 41) A
1
i ... A dzn n dzn,
J 1 Rjj<po; thus
f *(R.ic W) A
,n-1
-
c = (n!)-1/n. Furthermore, repeating the transition in §1 from (19) to (20), we can write the definition (12) in the form
Tf(r) =
f
o
dt t dt 2
1
L f*(Ric'&) A
,0n-1
:
It remains to compare this with (17). b) For the next estimate we will need the property of the convexity of the logarithm,(6) which says that for any positive measure dµ and any positive integrable function h
µ(E)
fE In h dµ < in I µ(E) fE h dµ }
(19)
Applying this property to the definition (16) and using the fact that the integral of the form o over the sphere Sr is equal to 1, we obtain
k(r) =
fr
ln(ce1/n)o + 0(1) <
hi
f, CeIjno + 0(1).
(20)
2 2 Now we use the fact that the Euclidean volume form is 4 = r2n-1o A dr,
since or is the homogeneous area form of the sphere; thus CC1/no
fs
r2n_1 dr
f
B>
(6)The discrete analog of (19) is obtained by taking the logarithm of the inequality between the geometric and the arithmetic means. For the proof of (19) let us write c = (1/µ(e)) fE hdµ and g = h - c. We clearly have fE gdµ = 0 and ln(1 + g/c) < g/c. since 9/c > -1. Therefore,
p(E)lEInhdµ=k' f l.(g+c)dµ
9dµ=Inc.
R c
84
IL THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
But according to (17)
1/nz -= nl 1
1 r2n-1 dT W!
B.
dr '
so (20) can be rewritten in the form
R(r) < n In
1
d
ran-1 dr
2
r2n-1 d7' dr
+ 0(1).
(21)
c) In order to avoid having derivatives in the estimate, we must use the following lemma in the style of classical Nevanlinna theory: LEMMA 1. Let g and h be continuous positive functions on R+ _ (0, oo).
Then for any increasing function F: R+ - R+ which is of class C' outside an open set E C R+ and for which fE g(r) dr <
j h(r)
for some ro > 0,
the following inequality is true:
4 Let E
F'(r) < g(r)h(F(r)). (22) r E R+ : F'(r) > g(r)h(F(r)) } be the set for which (22) is
false. It is open by the continuity of the functions in the inequality, and O° dr F'(r)dr dr Ze g(r) dr < fE f(E) h(r) < I
h(F(r)) o where ro = inf F(E) is a number which without loss of generality can be h(r),
assumed to be positive.
Supposing in particular that g(r) = rb and h(r) = ra, where 6 and a are constants greater than 1, we obtain that
F'(r)
(23)
outside the set E = E(a, b), for which
L We will call sets which satisfy the last condition sets of finite 6-measure (for 6 = -1, sets of finite logarithmic measure). Applying (23) to the increasing function
ran-I dT C1/n,, C ar =,fB, S (see (17)), we obtain
(dT ) dr Cr2n-1 di'} < rb+(2n-1)a
a
outside E.
§5. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
85
The same inequality (23) applied to the increasing function t gives dT < rb(T(r))"
outside E.
If these estimates are substituted into (21), we find that In{r(a+1)b+(2n-1)(a-1) (t(r)),21+0(1)
R(r) < 2
outside E.
Now let us fix s > 0 and choose b > 0lsuch that 8(2+b/2)+ (2n - 1)b/2 = 2e/n (then b = b(e) -+ 0 ass--> 0). Set a = 1 + 6/2. Then the previous
inequality takes the form 2
R(r) < eInr+ n2 lnT(r)+O(1) outside E. Using (18) again, we obtain the following result which supplements Theorem 2: THEOREM 3. Under the hypotheses of Theorem 2, for any e > 0 there are
a number 6 = b(e) such that b(e) - 0 as a -> 0 and a set E = E(e) of values of r, of finite 6-measure, such that
R(r) <eInr+O(111Tf(r))
outside E.
(25)
8. Main formulation. Here we will produce a formulation of the second main theorem closer to the classical one. For this, first of all we will change the set-up slightly: instead of a divisor D = r9 Dj satisfying Conditions
A and B, we consider a positive line bundle L on M and q divisors Dj of holomorphic sections s j of the bundle such that: a) D1,.. . , D. are manifolds intersecting in general position, and b) qc(L) + c(KM) > 0, where KM is the canonical bundle. The new formulation is based on a lemma which expresses the relationship between the singular characteristic function T f and the characteristic functions of the bundle L and the canonical bundle KM. LEMMA 2. Under these conditions the following inequality is true for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f: Cn -> M:
0 < gTf(L,r) +Tf(KM.r) -Tf(r) < gInTf(L.r) +O(1).
(26)
A The divisor D = Fi Dj is defined by the section s = s1 . sy of the bundle LD = L9, whose characteristic function is Tf (LD, r) = qT f (L. r). This divisor clearly satisfies Conditions A and B; therefore relation (10) is true for it: Q
Ric 1I = c(LD) + c(KM) - >2 dd` ln(ln Ilsj II2)2. j=1
86
11. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
Taking the pullback by the mapping f of the terms in this relation and then multiplying both sides by wo -' , we average logarithmically over the ball Br to obtain
-
Tf(r) = qTf(L, r) +Tfr(KM, r)
dtJ
dd`ln(lnllsf°fll2)2Aw0-i=1
fo t B` As above, we assume all the moduli llsjll are small enough that ln(ln llsj 0 (112)2 = 2Inln(1/ Ils.i ° f 112).
Then by Lemma 2 of §1 the last equality can be rewritten in the form qTf (L, r) + Tf (KM, r) - t f (r)
_
JST In In
or.
(27)
li sj ° f112
For the same reason all the functions in the integrand here are positive, so this proves the left-hand inequality in (26). To prove the right-hand inequality we use the convexity property of the logarithm (19) and obtain from (27)
gTf(L,r)+Tf(Km,r) - Tf(r) < ln 7=1
In In
llsf ol112a
11
q
_>Inmf(D3,r)+gln2, j=1
where m f(Dj, r) is the proximity function of the divisor D, (see formula (4) in §4). Applying the first main theorem to the bundle L and using the nonnegativity of the counting functions N1(Dj, r), we obtain m f (D3 , r) < Tf(L, r) + 0(1). Then the right side of the last inequality can be estimated from above by the quantity
gln(Tf(L,r)+O(1))+gln2 = glnTf(L,r)+O(1). This lemma implies the following asymptotic formula for the singular characteristic function:
Tf(r) = gTf(L,r)+Tf(Km,r) +O(InTf(L,r)).
(28)
Now it is not difficult to prove the second main theorem in a formulation closer to the classical one. THEOREM 4. Let L be a positive line bundle on an n-dimensional compact manifold M, and let D1,. .. , DQ be divisors of holomorphic sections of it satisfying conditions (a) and (b). Then for any nondegenerate holomorphic
§5. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
87
mapping f : C" -+ M
gTf(L,r) +Tf(KM,r) + N(Sf, r) _
Nf(Dj, r) + R(r),
(29)
j=1
where KM is the canonical bundle on M, Sf is the divisor of stationarity of f and the remainder term R admits the following estimate: for any e > 0 there exist a S = S(e) --+ 0 as a , 0 and a set E of finite 6-measure of the numbers r such that R(r) < e In r + O(lnTf(L, r)) outside E. (30)
4 The divisor D = >i Dj of a holomorphic section of the positive bundle Lq satisfies Conditions A and B of Theorem 2. By Lemma 2. whose conditions
are also clearly satisfied, (28) can be applied. Thus in (14) we can replace Tf(r) by gTf(L, r) + Tf(KM, r) with an error of order O(ln T f(L, r)). If we combine this error with the remainder R(r), replacing it by R(r) = R(r) + O(ln T f (L, r)),
(31)
and if we observe that Nf(D, r) Nf(Dj,r), then (14) can be rewritten in form (29). In order to estimate R(r), we use the compactness of M. The forms c(L) and c(KM) have continuous coefficients, and the first one is positive by hypothesis. Therefore, there exists a constant 'y > 0 such that everywhere on M we have --yc(L) < c(KM) < -ye(L). From this in the usual way we obtain
'1Tf(L,r) < Tf(KM,r) < 'yTf(L,r). From this and the inequality T f (r) < qTf (L, r) + T f (KM, r), which appears in Lemma 2, we conclude that
0 < Tf(r) < (q + y)Tf(L, r).
(32)
This inequality lets us replace the estimate for f? obtained in Theorem 3 by R(r) < e In r + O(ln Tf (L, r)) outside E, Now (31) reduces to (30).
In the case where M equals P" and L is the hyperplane bundle, by (6) we have Tf(KM, r) = -(n + 1)Tf(r). For any q > n + 1 hyperplanes Hj in general position, (29) now takes the form q
(q - n - 1)Tf(r) + N(Sf, r) = E Nf(Hj, r) + R(r).
(33)
j=1
For n = 1 this is the classical second main theorem (see (1)) with a different interpretation of the divisor of stationarity.
88
H. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
REMARK 1. As in the classical case, for mappings of finite order the remainder admits the estimate
R(r) = O(ln r),
(34)
which is true everywhere, not only outside an exceptional set. In fact, for a mapping f of finite order p we have by definition T f(L, r) = O(rP), so the error when Tf is replaced by qTf (L) + Tf (KM) is of order In r by Lemma 2, and all that remains is to estimate R. For this we first choose b > p - 1 in Lemma 1; then we do what was done in the proof of Theorem 3 to obtain instead of (25) an estimate that is true outside some open set E of finite b-measure:()
R(r) < c.In r + O(InTf(r)) = O(ln r),
(35)
since according to (32), T f(r) = O(rP) in our case. Now let r E E and ai < r < b;, where (aj, b3) is one of the intervals which comprise E. By (14), taking account of the growth of the functions Tf and N,
R(r) = T1(r) + N(Sf, r) - Nf(D. r) < T f(bf) + N(Sf, b;) -1V f(D, af)
(36)
= R(bf) +-'Vf (D, b;) -1'Vf (Dj ai). Since b;
E, by (35) R(bf) = O(lnbf), and
)
)
N D, ( b. - 1Vt(D, a j)
f
i' n f (D, t) dt < t
aj
n f (D, t)
fE
t
dt
( 37 )
(for the definition of n f, see §2). Further, by the Nevanlinna inequality Nf(D, r) < Tf(L9, r) + 0(1), we have Nf(D, r) = O(rP), and thus, by the growth property of n f, 2t
of (D, t) <
If
n f(D. r)
l n.2
dr <
- in 2 Vf (D, 20 <_ city
with some constant cl > 0. Substituting this into (37) and using the facts that the set E has finite 6-measure and that p - 1 < 6, we obtain
N1(D,bf)-Nf(D,a.)
Ltt =0(1);
Now f rom (36) it is evident that R.(r) = O(/In b3 ). It remains to observe that In
=lnr+ Jb, d <_1nr+J tbdt.=Inr+O(1),
I
t
E
(7)In contrast to the proof of Theorem 3. the number 6 is not selected but is given, so that the coefficient of In r is c > 0 instead of e.
§6. PICARD'S THEOREM. DEFECT RELATION
89
and we obtain the required estimate R(r) = O(Inr). I REMARK 2. In our proof of the second main theorem, condition (b) on the divisor Ei D, was used in an essential way; this condition says that qc(L) + c(KM) = c(LD) + c(KM) > 0. Precisely this condition permits the construction of the singular volume form which lies at the basis of the proof. In the case of the hyperplane bundle
on Pl this condition reduces to the inequality q > n + 1. But from (33) it is clear that if this is not fulfilled, then the assertion of the theorem is not violated but rather becomes trivial. We observe that in the general case of a positive line bundle L --4M the assertion of the theorem remains true if only condition (a) is fulfilled.
In fact one can add to D a divisor D' consisting of the intersection of M with sufficiently many hyperplanes of the space p N which contains M so that the divisor A = D + D' satisfies both conditions (a) and (b). Then by Theorem 4 T f(LA, r) + T f(KM, r) + N(Sf, r) = Nj (A, r) + R(r)
(38)
with the estimate R(r) _< elnr + O(lnTf(LA, r)) outside a set of finite 6-measure. But by the first main theorem for the bundle LA
T f(LA, r) - N1 (A, r) = m f(A, r) + 0(1), Since m f (A, r) = m f (D, r) + m f (D', r) > m f (D, r) by (7) of §4, and since m f (D', r) can be taken to be nonnegative, we have
T f(LA, r) - N1(, r) > m f(D, r) + 0(1) = Tf(LD, r) - N f(D, r) + 0(1) (here we have used the first main theorem for LD). Therefore in (38) one can replace Tf(LA, r) and Nf(A, r), respectively, by T f(LD, r) and N f(D, r), combining the nonpositive term which arises on
the right side with the remainder R(r). It only remains to show that in the estimate of this term Tf(LA,r) can be replaced by Tf(LD,r). But since the manifold M is compact and the Chern forms c(LD) and c(LA) are positive and smooth, there exists a constant A > 0 such that c(LA) < Ac(LD). From this and from the definition of the characteristic function it follows that Tf(LA,r) < ATf(LD,r)+O(1), from which it is clear that the quantity O(InTf(La,r) is also O(In Tf (LD, r)) as well. I
§6. Picard's theorem. Defect relation 9. Picard'a theorem. We have already mentioned that the second main theorem of value distribution theory leads to results of the type of Picard's theorem while the first main theorem leads only to results like Sokhotskii's theorem. As the first corollary of Picard type, we mention this result:
90
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
THEOREM 1. On an n-dimensional compact complex manifold M let a divisor D be given which is the union of q manifolds Dj in general position and let LD be the bundle of this divisor. If the Chern form of LD satisfies the condition (1) c(LD) + C(KM) > 0, where KM is the canonical bundle, then any holomorphic mapping f : C" M \ D is degenerate.
4 If f is nondegenerate, then under these hypotheses the second main theorem in the first formulation is true. Thus t f (r) + N(Sf, r) = Nf (D, r) + R(r), where, by (25) of §5, for any e > 0
R(r) < elnr+O(InTf(r)) outside a set E C RT of finite 6-measure. But N(S f, r) > 0 and by hypothesis Nf(D, r) = 0, since f takes on no values in the divisor D. Therefore, outside
E
Tf(r) < rlnr + o(T f(r)). Since a is arbitrary, such an inequality is impossible. In particular, for the hyperplane bundle on Pn condition (1) is satisfied if the divisor D consists of n + 2 hyperplanes in general position, since, as we saw in §5, in this case c(LD) = (n + 2)w and c(KM) = -(n + 1)w. Therefore this is true: COROLLARY. A holomorphic mapping f : Cn -+ Pn which takes on no values in a set of (n + 2) hyperplanes in general position is degenerate.
For n = 1 the role of the complex hyperplanes is played by the points of P1 = C. and the corollary asserts that meromorphic functions which omit three distinct values degenerate to constants. This is the small Picard theorem, so Theorem 1 can be considered a higher-dimensional generalization of this theorem.
10. Examples. We now cite some examples which indicate the precision of the result just obtained. be the union of q EXAMPLE 1. Let M = Pn and let the divisor D hyperplanes in general position. As we just pointed out, here c(LD)+c(KM) = (q - n -1)w and condition (1) reduces to the inequality q > n+ 1. For q = n+ 1 the assertion of Theorem 1 can be untrue: the nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cn Pn defined in the homogeneous coordinates [wo, ... , wn] by
f(z) = [1,ez1,...,ez°], where z = (zl,
.
.
.
,
zn), does not take on values in the divisor
=0}, 1
(2)
§6. PICARD'S THEOREM. DEFECT RELATION
91
consisting of (n+1) hyperplanes in general position. This example shows that condition (1) is essential. 1 EXAMPLE 2 (B. SHIFFMAN [31). Let M = P2 and D = { [w] E P2 wo - Wi w2-1 = 0 }. For any q > 1 there exists a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping
f (z) = [1 e+ ezs ez, ]
(3)
from C2 to p2 such that 1(C2) does not intersect the divisor D (in fact wo - wlw2-1 = 1 - (1 + ezj+(Q-1)z,) # 0). The divisor D is equivalent to the divisor consisting of the line at infinity H. with multiplicity q since the ratio (wo - wlw2-1)/wo is a meromorphic function on p2. Consequently, C(LD) = qW.
For q < 3 condition (1) does not hold, while for q > 3 critical points appear in the divisor D and it ceases to be a manifold. For example, in local coordinates x = wo/wl, y = w2/w1 on the domain U1 = { [w] E P2 : w1 54 01 the equation for D takes the form V(x, y) = x4 - y9 -1 = 0 and the gradient V
3 at the point x = y = 0 (in particular for q = 3 the divisor D is the semicubical parabola x3 = y2). Thus for q > 3 this example shows that the condition that the divisor D consist of manifolds is essential. I EXAMPLE 3 (M. GREEN [3]). As before, let M = P2 and let the divisor
D={wo=0}U{wl =0}U{(wo-wl)w2+(wo+w1)2 =0} be the union of three manifolds Dj-a curve of second order without critical points and two complex lines which are not tangent to the curve. The nondegenerate mapping f (z)
[1,ezl,ezi+3+4 1- e(e" -1)Z2 1
ez'-1
( 4)
J
-
from C2 into p2 is holomorphic (since 1 5V' -1)z2 = -(ezl - 1)x22, (ezl - 1)222 is divisible by ezi - 1) and takes no values in D (since wo
0, w1 A 0, and (WO - w1)w2 + (wo + wl)2 = 4e(e ' -1)z2 # 0).
Here the divisor D is equivalent to the divisor consisting of the line at infinity with multiplicity 4, so c(LD) + c(KM) = w > 0 and condition (1) is satisfied. The hypothesis of Theorem 1 is violated because the manifolds D3
do not intersect in general position. They intersect in three points; two of these, [1, 0, -1] and [0, 1, 1], are the intersection points of two manifolds (as they should be for general position in P2), but the third point [0,0,1] is a triple intersection point (Figure 5), which violates the requirement of general Position. Thus this condition also is essential. 1 REMARK. The mapping of (4) is of infinite order and a nondegenerate mapping f : C2 -+ P2 \ D does not exist. In fact let such a mapping have the form f = [l, fl, f2]. Since fl 0 0 and is of finite order, then fl = e1', where P
92
II. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
FIGURE 5
is a polynomial in z = (z1. z2). From the condition (wo-wl)w2+(wo+wl)2 # 0 it follows that (1 - ep) f2 + (1 + e')2 = eQ, where Q is also a polynomial since f2 is of finite order. Hence
cQ-(1+e")2 r= 2 1-ep , and since f2 is entire, eQ = 4 whenever a j' = 1. Thus, on the level curves P = 2kzri (k = 0, ±1, ...) the polynomial Q takes on constant values. This implies
that on these curves the Jacobian 3(P, Q)/a(zl, z2) = 0. This Jacobian is a polynomial and equals zero on an infinite set of complex curves; consequently,
it is identically equal to 0. But then also the Jacobian
a(fi, f2) = a(fi, f2) a(P, Q) = a(P, Q) a(zl, z2) - 0, a(zi, z2) i.e., the mapping f is degenerate. Thus, the divisor D from Example 3 has the interesting property that a holomorphic mapping from C2 into the complement p2 \D is either degenerate or has infinite order. There are not yet any general results of this nature. I
11. Defect relation. Let a holomorphic mapping f be given from C' to an n-dimensional compact complex manifold M, on which is defined a positive Hermitian line bundle L. According to the first main theorem applied to the divisor D of any holomorphic section of this bundle, the sum of d;c counting
function Nf(D,r) and the proximity function mf(D,r) is the same up to the addition of a bounded term, and is equal to the characteristic function Tf (D, r). As we shall soon see, for the "majority" of divisors the second term of this sum is small in comparison with the first, i.e., the quantity
bf(D)
N D, r T1( ,r)) = 1 r-0 Tf(L,r) - rli .
(5)
§6. PICARD'S THEOREM. DEFECT RELATION
93
which is called the defect of the divisor D under the mapping f, is equal to 0 are called zero. In accordance with this, divisors D for which b f(D) exceptional divisors.
From the Nevanlinna inequality Nf (D, r) < Tf (L, r) + 0(1) it follows that
for all these divisors bf(D) > 0, and from the positivity of Nf and Tf that
bf(D) < 1. If the image f(C) does not meet the divisor D at all, then Nf(D, r) = 0, and thus the defect of such a divisor is the maximum value 1. Further, for ample bundles the averaged defect turns out to be zero: THEOREM 2. If L M is an ample bundle and f : Cn -> M is a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping, then
JPN bf(D) du(D) = 0,
(6)
where PN is the projective space of the divisors of the holomorphic sections of
L and p is the invariant measure on this space with p(PN) = 1. 4 By Crofton's formula (23) in §3, T f (L, r) =
Nf ( D, r) dp(D)
or
f
N
C1
TfI (L 'r)
0. I du(D) =
From this, by Fatou's lemma on passing to the limit inside an integral sign, we have
fP r
bf(D)dp(D) < rhm fp.
(1
7,f ( D'r) ) dp(D)
and by the nonnegativity of the defect we obtain (6). From this it follows that for ample bundles the exceptional divisors (for which bf(D) > 0) form a set of measure 0. Consequently there are relatively few of these divisors and the intersection of each of them with the image f (Cn) is less than usual. This result is a strengthening of Sokhotskii's theorem (Theorem 4 in §4), since the divisors which do not intersect f (Cn) have maximal defect and thus are exceptional. The proof of Theorem 2 only uses the first main theorem and this leads to a result of the type of Sokhotskii's theorem. In the proof of the following theorem the second main theorem will be used and this will give a stronger result of the Picard type.
THEOREM 3 (defect relation). Let there be given a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : C" M into an n-dimensional compact complex mani-
fold M, and let L
M be a positive Hermitian bundle. Then for any set of
H. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
94
divisors D) of holomorphic sections of L, where the D, are manifolds intersecting in general position, q
Ebf(D,)+Of 0},
(7)
i=1
where Of = limr N(S f, r)/T f (L, r) is the index of stationarity of f . t Let us denote the right-hand side of (7) by Ao; then Ac(L) + c(KM) > 0 for A > Ao (we have by hypothesis that c(L) > 0). Multiplying this by the form wo-1 and averaging logarithmically over the ball Br, we find that the characteristic functions of the bundles L and KM satisfy the inequality
ATf(L,r) +Tf(KM,r) > c
(8)
with some constant c > 0. Further, since some power of a positive bundle is ample, by Theorem 2 there exist sufficiently many divisors of holomorphic sections of L with defect zero. Adding these to D = Ei Df, we increase the number q without changing the value of the sum on the left side of (7); as before it can be assumed that all the Dj are manifolds in general position. Thus without loss of generality we can suppose that qc(L) + c(LM) > 0. Then the hypotheses of the second main theorem in the classical formulation are fulfilled (Theorem 4 §3). By this theorem, outside some set E of finite b-measure
gTf(L, r) - Nf(D, r) < -Tf(KM, r) - N(S f, r) + E In r + O(lnT f(L, r)). (9) By the definition of the defect,
bf(D;)=q- rm q
oo
i=1
Nf (D, r)
Tf(L,r)
_-lim qTf (L, r) - Nf (D, r) Tf(L,r)
Since the set E is of finite 6-measure, it cannot contain any ray (ro, oo), so there exists a sequence of numbers rk -+ oo with rk ¢ E. Inequality (9) can be applied to this sequence to obtain that 9
E bf (Di) < lim
j=1
(since Tf(L,r)
- r--oo
Tf (Km, r) Tf(L,r)
N(Sf , r)
r-.oo Tf(L,r)
oo, we have
lim
r-oo
O(lnTf(L,r)) =0). Tf(L,r)
It remains to observe that by (8)
Tf(KM,r) < A Tf(L,r)
- Tf(L,r) c
+ E lim
In r
r-oo Tf(L,r)
§6. PICARD'S THEOREM. DEFECT RELATION
95
and hence the first term on the right in (10) does not exceed A. The second
term is equal to -Of. The third is always finite (it is different from zero only for rational mappings), and it may be discarded since e is arbitrary. We conclude from this that 9
1: S(D.i)+Of
In particular, for the hyperplane bundle on P" the Chern form c(L) = w and c(KpN) = -(n + 1)w, where w is the Fubini-Study form (see §5), so the right-hand side of (7) equals n + 1 and we obtain a corollary (discarding from the left-hand side the nonnegative term Of): COROLLARY 1. For any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cn
Pn
and any set of hyperplanes H; in general position, the sum of the defects satisfies a
Ebf(Hf)
The little Picard theorem follows from this inequality as a special case: any meromorphic function which omits three distinct values in C is constant. COROLLARY 2. Let D be a divisor in Pn which is an algebraic manifold (without singularities) of degree q. Then for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : C'" -+ Pn, the defect of the divisor D satisfies
bf(D) < n 9
(12)
4 For the bundle L of D we clearly have c(L) = qw, and for the canonical bundle c(K) = -(n + 1)w as before. Therefore, the right side of (7) is equal to (n + 1)/q. If the degree of the divisor q > n + 1, then from (12) it is evident that. its defect bf(D) < 1, and the nondegenerate mapping f cannot omit such a divisor. The requirement that D be nonsingular is essential: Example 2 in subsection 10 shows that a nondegenerate mapping can omit a divisor of arbitrarily high degree if the divisor has singularities.
11. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
96
COROLLARY 3. Under the hypotheses of Theorem 3, any set of exceptional divisors in general position is at most countable.
Let E be such a set and let A0 be the right side of (7) with k = 1, 2, .... From (7) it follows that the number of divisors D E E for which bf (D) > 1/k is no greater than kA0 and so is finite. From this follows the countability of E.
12. Example. We need a formula relating the characteristic function of M and that of its restriction to a complex a holomorphic mapping f : C" plane P C C' passing through the origin. If dp is the measure on the Grassmann manifold Gk of such planes of codimension k which is invariant under the unitary transformations of C" an which satisfies 1 (G) = 1, then
Tf(L,r)
(13)
fG'
kk
where fp = f lP is the restriction of f to the plane P E G. An analogous formula is valid for the counting functions of the divisors D of holomorphic section of the bundle L:
Nf(D,r)= fGn NVf,(D,r)dp(P).
(14)
k
T he derivation of these formulas is based on the equality of currents
k= J Pdp(P),
(15)
WO
ck
which is proved exactly as Lemma 2 in §3, so we will not repeat this proof. By the definition of the characteristic function for a fixed plane P E Gk,
r dt fil(ch) A wo -k-', t ,nP where ch, is the Chem form of the bundle L. By Fubini's theorem
Tf(L, r) =
f Tf, (L, r) dµ(P) = k
f f
f T dt f t
0
BsnP
f
Gk
fil(ch) dµ(P)
A wa -k-1;
representing fil(ch) = f *(ch)I P as the product of currents fil(ch) A P and using (15), we rewrite the last integral in the form
fr t f dt
t
and thus prove (13). Relation (14) is proved in an analogous manner. EXAMPLE (SHIFFMAN [21). Let us consider the mapping f: C2 --+ P2 defined in homogeneous coordinates on p2 by the formula f(z) = 11,ez',ell.
(16)
q6. PICARD'S THEOREM. DEFECT RELATION
97
We fix the complex line 1: z = AS where A E C2 and S E C, and consider the restriction of the mapping (16) to it, i.e., the holomorphic curve (17)
ft (S) = By Ahlfors' formula (19) of §2, its characteristic function
Tf,(r) = r (IA1l + IA21 +
IAl - A21)
+O(1).
(18)
The characteristic function of the mapping f can now be found by (13): Tf (r) =
JP1
(19)
Tf, (r) dµ(1),
where P1 is the set of all lines l and dµ is the normalized invariant measure on this set. Without loss of generality we will assume that JAI = 1, and we will identify dµ with the (normalized) Euclidean volume element on the sphere S1 C C2, which is clearly defined by the Poincare form a = dr In IAl2 A
dd`lnlll2 (see (31) in §1). Then from (19) and (18) we find that
rf
IA1 - A21)a + O(1).
(IA1I + IA21 +
(20)
Tf (r) = , To calculate this integral we introduce on S1 the real parameter 0 E (0, ir/2) and T1, r2 E (0, 21r) by the formulas A I = sin 0 e2T', A2 = cos 0 e2T2. Then
a= 2 r2 sin 0 cos 0 dO A dr1 A dr2 and
f
2"
2
/
lalla =
f71/2
r2,r dr2
o
J0
dr1
sine
ocos0d0 =
The integral of IA21 has the same value. To compute the integral of JAI - A21, using the invariance of a under unitary transformations, we make the change of variables Al - )12 = fµ1, Al + A2 = fµ2, so that
r /
Js,
rf /
rf
IA1- A2 10' = 2,, J lµl la = 37 s,
Then from (20) we get
Tf(r) =
2
0- r + O(1).
(21)
3 The divisors of the hyperplane bundle on p2 are the complex lines with homogeneous equations aowo + a1w1 + a2w2 = 0. By (20) of §2 the only ones which can have defects are those which have zero coefficients in their equations. There exist three continuous series of divisors with one coefficient zero:
Do = {wo + awl = 0}, DQ = {w2 + awo = 0},
DQ = {w1 + awe = 01,
a c C\{0},
98
Ii. THE MAIN THEOREMS OF VALUE DISTRIBUTION THEORY
and three divisors with two coefficients zero: Do = { wf = 0 }, j = 0, 1, 2. For the restriction fl to the complex line 1: z = ))5, by (20) of §2 for a # 0,(8) the counting functions are
Nf,(D°,r) = Nf,(DQ,r)
'A' 1
r + 0(l),
JAI - A2Jr+0(1),
Nf(Da,r)= I\2Ir+0(1). Then by (14), proceeding as above, we find that Nf (D r) = Nf (Da, r) = 2r +0(1)7
Nf(DQ, r) =
V'
+ 0(1).
By the definition (5) the defects of these divisors are therefore given by
bf(DO)=of(D2)=V-1, bf(Da)=3-2f
(a#0).
(23)
The divisors Do (j = 0, 1, 2) do not intersect the image f (C2); consequently, they have maximal defect: bf(1 0) = 1. According to the defect relation (11), the sum of the defects of complex lines in general position for this mapping is no greater than 3. This value is attained for the set of the Dv (j = 0,1, 2); other sets of lines in general position give a smaller total defect. By giving up the requirement of general position, a total defect larger than 3 can be attained; this shows that this condition is essential. We also observe that for n = 1 the condition of general position
is not required, and the Df can be arbitrary distinct points. From this for n = 1 it follows easily that the set of exceptional values of a meromorphic function is at most countable. From the example just considered, it is clear that for n > 1 such an assertion is not true: the set of exceptional lines for the mapping (16) is uncountable (although certainly any set of exceptional lines in general position is countable by Corollary 3).
1
(8)In the case under consideration here, the polygons in (20) of §2 degenerate into
segments, and the perimeter P' is equal to twice the length of a segment.
CHAPTER III
Holomorphic Curves In this chapter we consider the foundations of the theory of holomorphic curves in complex projective space. As was explained in the Introduction, this was historically the first theme in the multidimensional theory of value distribution. The initial period of its development is reflected in the book of H. and J. Weyl [1] and in the classical paper of Ahlfors [2]. Twenty years later Wu gave a modernized exposition of the theory in his monograph [3].
The exposition in this chapter mostly follows the recent paper of Cowen and Griffiths [1], which contains yet another interpretation of the work of Ahlfors. Since the first main theorem of value distribution theory in the preceding chapter was considered in sufficient generality to include the case of curves, we will concentrate our attention on the second main theorem, which has only been proved so far for the case of mappings which preserve dimension.
§7. Associated curves The passage to the associated curves is one of the leading ideas in the Ahlfors approach. We will define this concept after first pausing to examine the concept of a holomorphic curve itself and introducing the necessary algebraic apparatus. 1. Holomorphic curves and their representation. Let us consider a holomorphic mapping of the disk BR = { z E C : IzI < R } to the space Cn+1 (1)
where the vector f $ 0. Outside the set E
z E BR : f (z) = 0 } it defines
a holomorphic mapping
f = [fo, ... , fn] : BR\E -+ Pn,
(2)
where [fo, ... , fn] are the homogeneous coordinates of the point f (z) E P. We denote by p: Cn+i \ {0} Pn the standard mapping which assigns to a 99
100
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
point to = (w0,...,
E Cn+1 \ {0} the line 1,,, C Cr+' passing through 0 and w viewed as a point [w] E Pn. Then the identity p o f (z) = f (z) is true on BR \ E. The mapping f can be extended holomorphically to the set E. Indeed, by the uniqueness theorem E is a discrete set, and for every point a E E there is a punctured neighborhood U' = {0 < Iz - al < r } C BR \ E. Let v be the smallest of the orders of the zeros of the functions fo, ... , fn at a. Without loss of generality it can be assumed that this is the order of fo and that fo(z) 0 0. Then f3(z) _ (z - a)"gj (z), j = 0,.. . , n, where the gj are holomorphic in
U = { Iz - al < r } and go is, in addition, different from zero, and f (z) = Pn is (z - a)" [9o (z), - - . , 9 n (z)] in P. The mapping 9 = [go, ... , 9n ]: U holomorphic since g(U) belongs to the domain Uo = { [w] E Pn : wo 01 of the standard covering of Pn, and in the local coordinates on this domain the mapping (gi/go, ... , gn/9o) is holomorphic. Clearly g(z) = j (z) for z E U', so g gives a holomorphic extension of f to the point a.
After being extended in this way to every point a E E, the mapping f : BR _ Pn is called a holomorphic curve on BR. Any holomorphic mapping f : BR -4 Cn+1 such that p of (z) = f (z) in BR is called a representation of the curve; if in addition f (z) # 0, i.e, f (BR) C Cn+1 \ {0}, then the representation is said to be reduced. Clearly, for every holomorphic curve a reduced representation exists and is defined up to a holomorphic function which does not vanish on BR. In fact the set E _ { z E BR : f (z) = 0 } is at most countable; and if vk is the smallest of the orders of the zeros of the f j (j = 0, . . . , n) at the point ak c E, then by Weierstrass's theorem a holomorphic function g can be constructed in the disk with zeros of orders vk at all the points ak E E
but with no other zeros. Dividing the vector f by this function, we obtain a reduced representation of the curve f. Observe that instead of the holomorphic mapping in (1) we could take a collection f = (fo,... , f,) of functions which are meromorphic in BR. Multiplying the vector f by an appropriate function g which is holomorphic in BR, we obtain another representation of the curve f : BR _ Pn corresponding to f ; this representation consists only of holomorphic functions (the existence of the function g is guaranteed by the same theorem of Weierstrass on the construction of holomorphic functions with given zeros). Thus for holomorphic curves one can also choose meromorphic representations along with holomorphic ones. Moreover, in either case (holomorphic or meromorphic representations), in the local charts U, [w] E Pn : wj # 0 } of the standard covering of P", the curve f is globally represented by the vector of meromorphic functions (fo/fj, ..., fj_1/fJ, ff+l/fj,...,fn/f,). Therefore, holomorphic curves are often called meromorphic curves. However, such curves realize holomorphic mappings between the complex manifolds BR and P' (in appropriate local coordinates); therefore, we will use the first term.
§7. ASSOCIATED CURVES
101
2. Grassmann algebra. To define the associated curves one needs the concept of a multivector on Cn+1, so we will pause briefly to introduce this concept. After choosing some basis eo...... en in Cn+1, we form 2n+1 formal products A ejk , where 0 < jo < .. < jk < n and k = 0, 1, ... , n, where the e j- A empty product (for k = 0) is denoted by e. Then we consider the vector space An+1 over C whose basis consists of these products. The elements of the space An+1 consequently have the form
aj°j, e A e'- + ... + ao...neo A ... A en.
aj0e?0 +
ae + jo
(3)
jo <ji
where aj0... jk E C. Next we define the product of an arbitrary set of basis vectors ej. It is defined to be equal to zero if any two of the factors are the same, and to sgn a ej0 A .
where 0 < jo <
- A e2^
if the factors are in the order a(jo ), ... a(jk ),
< jk < n and a is a permutation of the set (jo,... , jk )
whose sign is sgn a. Thus this product is skew-symmetric with respect to the indices, which justifies the use of the symbol of the exterior product. Finally, we define the product of basis vectors of An+' by the rule (eio A ... A eik) A (ejo A ... A ej`) = ei0 A ... A eZ A eJ0 A ... A ej, and agree to multiply out elements (3) in An+' by multiplying the individual terms and adding up the resulting products. Thus the space An+1 has been endowed with the structure of an algebra with identity e. This algebra is called the Grassmann algebra, and its elements are called multivectors. It can be proved(') that the operations in the Grassmann algebra are independent of the choice of basis in Cn+1 As a first application of the Grassmann algebra, we prove the following simple assertion: THEOREM 1. The vectors z°, ... , zk E Cn+1 are linearly dependent if and only if
z0A...Azk = 0.
(4)
4 If these vectors are linearly dependent, then one of them can be expressed as a linear combination of the others; let zk = 0-1 aj zj. Then the product (4) is equal to k-1 k-1
zoA...Azk-1rajz3 =EajzoA...Azk-1 Azj =0,
j[=Jo j=a since in every term there is the exterior product of identical vectors. If on the o t h e r hand the vectors z 0 . . . . . zk are linearly independent, then they can be
Completed to a basis of Cn+' by vectors zk+' .... z'. Then zo A ... A zn # 0 ('since this product is a basis vector of An+1), and thus a fortiori zo A ... Azk 0.
No.
(')See, for example, van der Waerden [1j, §93.4.
102
111. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
The linear span of the products of exactly k basis vectors in C'z+1 forms a linear subspace of A"`+1 which we denote by Ak+1; its elements are called k-vectors. In accordance with (3) the space Ar}1 is the direct sum Ao+1 + + An+i, where Ao+1 = C and Al+1 = C+1 Those k-vectors Al+1 + which are products of vectors in Cfz+1 are called decomposable, and any kvector is a linear combination of decomposable k-vectors. In particular, if e° = (1, 0, ... , 0), ..., e' = (0, ... , 0, 1) is the standard basis of C"+1, then any (k + 1)-vector
A = E ajo...;k e7o A ... A e.ik,
(5)
jo<...<Jk
so that the space Ak+i can be naturally identified with CN, where N = (k+1) is the binomial coefficient. Let us note still another correspondence which exists between the decomposable multivectors over Cs}1 and the subspaces of C'a+1, i.e, the complex planes passing through the origin. Every decomposable (k + 1)-vector A = a° A - A ak which is different from zero uniquely defines the (k + 1)dimensional plane 11 spanned by the vectors a°, ... , ak (which are linearly independent by Theorem 1); the equation of this plane (by the same Theorem 1) is A A z = 0.
(6)
Conversely, if n is some (k+l)-dimensional subspace of C"+1 and a°,
is a basis of it, then we set A = a° A
,
ak
A ak. Then (6) by Theorem 1 is equivalent to the condition that the vector z is a linear combination of the vectors a0,. .. , ak, that is, it belongs to U. If b°.... , bk is another basis of n, then b3 = Eo ai jai (j = 0.... , k), and then clearly b° A .. A bk = -
A ak, so that the (k + 1)-vector corresponding to II is defined up to a (nonzero) complex multiple. In the space CN which is identified with Ak+i, to the plane II there consequently corresponds a punctured complex line passing through the origin. It is often convenient to consider the collection of projective k-dimensional subspaces of Pn, i.e., the Grassmann manifold G(n, k) (see §3, where it is det(ai3 )a° A
denoted by Gn_k). Using the standard mapping p: C"+1 \ {0} -+ P", it is identified with the set of (k + 1)-dimensional planes in C`+1 passing through the origin. The correspondence described above allows one to associate to a point A E G(n, k) a decomposable (k + 1)-vector over C"+1 a° A ... A ak =
F,
ado---,Jk ei°
A ... A e&k
(7)
.1O <... <Jk
where the coefficients a.,b ...,k are defined up to a common (nonzero) factor.
§7. ASSOCIATED CURVES
103
These are called the homogeneous Plucker coordinates of the point A; if ao = ( a , . .. , a;,), then clearly 0
a3°
...
aj0...j,, = det
a
...
0 a3k
...
(8)
aA
In particular, for the bivector ao A a1 these coordinates area ° ai - aPl a , so the exterior product is a generalization of the vector product. The identification Ak+1 = CN+1 described above, where now N + 1 = (k+i), permits G(n, k) to be considered a submanifold of the projective space PN.
3. Associated curves. Returning to the meromorphic curve f : BR -+ pn,
we choose a representation f = (fo, . . . , fn): BR --' Cn+l, and for k = 0, 1, ... , n and for fixed z E BR we consider the decomposable (k + 1)-vector over Cn+1 (k) Fk (z) = f (z) A f'(z) A ... A f (z),
(9)
where f (j) _ (fo3), ... , fnj)) are the derivatives of f. By (8) we have
h. Fk(z) _
det 0<jo<...<jn
...
fj°(k)
... h" ... ... ... fj,(k)
e3o A ... A ejk.
(10)
Since the exterior product of collinear vectors is equal to zero, whenever the representative f is replaced by cd f , where ,p is a holomorphic function, the multivector Fk is multiplied by the scalar function Pk+l, i.e., Fk = p(Fk) is unchanged. Consequently, for fixed k, to the curve f there is associated a definite curve in the Grassmann manifold
Fk: BR->G(n,k) or, if it is more convenient, a curve in the space pN, where N = (k+i)
(11)
- I.
These curves are called the associated curves of f.
For k = 0 this is the curve itself: Fo = f. For k = 1 it is the curve p(f A f') corresponding to the tangent lines to f; for k = 2 it is the curve p(f A f' A f") corresponding to the osculating planes (see the schematic Figure 6), etc. For k = n the associated curve is trivial; by (10)
Fn(z) = W (fo, ... , fn)e0 A ... A en,
(12)
where W is the Wronskian of the functions A,-, fn. The associated curves permit one to determine the degree of degeneracy of a curve f . Namely, the following is true:
104
M. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
FIGURE 6
THEOREM 2. The image f(BR) lies in a k-dimensional subspace of P" but does not lie in any (k - 1)-dimensional subspace if and only if for any representative f of this curve Fk(z) 0 0 but Fk+I(z) = 0.
The assertion of the theorem is equivalent to saying that f (BR) lies in a (k + 1)-dimensional subspace of C"+1 but does not lie in any k-dimensional subspace of it. Let this be true; without loss of generality we can suppose that f (BR) lies in the plane { wk+I = = w" = 0 } which we identify with the space Ck+1 of variables (wo, ... , wk). Then all the functions f k+1, ... , f" are identically equal to zero. From the expansion (10) written for k + 1 instead of k, it is clear that Fk+1(z) - 0, since the coefficients of this expansion are Wronskians W (f3o, , f?, ,,) of sets of k + 2 functions f3 in each of which there is a function identically equal to zero. But W (f 0i ... , fk) 0 0; because if this Wronskian were identically equal to zero, then by the holomorphy of the functions fo.... , fk it would follow that they were linearly dependent, i.e., that the image would lie in some hyperplane of But this is the same as a k-dimensional subspace of C"+1. Thus Fk(z) 0. Conversely, let Fk(z) $ 0 while Fk+1(z) - 0. Then one can find at least one coefficient in (10), say, W (f0.... , fk) $ 0 but with W (fo, .... fk, f3) 0 f o r all j = k + 1, ... , n. From this it follows that fo, . . . , fk are linearly independent, while the remaining functions are linear expressions in them; let f3(z) = Ek b3 f. (Z), for j = k + 1, ... , n. But this means that f (BR) lies in the (k + 1)-dimensional plane w3 = r_o j = k + 1, ... , n, passing through the origin of the space C"+1 That is, it lies in a (k + 1)-dimensional Ck+1.
subspace of C"+1. and by what was shown before, it does not lie in any k-dimensional subspace of Cn+t A curve f : BR - Pn is called nondegenerate if I (BR) does not lie in any
proper subspace of P". By Theorem 2 the curve f is nondegenerate if and P" only if F,, (z) A 0. By the same theorem a degenerate curve f: BR
f7. ASSOCIATED CURVES
105
is nondegenerate in some subspace pk C P" if and only if Fk (z) jt 0 but Fk+1(z) = 0. The degeneracy of f to a constant is the strongest form; the condition for this is Fj(z) = 0. To conclude this section, let us consider the points of stationarity of holomorphic curves and their associated curves. Let f : BR P' be a nondegenerate holomorphic curve; a point zo E BR is called a point of stationarity of the curve if the differential of f is zero at the point, where f is viewed as a mapping of complex manifolds. Without loss of generality we may assume that z o = 0, that f (zo) = [1, 0, ... , 0] and that the representation of f in a neighborhood of 0 has the form
zvn +...),
f(z) =
(13)
where 1 < v1 < ... < v,. Expressing fin local coordinates wl
wn
wo
WO
we see that zo = 0 is a point of stationarity if and only if vl > 0. The number µo = vl - 1 is called the index of stationarity of f at this point; it is clearly independent of the choice of representation but is determined by the curve itself.
Further, after performing an additional unitary transformation of Cn+1 if necessary (which corresponds to a projective motion), it can be assumed that
in (13) all the inequalities are strict: v1 < ... < v,,. Indeed, let us suppose for example that v1 = v2 < v3i choosing instead of (w1, w2), the coordinates
wi = (w1 +w2)/f, w2 = (wl - w2)/f, we find that vi = v1 but v2 > v2 in these coordinates. One must proceed analogously in the general case. This
remark will be needed when we compute the index of stationarity of the associated curves. We choose for the kth associated curve Fk: BR -F G(n, k), k = 1, ... , n - 1, the representation Fk = f A - - - A f('), where f locally has the form (13) with
v1 < ... < vn; then we write out the terms of the lowest degree in z: Fk(z) = A ... A ek + xv' +...+Yk -+vk+,
-(1+...+k) eo
A ... A ek-1 A ek+1 + .. .
(we omit the coefficients of these terms, only observing that they are nonzero). Introducing the notation
mk=v1+---+vk-(1+2+...+k) and representing Fk as a curve in local expansion in the form
(14)
where N + 1 = (k+i), we rewrite its
Fk(z) =zrnk(1+...,z1k+1-1k +...,...).
(15)
106
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
Comparing this with (13), we see that the index of stationarity of the curve Fk at the point zo = 0 is Irk = Uk+1 - Vk - 1
(k = 1, ... , n - 1).
(16)
This index can be expressed also in terms of the degrees Mk of lower powers of z which appear in the expansion (15). Taking (14) into account, we conclude
that the index of stationarity of Fk is equal to the second difference of these degrees:
Ilk=mk+1 -2mk+mk_1
(k= 1,...,n- 1).
(17)
We observe that this formula remains true also for k = 0 if we formally set mo = m_1 = 0 (it then takes the form µo = m1 = v1 - 1). Above we noted that Fn = We°n Aen, where W is the Wronskian of the functions fo, . . . , fn. For a nondegenerate curve W 0, so it is natural to assume un = 0. In order to preserve (17) for k = n also, we set mn+1 = 2m,, - m_ 1 (or equivalently, Vn+1 =Un+1).
§8. Characteristic functions Here we introduce the characteristic functions of a holomorphic curve and its associated curves and obtain a relation among them. These functions are defined using forms which are the pullbacks under the mappings Fk: BR G(n, k) of the metric forms of the Grassmann manifolds for various k.
4. Metric forms. We define the inner product of multivectors, setting for decomposable (k + i)-vectors A = a° A A ak and B = b° A A bk
-
(a°, b°)
...
(ak, bo)
...
(A, B) = det
(a° bk) ,
(1)
(ak,bk)
where (a', bk) is the usual (Hermitian) inner product; we continue it by linearity to all of Ak+i . The modulus of a multivector is defined as usual: I Al = (A, A). In particular, for a decomposable multivector A = a° A . Aak it can be seen from (1) with B = A that IAI is the volume of the parallelepiped spanned by the vectors a°, ... , ak. It is not difficult to see that the inner product defined in this way on Ak+i is the same as the usual inner product of vectors in the space CN+1 in which, as we indicated in the previous section, Ak+i can be imbedded (it is sufficient to verify this using formula (1) for products of vectors in an orthonormal basis of Ak+i and then use linearity). Hence it follows that for the inner product of k-vectors the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz inequality holds:
i(A,B)I S IAIIBI
(2)
§8. CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTIONS
107
Such an inequality is also true for the exterior product of multivectors A E Ak+1 and B E Al+11: IA A BI < IAIIBI.
(3)
T o prove this we choose in C"+I an orthonormal basis a°, ... , e" and form the formal products ej = eto ®...®eik for arbitrary sets of indices I = (io, . . . , ik). We denote by Ak+i the vector space over C spanned by these products. Let ir:Ak+i -' Ak+i be the projection sending the element A = >ajej to the multivector A = > a jet, where e1 = eio A . A eik. In the space Ak+i an inner
product can be introduced by declaring the elements ej to be orthonormal and then using linearity. Then Iir(A)I < Iwith Al, equality for elements A = ajej, where I = (i0,.. . , ik) and io < < ik. Further, one can formally introduce the product A ® B of elements A E Ak+i and B E Ai+11. For this product, clearly ir(A (9 B) = ir(A) A ir(B) and IA ® BI = IAI IBI. Now let multivectors A E Ak+i and B E Ai+l1 be given; we choose A E it-1(A) and BE 7r-1(B)such that JAI JAI and IBI=IBI. Then IA A BI = 17r(A) A ir(A)I = 17r(A (&B)I
< IA ® Al = IAIIBI = IAIIBI
Inequality (3) is proved.
By means of the inner product we can define for (k + 1)-vectors Z = z° A
A zk and dZ = dz° A Wk -
A dzk the Fubini-Study Hermitian form
(Z, Z) (dZ, dZ) - (Z, dZ) (dZ, Z)
(Z Z)2
to which corresponds the differential form
Wk _ i f a1ZZI2
- aIZI ZI aIZI2 I = ddc In IZI2
(4)
which is the natural metric form on the Grassmann manifold G(n, k). For k = 0 we obtain the usual Fubini-Study form on P", which was denoted in Chapter I by w. As in the general theory we will be interested in the pullback of the form wk by the mapping Fk: BR - G(n, k) realized by the kth associated curve of a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f :
k=0,...,n, Ilk=FkWk=dd`1nIFk(z)I2, (5) where Fk = f A f' A . . . A f (k) and f is a reduced representation of f . If f is replaced by V f , where V is a holomorphic function without zeros, then I Fk 12 is multiplied by Icpl2k. Since dd` In Icp12k = 0, f1k does not change. Thus f1k does not depend on the choice of reduced representation of f and is determined by the curve itself.
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
108
For k = n we have Fn = We° A
.
A en, where W is the Wronskian of the
functions fo,... , fn : W is a holomorphic function and is not identically zero by the nondegeneracy of j, so fln = dd° In I W 12 = 0. For k = 0, ... , n - 1 the form wk is positive by the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz inequality for multivectors (cf. §1). Therefore, its pullback 11k is a positive (1, 1)-form in all of BR
except for the points of stationarity of the associated curve Fk. Thus the forms f2k define in BR pseudometrics induced by the natural metrics of the Grassmannians G(n, k); these forms are called the metric forms. If we set
n-1
k=U
zdzAdz
(6)
then by what has been said, the coefficient hk(z) > 0, and it is 0 at the points of stationarity of Fk and only at them. We will call the hk the metric coefficients.
LEMMA. For k = 1, ... , n - 1 the metric coefficient hk = IFk-1I2IF'k+1j2/IF'ki4
(7)
-4 At the points of stationarity of Fk we will use the local coordinates described at the end of the preceding section. Since by (17) of §7 we have Mk-1 + mk+l - 2mk > 0 at these points, the term Izl appears on the right side of (7) with positive degree, i.e., this side is zero there, as is the left side. It remains to check (7) at the nonstationary points. Let us consider any such point and again suppose that the point is z = 0. We will show that instead of f one can choose a reduced representation + ak+lzk+l) f(z)
g(z) = (1 + a1z +
of the curve f such that the inner products (g(i)(0), g(k+1)(0)) = 0
for j = 0, ... , k.
(8)
In fact from Leibniz's formula for the differentiation of products g(i) (0)
i = vr=-O
( vj )
v!avf(? ' (0)
(ao = 1)
it is clear that condition (8) is fulfilled if (f(i)(o),g(k+1)(0))=0
forj=0,...,k,
and this, by Leibniz's formula again,. is a linear nonhomogeneous system in (kv 1) v!a unknowns (v = 1, ... , k + 1) with determinant det
(f, f) ... ... ... (f(k) f) ...
(f,f(k))
... (f(k),f(k))
= F'k(0)I2
§8. CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTIONS
109
by (1); it is not equal to zero since z = 0 is not a point of stationarity. Thus a choice of al, ... , ak+1 for which condition (8) is fulfilled is possible. Without loss of generality we will assume that (8) is satisfied for the representation f itself. Taking this into account, we obtain from (1) that at
z=0 (f A ... A f(k1' f A ... A f(k-1)
f(k+1))
= a, (9) since this inner product is expressed by a determinant with last column zero. In exactly the same way f(k-1)
if A ... A
A f(k+1) 12
(f, f) = det
A
(f,f(k-1))
(f(k-1), f) 0
lf(k-1f(k-1))
.. .
0
...
J
= I f(k+1)12 IFk_112
and analogously IFk+112 = I f(k+1)I2 1Fk12, so that
If A ... A
f(k-1)
A
f(k+1)12 = IFk_112
IFk+112/IFkI2.
(10)
On the other hand, from (5) and (6) it follows that
hk(0)=
a2ln IfA...A f(k)I2I azaz
Iz=o
a (f A ... A f(k), f A ... A f(k-1) A f(k+l)) IFkI2
09Z
Here we have used the usual rule for differentiation of products and the fact that 9f (j)/az = 0 by holomorphy (hence it is only necessary to differentiate the second argument in the Hermitian product with respect to z). We have also used the fact that the exterior product of identical vectors equals 0. By the same reasoning, and with (9) taken into account, we further obtain
hk(0) = If A ... A f(k-1) A f(k+1)12/IFkI2, and substituting (10) we obtain the required result. We observe that (7) remains true also for k = 0 if we formally set IF-11 = 1. Then condition (8) for f when k = 0 has the form (f(0), f`(0)) = 0; taking this into account, ho(0) =
a2 In If I2
8z8z
L=0
-
If'(0)12
If(0)12
_
IF112
IFol4
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
110
5. Characteristic functions. A basic definition for the theory is made using the metric forms f1k. DEFINITION. The quantity
=rdt f t
11
Bt
where Bt is the disk { Isi < t }, is called the kth characteristic function of the holomorphic curve f : BR
P.
For k = 0 this quantity is the same as the characteristic function Tf(r) studied in Chapter I, since no = f (w), and we have m = 1. However, for k > 0 this is not the function T7 (r) introduced in §2 but is the characteristic function of the kth associated curve F: BR -> G(n, k). We observe also that
Tn (r) - 0, since 1l - 0. We wish to obtain a formula relating the characteristic function of the kth associated curve with its divisor of stationarity and with other characteristic functions, basing its derivation on the Poincare-Lelong formula for the functions Inhk(z). Above it was observed that at nonstationary points of Fk the function hk(z) > 0 and the form S1k defines a metric whose Ricci form, according to (6), equals Ric S1k = dd` In hk
(12)
(see §5). In a neighborhood of a point of stationarity zo, by the lemma proved above, hk(z) = Iz - zol2µk So(z), where (13) P k = mk-1 + mk+1 - 2mk and V is a smooth positive function (the set of such points is clearly discrete in BR). Therefore, the form dd` In hk, where differentiation is understood in the sense of currents, can be represented as a sum of two terms-the form (12) with differentiation in the classical sense and the current defined by the sin-
gularities of In hk, i.e., by the points of stationarity of the curve Fk. In a neighborhood of a point of stationarity zo, as we just pointed out, ddc In hk = /kdd` In Iz - z012 + dd` In gyp; by the calculations carried out in §3, the contribution of this point to the singular part equals the current Itk[zo], consisting of the point zo with multiplicity µk. In this case, according to (17) of §7, {Lk is the index of stationarity of Fk at zo. Thus the singular part of the current ddC In hk is the divisor [Sk], which consists of all the points of stationarity of the curve Fk counting multiplicity; it is called the divisor of stationarity of the curve. Thus the Poincar6-Lelong formula in our case has the form
dd`In hk =Ricflk+[Sk], But, by the lemma, Ric S1k = dd° In IFk_ 112 + dd° In IFk+1 I2 - 2dd° In I Fk 12
(14)
§8. CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTIONS
111
or, using (5),
Ricilk=Ilk- 1+ftk+1-21lk,
(15)
where 1l_1 - 0 in accordance with the convention IF-11 = 1 adopted above.
If we substitute this in (14) and integrate over the disk Bt, then take the logarithmic average and introduce the characteristic function as in (11), we arrive at the relation
f
r dt
o
t
fB d dclnhk =Tk_1(r)+Tk+1(r) =2Tk(r)+ f
n(Sk,t) dt, o
t
t
(16)
where n(Sk, t) is the number of points of [Sk] in the disk Bt counting multiplicity.
The last integral is the characteristic function of the divisor of stationarity
of the curve Fk and is denoted by the symbol N(Sk, r) (see §2). In order for this to converge, one must assume that 0 V [Sk]; in the general case it is assumed that f r n(Sk, t) n(Sk, 0) dt + n(Sk, 0) In r. (17) N(Sk, r) = t
Finally, the left side of (16), in which the differentiation is understood in the sense of currents, can be transformed by Lemma 2 of §1:
/ T dt o
t
f
dd` In hk = 1 J 2 In hk (reie) d8 - 1 ,
41r
2
00
In hk (0)
(we used the fact that for m = 1 the form or = dd In Iz12 = dO/2a). Now (16) leads to a theorem expressing the relation which we wished to obtain: THEOREM 1. The characteristic functions of a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : BR -+ P' are linked by the relation
f21r 0
Tk_1(r) -2Tk(r)+Tk+1(r)+N(Sk,r) =
47r
lnhk(reie)d9+C, (18)
where k = 0.... , n - 1 and N(Sk, r) is the counting function of the divisor of stationarity of the kth associated curve; hk is the metric coefficient and C is a constant term. We do not mention the condition 0 ¢ [Sk], since, as in Chapter II, one can get rid of it at the expense of a change in the constant term. In accordance with the convention above that fl_ 1 - 0, we assume T_ 1 to be identically 0; recall that we also have 0.
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
112
6. The case of entire curves. For entire curves, i.e., holomorphic mappings f : C -+ P", a useful supplement to Theorem 1 is THEOREM 2. For entire curves, outside some set E C R+ of finite logarithmic measure 2n In hk(re'e) dO < c'ln Tk(r),
(19)
where k = 0, ... , n -1 and c' is a constant.
4 From the definition of the characteristic function, which according to (6) can be rewritten in the form Tk(r) __ r dt o
hk
t
at
i
dz l1 dz,
21r
it follows that r drk
f2'
rr
dTk
1aehk 2 dz A dz = . Jo
d In r
t dt
hk (tes8) dO
(20)
(we passed to polar coordinates z = te'B and replaced the element of area (i/2)dz A dz = t dt A do). Differentiating once more, we obtain
ir
fp2
r2 (d In r)21
0
from which, using the convexity of the logarithm (see (19) in §5), we find that 1
2
f2w
In hk dB < In
27r
hk dB)
27r
/
2n
=1n `
\ 2r2 (d I
0
r)2(21)
Now we use Lemma 1 from §5, setting g(r) = 1/r and h(r) = rl+e Applying it first to the increasing function Tk, we find that outside a set E of finite logarithmic measure dTk
dTk
1+£ dlnr = r dr < [Tk(r)].
By the same lemma, applied to the function dTk/d In r, which is increasing by (20), and by the nonnegativity of hk, we then obtain that
Tk dlnr)2
( d2
- r d / dTk dr
1+E
dlnr )
drk < 7 dT
)
outside E.
Substituting the previous inequality in this and the result in (21), we obtain the needed estimate:
jInhk(re'°)dO <21n {
l
[Tk (r)]
11 < c' In Tk (r)
outside E.
JJJ
The result just obtained can be given a somewhat different form. For this we set T (r) = max Tk (r) for k = 0, . . . , n - 1, and we let 77 be any function
§9. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
113
admitting the estimate rl(T(r)) < c' lnT(r) + c outside E, where c and c' are constants and E is a set of finite logarithmic measure.(') If we substitute (19) into (18) and discard the positive term N(Sk, r), we obtain this COROLLARY. For a nondegenerate entire curve and k = 0, . . . , n - 1 Tk_1(r) - 2Tk(r) +Tk+1(r) = n(T(r)) (22) This corollary permits the comparison of characteristic functions with different numbers. First we observe that for k = 1, . . . , n - 1 kTk(r) = (k + 1)Tk-1(r) + TI(T), (n - k)Tk_1(r) = (n + 1 - k)Tk(r) + 77(T).
(23)
Indeed, for k = 1 the first relation (23) takes the form T1 = 2To +,q(T); it is true since it coincides with (22) for k = 0. Let us suppose by induction that it is true for some k. From (22) and this assumption it follows that (k + 1)Tk+l = 2(k + 1)Tk - (k + 1)Tk_1 + 77(T)
=(k+2)Tk+i1(T), i.e., the relation is true also for k + 1. The second relation (23) is proved analogously: for k = n - 1 it coincides with (22); next, one carries out an induction on decreasing k. Further, applying (22) sequentially, we conclude that for all k, l = 0, ... ,
n-1
(k + 1)TI(r) = (1 + 1)Tk(r) +, (T), if 1 > k, (24) (n - l)Tk(r) = (n - k)Tk(r) +7J(T), if l < k. Thus the growth of the characteristic functions of an entire curve and all of its associated curves is essentially the same (if we neglect a set of finite logarithmic measure and quantities of order inT(r)). Since the logarithmic growth of To(r) characterizes the rationality of a curve, by what was proved in §4, we obtain in particular that for rational curves, and only for them, Tk(r) = O(lnr).
§9. Second main theorem At the basis of the Ahifors approach to the proof of the second main theorem for holomorphic curves lies the use of a singular metric form. This approach is also used in §5, but to construct such forms there it was necessary to limit oneself to mappings which preserve dimension. In the case of curves the singular forms are constructed differently, using the so-called contact functions. (2)We observe that the inequality defining the symbol +1 is one-sided (in contrast with the similar inequalities with moduli). Therefore, two relations containing this symbol can be added but not subtracted.
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
114
7. Contact functions. We will need the definition of interior multiplication of multivectors over C"+1, which is in a certain sense the opposite of exterior multiplication. Let us suppose for definiteness that I < k; the interior product of the (k + 1)-vector A by the (I + 1)-vector B is defined to be the (k - I)-vector A V B such that for all (k - I)-vectors C the inner product (A V B, C) = (A, B A C).
(1)
The idea of this definition will be understood, by virtue of its linearity, after we find out how to multiply products of the vectors e0, ... , en of an orthonormal basis of Cn+l. Let el = e'O A . . . A e`k and eJ = e&O A A e2' where I = (i0,. .. , ik) and J are ordered sets of indices 0,...,n; by definition from,
(e' V eJ, C) = (er, eJ A C).
The inner product on the right consists of one term, the complex conjugate of the coefficient of er in the expansion of the (k + 1)-vector eJ A C. From this it is clear that eI V eJ = 0 if among the indices j there is even one not belonging to I. If on the other hand J C I, then (ei, eJ A C) = QCI\J, where I \ J is the ordered set obtained from I by removing all the indices belonging to J, CI\J is the coefficient of er\J in the expansion of C, and or is the sign of the permutation (J, I \ J) with respect to I. Thus
J0,
e V e J= l oeI\J, I
ifJ¢I, if J C I.
(2)
This argument also shows the uniqueness of the interior product. For k = I the interior product clearly reduces to the inner product of the multivectors. We note a simple consequence of (2). Let A = ao A A ak be a decomposable (k+1)-vector and let b E Cn+1 be any vector; from (2) and considerations of linearity it is clear that
AVb=O
(3)
if and only if b belongs to the orthogonal complement to the plane spanned
by the vectors a°,...,ak. We will show that for interior multiplication the Bunyakovskii-Schwarz inequality is preserved: IA V BI < IAI IBI.
(4)
First take the case where E is a unit (k-I)-vector. By (1) we have (AVB, E) _
(A, B A E); but by this inequality for inner and exterior multiplication of multivectors (see subsection 2), I(A, B A E)I <_ IAI IB A El < JAI IBI.
Choosing E = (A V B)/ I A V BI, we obtain (4).
We now return to our main theme. In accordance with the ideology of multidimensional value distribution theory, we will study the distribution of
§9. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
115
inverse images of hyperplanes D C Pn, i.e., points z E BR where the holomorphic curve f : BR P' intersects D. We will agree to specify the hyperplanes by equations in homogeneous coordinates F_o 0, or (w, a) = 0, where the vector a = (a°, ... , an) will always be assumed to be a unit vector so that it is determined by the hyperplane up to a factor e29, with 0 E R. The kth contact function (k = 0, ... , n) of a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : 3R -> Pn with respect to a hyperplane D determined by a vector a is defined to be the function
'Pk(D,z) =
IFk(z) V a12
_
If A ... A f (k) V a12
If A... A f(k)12
IFk(z)I2
.
(5)
This function is defined outside the set of points of stationarity of the curve Fk, which is a discrete set in BR by the nondegeneracy of f. However, the analysis of the behavior of Fk in a neighborhood of a point of stationarity carried out in subsection 3 shows that PPk can be extended smoothly to these points. From (4) it follows that Sok(D, z) < 1. We will give a somewhat different formulation to this definition. To do this, for a fixed z which is not a point of stationarity, represent the decomposable (k + 1)-vector Fk(z) as the (k + 1)-dimensional plane spanned by the vectors f (Z), ... , f (k) (z), and choose in it an orthonormal basis E°, ... , Ek. If this is extended by vectors Ek+l, ... , En to an orthonormal basis of C"+1, which is called a moving frame, the vector a determining the plane D can be written in the form n
a, E', where a = (a, E").
a= 0
Since Fk = eit IFkI E°.. k, where t E R and
E°...k
= E° A ... A Ek, by (2) we
get
n
k
0
0
Fk V a = e at E a,,Eo...k V E" = ett E(_ IFkI
and thus
=
k
k
(6) E Ia. I2 = '=0 v=0 The functions and the moving frame clearly extend smoothly to the points of stationarity of Fk. From (6) it can be seen that the function Pk is zero at precisely those points where the vector a is orthogonal to all the vectors E°, ... , Ek, i.e., the plane Fk(z) belongs to the plane p-1(D) C But as we saw in subsection 3, the plane Fk(z) has contact of order k with the curve f at the point z; therefore the equality Ppk(D,z) = 0 means that at z the curve f has contact of order at least k with the hyperplane D. The name of the function
cok(D,z)
I(a,EY)12.
Cn+i.
SPk is thus justified.
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
116
We make special mention of the extreme cases k = 0 and k = n. Since Fo(z) - f (z) is a vector and interior multiplication of vectors reduces to inner multiplication, by (5)
po(D,z) = I(f,a)I2/jf(z)I2. For k = n we have Fn (z) = W (z)e° l1. A en, where W is the Wronskian of the functions foi ... , fn and the e" are the vectors of the standard basis of Cn+1
Since a can be represented as a linear combination > a"e" in this case with constant coefficients a", analogously to (6) we find that Pn(D, z) _ Eo la"12 is a constant equal to 1. 8. Two relations. For the proof of the second main theorem we will need two relations linking the contact functions with the forms flk: dcok AdcPk = (Pk+l -'Pk)(Pk - cok-1)f1k, dd` In cPk =
iPk-1(0kk+1 - Pk Dk.
(8) (9)
1Pk
here k = 0, ... , n - 1 and it is assumed that cP-1 - 0. To prove these, following Cowen and Griffiths [1], we proceed by the method of moving frames. Recall that a moving frame attached to a holomorphic curve f : BR --+ Cn+1
is an orthonormal system of vectors E°, ... , En in Cn+1 such that at every point z E BR for any k = 0, ... , n - 1 the vectors E°, ... , Ek define the same A f (k), i.e., complex plane as Fk(z) = f (z) A ettk lFkFk (Z)
(z)I _ EO A ... A Ek,
k = 0, ... , n.
(10)
The analysis of the behavior of Fk at the points of stationarity carried out in §7 shows that for a nondegenerate curve f a family of such frames can be constructed which depends smoothly on z in the disk BR. Decomposing dEJ' relative to unit vectors of the moving frame, we get n
u=0,...,n,
dEJA _>BA"E
(11)
"=0
where B,A" = (dEµ, E") are forms of degree 1 with smooth coefficients. Dif-
ferentiating the condition of orthonormality (Eµ, E") = Sµ" we get that (dEl, E") + (ElL, dE") = 0, whence by the Hermitian property of the inner product it follows that
9µ"+B",,=0.
(12)
Further, taking the exterior differential of (11) we obtain n
n
n
0 = E d9µ"E" - > 0,," n E 0"1 E' ,
§9. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
117
from which, after regrouping the terms of the second sum, we find that n
d9µ = E 9µj A 8j , .
(13)
j=0
We observe that in our case the vector Eµ is a linear combination of the vectors f, ...J(11), and hence dEµ can be expressed in terms of only f, .. , f(µ+l); that is, in terms of E°, ... , Eµ+1 From this it follows that in (11) actually 9,,, = 0 for v > p + 1, while it follows then from (12) that. 9µ = 0 also for it > v + 1. Thus we have 9µ = 0 for I u - vI > 1, and in particular, (11) can be rewritten in the form (14) + 9µ,µE" + 9µ,µ+1Eµ+1, dEµ = 0,.. . , n (in the extreme cases p = 0, n one must set Bo,-1 = Bn.,n.+1 = 0), and (13) can be rewritten for v = p in the form 0µ,µ-1Eµ-1
d9µµ = eµ,µ-1 A 9µ-l,µ + Bµµ A gµµ + 8µ,µ+1 A 9µ+1.µ
(15)
= Bµ-l,µ A 9µ-l,µ - 8µ,µ+1 A gµ,µ+1 (we have used (12) and the fact that gµµ A 901, = 0 since gµ.µ is a form of degree 1).
We will need an expression for the form 11k in terms of the G. In order to get it, we observe that on the basis of (14) and properties of the exterior product k
µ=0 k
_
9µµA...AEk+9k,k+lE°A...AEk-1 nEk+1
µ=o
and consequently differentiation of (10) leads to the relation k
E9µµE°A...AEk+9k,k+IE0 A... A Ek-'AE k+1 µ=0
=
dFkl eitk
-
kI2dlFkle'tk + IFkI ie2tk dt I
k
We take the inner product of this with the unit (k + 1)-vector E° A / (Fk/ IE'kl)e'tk, getting k
> Bµµ =
µ=0
(dlk , Fk) IFkl2 2
21Fk 1
- dlFk IFkI
[(dF'k, Fk)
AEk =
+ x dtk
- (Fk, dFk+ i dtk(3)),
(3) We have used the equality 2 IFkI d IFkI = (dFk, Fk) + (Fk, dFk), which follows from IFkl2 = (Fk,Fk)-
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
118
and since by the holomorphy of Fk and the Hermitian property of the inner product (dFk, Fk) - (Fk, dFk)
a - a in I
21Fkl2
= 27rid` In IFk12,
2
the last equality can be rewritten in the form 1
k
E 0µµ = µ=0
d` In IFkI2 + 2r
Differentiating once more, we have k
flk = dd` In IFk 12
=
2
. E d9µµ, µ=0
and using (15) and obvious simplifications we obtain the desired expression h ek,k+1,
12k =
k = 0,... , n -
1
(16)
(we have used the fact that 9_1,0 = 0). Now we can begin to derive (8) and (9). To derive the first of these from (10) we represent the contact function in the form Sok(D, z) = IFk V aI2
(17)
IFk12
=(E°A...AEkVa,E) A
AEkVa)
and compute arpk A8Pk at an arbitrary point z° E BR, assuming for simplicity
that at this point all the O. = 0. This can be arranged using the fact that the vectors Eµ are defined up to a factor e",,; replacing Eµ by e'T- E'` in (14), we get
dEµ =
eµ,µ-1e_iT'E"`-1
+ (0µµ - idr)E'` +
eµ,µ+Ie-"-Eµ+1
Consequently, it is sufficient to set 9µµ = MT. (since, as can be seen from (12), the form 9µµ is pure imaginary). We write 8µ as a sum of forms of bidegree (1,0) and (0,1); then at the point z° we have 9µµ-9µµ = 0 and thus 8Eµ = _ Further, from (10) by the holomorphy of Fk we have 5(E° A ... A Ek) 8(e`tk/ IFk1)Fk, from which it can be seen that 8-differentiation does not lead out of the plane Fk, i.e., that 0µ,µ+1 = 0 and 0,',,,,,+1 = 9µ,µ+1 In particular, at the point zd 9µ,µEµ-1+9µEµ+1.
27E't = 9µµ_1Eµ-1
§9. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
119
and analogously MIA By this remark and the properties of exterior multiplication we get from (17) that
afPk = Ok,k+1(E° A ... A Ek-'AEk+1 V a, E° A ... A Ek V a).
If the vector a is decomposed relative to unit vectors of our frame, repfor v = 0,... , n, then by resenting it in the form of a sum of terms using the properties of the interior product and the orthogonality of the unit vectors, the last relation/ can be rewritten as d Pk = Ok,k+l(ak+lE° A ... AEk-1 , akE° A ... A Ek-1)1 = ak+lak9k,k+1-
Since the Pk are real, it follows from this that acok = akak+l Ok,k+l and thus aPk A a'Pk = IakI2 Iak+1I2 0k,k+1 A Ok,k+1.
Now (16) gives us a
dcPk A d`P = -09Vk A alPk = IakI2 Iak+112 Ilk,
To obtain (8) it remains to observe that by (6) Iak12
Iak+112 = cPk+l -'Pk= Cn+1 by the formula
fa(z) = Fl(z) V a= f(z) A f'(a) V a
(19)
a n d prove that f o r a n y k = 1, ... , n its associated curves (Fa )k_ 1 satisfy the relation (f(z),a)k-1Fk(z)
(Fa)k-1(z) =
(f,
a)k-l If A
Va
... A f (k) V a.
(20)
We will prove this by induction on k. For k = 1 the relation is true since it reduces to (19). Now we suppose it is true for some k. Without loss of generality we can assume that at the point under consideration, z° E BR, (f(.i)(zo),a)=0, j=1,.--,n (f(zo),a) 0, (we replace, if necessary, the representation of fa as in the proof of the lemma in §8). Then by the properties of the interior product, formula (20) at z° can be rewritten in the form
(Fa)k-1 = (f,a)kf' A ... A f(k),
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
120
and since at this point the kth derivative fak) = f A f(k+1) V a = (f, a) f (k+1}
then at this point (Fa)k = (Fa)k-1 A 1(k) = (f, a)k+l fi A ... A f (k+1) = (f, a)kf A ... A f' (k+1) V a
we have obtained (20) with k replaced by k + 1. Thus (20) is proved, and (18) is derived from it by applying the lemma of §8 to the auxiliary curve fa. Indeed, from (20) we obtain by the holomorphy of f and by this lemma
dd`1nIFkVal2 =dddlnl(Fa)k-112 21r
l(Fa)k-212 I(Fa)k12 dz Adz, I(Fa)k-114
or, again applying (20) and then (17),
dd`InIFkVaI2=
IFk-1 V a12
IF
27r
k
1VaI2dzAdz
i Pk-1Vk+1 kV IFk-112 IFk+1l2 27r
`Pk
dz n dz.
IFkJ4
It remains to apply again the lemma from §8, by which IFk_ 1I2 1Fk+1 I2 21r
IFkl4
dz n dz = S1k
and we arrive at the desired relation (18). Thus (9) is also proved.
9. Second main theorem. Let a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : BR PR be given as well as q > n + 2 hyperplanes in general position. With the help of the contact functions 1Pk (D2) (4) we define the singular metric forms 9 1/(n-k) k+1(D,) l
f2k=ckf
it
/
12k,
k=0,...,n-1, (21)
with singularities on the (discrete) set of points z E BR at which the curve f has contact of order at least > k with at least one of the D? . Here Ck and it are constants which will be chosen later. The use of these forms is decisive in the approach of Ahlfors to the proof of the second main theorem of value distribution theory for the case of holomorphic curves; this theorem is formulated in the following way: THEOREM 1. Let an entire nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : C , P" be given and let there be given q > n + 2 hyperplanes Dj C P" in general (4)To simplify the notation, we will not indicate the dependence of pk(D3) on z.
§9. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
121
position. Then for any e > 0 there is a set E C R+ of finite logarithmic
measure such that for r V E n-1
q
(q-n-1-e)Tf(r)+E(n-k)N(Sk,r)+C
(22)
j=1
k=0
Here Nf(Dj, r) is the counting function of the hyperplane Dj (it was defined in §2), N(Sk, r) is the counting function of the divisor of stationarity of the kth associated curve F: C G(n, k), Tf(r) = To (r) is the characteristic function
of the curve, and C is a constant. The proof of this theorem will be carried out in several stages. We set Ilk = (i/21r)hk dz A dz; then 1 Pk+I A) hk = Ck j-1 Pk(Dj) (µlPk(Dj))1
f
hk,
where hk is the metric coefficient of the form ilk, while the constants ck and tt will be chosen later. From this, by the Poincare-Lelong formula, we get an equality of currents ddr In hk = Ric Slk +
1
n
q
k E { ['Pk+1(Dj )]
-
(Dj )]} + [Sk],
(23)
j=1
where Ric Ok is the regular part of the current dd` In hk. We have used the fact that the singular part of this current consists of two parts-the current caused by the zeros of the contact functions (the term with ln2 (j (D j) ) does not make a contribution because of the weakness of its singularity) and the singular part of the current dd` In hk, which is the divisor of stationarity of the curve Fk (see (14) in §8). From (23) in the standard manner we get the equality r2,r 1
47r
Jo
pr
In hk (rese) d8 = J d 0
+
t
f
Ric flk
B,
E{Nk+1(Dj, r) - Nk(Dj, r)} + N(Sk, r), j=1
(24)
where Nk(Dj,r) is the counting function of the zeros of pk(Dk,r). We will not calculate these functions, but instead we multiply (24) by n - k and add over k = 0, ... , n - 1. We will first take care of the middle term on the
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
122
right-hand side. After obvious rearrangements and cancellations, we obtain n-1 q
4
E E{Nk+1(Dj) - Nk(Dj)} _ k=0j=1
>{Nn(Dj)
j=1 4
E N1(DI, r), j=1
since Nn(Dj, r) = 0 and No(Dj, r) = Nf(Dj, r). Further, by Theorem 2 of the previous section, with f2k replaced by the singular form 11k, we get that outside a set of finite logarithmic measure 2n
In hk(rexe) d8 < ck In tk (r),
Jo
where Tk is defined using 11k as Tk is using Ilk (see (11) in §8). Therefore, outside such a set E, n-1 n - k k=0
41r
p2n J/j 0
n-1 In hk(rexe) d8 = E 0(InTk(r)). k=0
Taking account of these remarks, we obtain from (24) that outside E 14'f(Dj, r) =
f Tf
(n - k)Ric flk
B, k=0
j=1
(25)
n-1
n-1
+ E(n - k)N(Sk, r) + k=0
O(In Tk(r)). k=0
At the second stage of the proof it is necessary to estimate this integral from below. For this we need LEMMA. For any E > 0 there exists a p(E) > 1 such that for all E.t > µo(E) and for any hyperplane D C Pn 1
dd` In ln2(ILI
Sok)
2Vk+1 > Pk In2(ILI Pk) Ilk - Ellk.
4 Calculations reduce the left side of (26) to the form
dd In
1
In
dd° In'Pk
dpk A d`
2ln(µIPk) +2 `o In2(/iI'Pk).
(26)
§9. SECOND MAIN THEOREM
123
Substituting (8) and (9), which were obtained in the preceding subsection, we rewrite this in the form dd` In
2'Pk+1
=
1
In2(/1./'Pk)
cPk
ln2(u/cPk)
ilk
+ 2 Pk-1iPk+i gk
1
1
ln(p/cPk)
ln2 (u/cok )
-(
cPk-1
1
1
(ink) + ln2(/U/Pk)/ --
+ Pkln2(IU/cPk)
Ilk;
then, using the fact that cPk < 1, we choose a number µ so large that ln(µ/cpk) > 1 and 1
1
ln(A/Pk)
< cok)
E
2
for the givens > 0. Then dd In
2c 'k+1
1
ln2(tlI(Pk) > which was to be proved.
cPk In2(1I
Slk
cPk)
-
sfZk
We formulate the estimate we need as a separate proposition: THEOREM 2. Let f : C -+ Pn be a nondegenerate entire holomorphic curve and let there be q > n + 2 hyperplanes Dj C Pn in general position. Then for a givens > 0 and for a suitable choice of constants ck and A, the singular forms 11k satisfy the inequality n-1
n-1
n-1
E(n-k)RiCOk> (q-n-1)flo+1:Ok-e1: f1k.
(27)
k=0
k=0
k=0
4 By the definition of the Ricci forms, we obtain from (21) that n-1 n-1 q
E (n - k)Ricf2k = E E{dd`In PPk+1(Dj) - dd`InVk(Dj)} k=0
k=0j=1
(28)
n-1
n-1 q
+
dd` In k=0j=1
n2 (µlcok)
I
+ E (n - k) Ric flk. k=o
Here the first sum on the right, after a change in the order of summation and some obvious cancellations, takes the form
{dd`1nVn(Dj) - dd`In po(Dj)} = gf1o, j=1
since rPn(D1) is a constant, and by (7), taking into account that dd` In = 0 by the holomorphy of f , we have dd` In cpo(Dj) = _ddc In If I2
= -no
a)12
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
124
(cf. (5) in §8). The third sum is easy to compute by means of (15) in §8 and the equality fZn = 0: n-1
n-1
E (n - k)Ric flk =
(n - k)(flk_ 1 - 211k + Ilk+1) k=0
k=0
_ -(n + 1)fl
.
Substituting these calculations into (28) and estimating there the second sum on the right by the lemma, we obtain n-1 F, (n - k)Ric 11k > (q - n - 1)SZo k=0 (29)
9 n-1 +2
Pk+
Dj )Qk
2 j=1 k=0 Pk(D,) In (µ/Pk(D311
- 6 E Qk k=0
(we assume that p > p.o(e) is taken as in the lemma). It remains to estimate the double sum. By the remark at the beginning of this section, Fk V a = 0 only when the vector a belongs to the orthogonal complement of the (k + 1)-dimensional
plane defined by Fk. The dimension of this complement is equal to n - k, and the hyperplanes Dj are in general position. Since to such planes (passing through a given point) correspond linearly independent vectors aj, we have
that Fk(z) V aj and hence Pk(Dj, z) can be zero for no more than n - k hyperplanes. For the remaining hyperplanes, tOk(Dj, z) > 0, and by the continuity of these functions and the compactness of the Grassmann manifold, there is a constant m > 0 such that pk(Dj, z) > m for all z and all Dj, except
for at most n - k of them. We denote for brevity SPk 21(Dj)
jk =
,
Pk(Dj)ln (P1Vk(Dj)) Then, according to what just has been said, there is a constant M > 0 such that '13k < M except for at most n-k values of j. Reindexing the hyperplanes
and4bjk <Mforj=l+l,...,q,
Djsothat we have q
1
1
1: (Ijk4)jk>M1[I M) j=1
j=1
1/1
1
>M,
j=1
?k
1/(n-k)
"Ijk j=1
(we have used the inequality between the arithmetic mean and the geometric mean and the f a c t that 1/1 > 1/(n - k)). Since f o r j = I + 1, ... , q we have 'Ojk/M < 1, then a fortiori 9
q 4
2 F, 4jk > Ck j=1
j=1
//(n-k)
910. DEFECT RELATION AND PICARD'S THEOREM
125
where ck is some constant. Thus n-1
n-1
$jkllk
2
n-1
q
1k,
ck k=0
if the constants in the definition (21) of the forms 11k are chosen equal to ek. Substituting this into (29), we get the desired estimate (27). Now the proof of the second main theorem can be concluded very simply. From (27) we get n-1 n-1 fr n-1 (n - k)Ric SZk > (q - n - 1)TI(r) + Tk(r) - e E Tk(r),
t
$° k=0
k=0
k=O
Substituting this into (25), we find that outside a set E of finite logarithmic measure n-1
q
N I (Dj, r) > (q - n - 1)TI (r) - e
Tk (r) k=0
j=1
n-1
n-1
(30)
+ > (n - k)N(Sk, r) + > {Tk(r) + O(ln Tk(r))}. k=0
k=0
It remains to observe first that, in accordance with the remark at the end of §8, outside such a set the growth of all the Tk(r) is the same as the growth of To(r) = TI (r) up to the addition of a logarithmic term; therefore, it can be assumed that outside E n-1
?0Tk(r) < c'TI(r) with some positive constant c'. Second, we observe that the last sum in (30) can be estimated from below by a constant C. We obtain the required estimate (22), where a is replaced by c'e, which is not essential. The second main theorem of the theory of holomorphic curves has now been completely proved.
§10. Defect relation and Picard's theorem Here we will consider several applications of the second main theorem for holomorphic curves.
10. Defect relation and Borel's theorem. The defect of a hyperplane D C Pn for an entire curve f : C P'i, as in §6, will be defined to be the quantity
bt(D) = 1 - lim NI(D, r)
raa Tf (r)
(1)
where NI(D,r) is the counting function of D and TI (r) is the characteristic function of the curve. As in §6 it can be proved that always 0 < 6f(D) < 1,
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
126
and that the hyperplanes with a positive defect are precisely those which intersect the curve less often than usual. In particular, those hyperplanes which do not intersect the curve at all have the maximal defect, which equals 1.
The main consequence of the second main theorem is the following defect relation: THEOREM 1. For any nondegenerate entire curve f : C - P" and any system of q hyperplanes Dj C P" in general position q
Ebf(Dj) < n+
(2)
j=1
4 By the second main theorem (Theorem 1 of §9), outside a set E of values r of finite logarithmic measure we have q
E Nf (Dj, r) > (q - n - 1- e)Tf (r) + C
(3)
j=1
(we have discarded the nonnegative sum (n - k)N(Sk, r) on the left-hand side of (22) of §9). Since E cannot contain any ray (ro, oo), there is a sequence of
numbers r - oo with r, ¢ E; consequently, by (3) lim
r-. oo
q Nf(D r) j=1
>q-n-1-E.
Tf(T)
Therefore,
bf(Dj) j=1
1- lim =E( r-j=1 lIM
q- r-00
q
Nf(Dj,r) Tf(r)
Nf(D r) Ti (T)
I
(we have used the fact that the upper limit of a sum cannot exceed the sum of the upper limits). Since e > 0 is arbitrary and the left side is independent of it, we get (2). For n = 1 this theorem, as in the equidimensional case (§5), gives the classical defect relation; for any nonconstant meromorphic function f and any q distinct values aj E C,
sf(aj) < 2.
(4)
Since the hyperplanes which do not intersect the curve have defect equal to 1, Theorem 1 leads immediately to a generalization of the little Picard theorem:
§10. DEFECT RELATION AND PICARD'S THEOREM
127
THEOREM 2. Any entire curve f : C - Pn which does not intersect n + 2 hyperplanes in general position is degenerate.
We recall that for n > 1 the degeneracy of a curve does not necessarily reduce to degeneracy to a constant; it only means that I (C) lies in some subspace of Pn. As an example of the application of Theorem 2 we derive the well-known theorem of Borel on entire functions of one variable:
THEOREM 3. An entire function without zeros cannot be a linear combination of linearly independent entire functions without zeros.
-4 Assume on the contrary that the entire function f without zeros can be represented in the form f (z) = aofo(z) + ... + anfn(z),
(5)
where the f j are linearly independent entire functions without zeros and the aj are constants not equal to zero. Since the f j are linearly independent, 0, this curve h o , . . . , fn] is a nondegenerate entire curve in P. Since the f j does not intersect the n + 1 hyperplanes { wj # 0 }, j = 0, ... , n. Since also f 0 0, by (5) the curve does not intersect the hyperplane aowo + +anwn = 0. We have arrived at a contradiction to Theorem 2. The theorem of Borel can be given a somewhat different form: If entire functions gj satisfy the relation e9o(z) +
... +
1,
(6)
then at least one of them is constant. t Assume on the contrary that none of the gj are constant. Choose among the functions e9j the maximal number of linearly independent ones; let these be the functions e90, ... , egm (m < n). Then e911 = >o ajkeg' for k = m + 1, .... n, and (6) takes the form ao ego(z) +
... + ameg-(z)
n
aj = 1 +
E ajk k=m+1
It is clear that not all the a j can equal 0; and since gj is not constant, at least t w o of the aj are d i ff e r e n t f r o m 0. Let a 0 , . . . , al (1 < I < m) be different from 0 and the rest of the aj = 0. Then (6) reduces to the identity aoe90(z) + + a jeg, (z) - 1. Since the f j = e91, j = 0, ... ,1, are linearly independent entire functions without zeros, this identity contradicts Theorem 3. REMARK. From an identity of the form eg+eg+" - 0 one sees that in (6) it cannot be asserted that all the g; are constant. We mention still another form of Borel's theorem: From the relation e90(z) + ... + ega(z) = 0
(7)
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
128
it follows that at least one of the differences g3 - gk, for j # k, is constant.
This form reduces to the previous one if (7) is rewritten in the form ... + egn- l -gn+ai = 0. I
ego-gn+iri +
In conclusion we note without proof that the defect relation generalizes to G(n, k) with planes A C Pn the intersections of the associated curves Fk: C of codimension k + 1. To formulate this generalization, we associate to every
A ak+l, where (w, a3) = 0, for such plane the (k + 1)-vector Al = a1 A j = 1, ... , k + 1, are the equations of hyperplanes in C'a+1 whose intersection is projected to A by the standard mapping p: Cn+1 \ {0} - P" (such a (k+ 1)vector is defined uniquely up to a scalar factor). We denote by nk(A, t) the number of zeros in the disk Bt (counting multiplicity) of the inner product (Fk, A1), where Fk = f A A.
A f(k) is a reduced representation of Fk, and we
call the quantity Nk (A, r) =
f r nk(A, t) dt t o
the counting function of the plane A. The defect of A for the curve Fk is defined to be the quantity Nk(A,r) Sfk) (A) = 1 - lim r00 Tk(r)
'
where Tk is the characteristic function defined in (11) of 98. For k = 0 this definition coincides with (1). The defect relation for the associated curves is formulated in the following way:
THEOREM. For any nondegenerate entire curve f : C - Pn and any system
of A;, j = 1, ... , q, planes of codimension k + 1 in P" which are in general position a
j=1
s(k)(A3) <
k+1
k=0,...,n-1.
This theorem reduces to Theorem 1 when k = 0. Its proof proceeds along the same lines but requires rather awkward arguments. The details, which are related to the definitions introduced here, and the proof of the theorem can be found in the book of Wu [3]. 11. Big Picard theorem. The classical formulation of this theorem is this: if a function which is meromorphic in the punctured disk BR = { 0 < Izi < R } omits three distinct values, then it can be extended meromorphically to the disk BR (z = 0 cannot be an essential singular point of the function). A direct generalization of this to the case of holomorphic curves is
THEOREM 4. If a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : BR --1 Pn does not intersect n + 2 hyperplanes in general position, then it can be extended holomorphically to the disk BR.
§10. DEFECT RELATION AND PICARD'S THEOREM .
129
Without loss of generality we assume that R = 1 and that f extends
holomorphically to some neighborhood of the circle { Izi = 1). The proof will consist of two stages. First we will prove that the characteristic function of the curve, which is understood here to be
"dtf
1t
Tf (r) = f
Ilo=
i
f f ' dt
1
t
(8)
A,,
11o,
has logarithmic growth as r -> oo under the hypotheses of the theorem. Here
At = { t < I zi < 1 } is an annulus, and no = j* (wo) as before is the pullback of the Fubini-Study form. From this we will deduce the holomorphic extendability of f to the disk B1. The first stage reproduces with some changes the proof of the second main theorem in §9. Having chosen as the D3 the hyperplanes which do not in-
tersect the curve, we construct by (21) of §9 with q = n + 2 the forms itk = (i/21r)hkdz A dz. But these forms are not singular since we have 0; therefore, instead of an equality of currents in (23) of §9, we
(pk(Dj) have
dd` III hk = Ric (k + [Sk],
(9)
where [Sk] is the divisor of stationarity of the associated curve Fk. Next we take the logarithmic average of (9), not over the disk as in §9, but over the annulus Al/r, and in accordance with this the left-hand side will be different from that in (24) of §9. Namely, by Stokes' formula
f1t Ae/ dd` In hk = f 1
dt
J
1
J z1=1
1/r
f
= In r
d` In hk -
dc In hk -
1zI_1
f
f1d 1/r t
d` 1n hk
dt
t
r d` In hk ./ zI=t
If we use the expression for the operator d` in polar coordinates d`
4ir t 8t
d9
- 4irt
j o-
which on the circle Izj = t has the form d`
47r
t
it d8,
so that
f
1
11*
1J
dt d` In h.k = t X- l=t 4a 49r
a{/
8t
Iz{=1
In hk d9 } dt JJJ
1 JzJ=1/r In hk d9, 47r
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
130 then we get
dt
f/r t f
ddcIn
'
hk = 1nrJ
d`Inhk
I=1p=1
1J 41r
In hk de + 1
47r
I'1=1
r
(10)
In hk dB.
J
Thus, instead of (24) of §9 we have
r 1
r1
fzI=1/r
InhkdB+Klnr+L= /
f
ddd1/r
dt 1
J1/r t
f
tA,
Ric f)k ,
(we have denoted by K and L expressions in (10) which do not depend on r, and have discarded the nonnegative term on the right-hand side). We will proceed further exactly as in §9, and then instead of (30) of §9 we obtain that outside a set E of values r of finite logarithmic measure n-1
n-1
K` In r + L' > Tf (r) - s E Tk(r) + F {Tk(r) + O(1n Tk (r))}, k=0
k=0
where K' and L' are constants and while Tk and Tk are defined as in §9 with the disk Bt replaced by the annulus At (we have taken into account the fact
that we have Nf(D,, r) = 0 and q = n + 2, and discarded the terms with N(Sk, r)). By the reasoning carried out at the end of §8, it follows from this that outside the set E the function Tf(r) has logarithmic growth: outside E
Tf(r)
(11)
with some constants K and L. It remains to observe that, by the nonnegativity of the form 11o, from this we can deduce the inequality
f
0K
(12)
11,.
for all values of r. In fact, if for some ro the opposite inequality were true. then for all r > ro we would have by (8)
Tf (r) = / r ro
f
dt /
flo + const > K In r + const,
t
which contradicts (11), since E cannot contain any ray (ro, oo). From (12) and (8) we conclude that (11) holds for all values r > 1. We begin the second stage with a variant of the first main theorem for curves which are holomorphic on Bi . If s is a section of the hyperplane
§10. DEFECT RELATION AND PICARD'S THEOREM
131
bundle on P" defining the hyperplane D and h(z) = 1111s o III (see §4), then the corresponding Poincare-Lelong formula is written in the form dale In h = flo - [f -1(D)].
Averaging this relation logarithmically over the annulus Al/,. and transforming the left side using (10), we get the following analog of the first main theorem for a curve holomorphic in the punctured disk Bi : for any hyperplane
DC Pn Nf(D, r) + m f(D, r) = Tf(r) - lnr fl-1=1
d` lnh +47rI
1nhd8,
(13)
1
where Nf(D, r) is the counting function of D in the annulus Al/
mf(D,r) =
1
47c
JIzI=1/r
In
1
dO
(14)
11301112
is the proximity function (cf. (4) in §4) and Tf is the characteristic function of the curve defined by (8). Since the image of the circle { IzI = 1 } under the mapping f is a set in Pn of real dimension one, in the space (Pn)* of hyperplanes there exists an open set U which does not intersect this image. Thus for all D E U the function h = 1/11s o ill is bounded on { IzI = 1 }, and hence both the integrals in (13) are bounded. It may be assumed that the function m f(D, r) is nonnegative (see §4); then (13) leads to the following variant of the Nevanlinna inequality for all hyperplanes D E U:
Nf(D,r)
(15)
where K and L are constants depending on the choice of U. Together with what was proved in the first stage, it can now be asserted that under the hypotheses of the theorem N f (D, r) = O(ln r) for all D E U. From this, as we saw in Theorem 5 of §1, follows the boundedness of the function n f (D, r), i.e., the boundedness of the number of points of intersection of the curve f with the hyperplanes D E U in the punctured disk Bi B. From this it is not difficult to deduce the assertion of the theorem. First we observe that a holomorphic function -0 in the punctured disk Bi extends meromorphically to the disk B1 if it has the following property: for all points a of some open set V C C the equation 1/i(z) = a has finitely many solutions in Bi . In fact, suppose that for a° E U this equation has the maximum number
of solutions zl,...,z,,, and p = min(IzjI,...,I z, 1). Then in Bp1 = {0 < IzI < pi }, where pi < p, the function 1(i takes no values in some neighborhood
of a°, and thus the function 1/(b(z) - a°) is bounded in BP, and therefore extends holomorphically to the point z = 0. Passing to the case of a holomorphic curve f : Bl Pn, we consider its representation f = (fo,... , fn) and the functions i = fo, v = 1, ... , n,
132
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
which are meromorphic in Bi (without loss of generality it can be assumed that fo 0 0). The existence of an open set U C (Pf)* of hyperplanes which intersect the curve at finitely many points allows one to apply the preceding remark to each of the functions zb,,. Thus every V), extends meromorphically to the disk B1, and this is equivalent to the holomorphic extendability of f to B1. REMARK. The condition of nondegeneracy of the curve in the preceding theorem is essential. For example, the curve f (z) = [1, e11z, -eh/z], which is holomorphic in Bi, does not extend meromorphically to B1 although it fails to intersect with four hyperplanes in general position in P2: wo = 0, wl = 0,
w2=0,andwo+wl+w2=0.
1
As an example of the application of this theorem, we give a proof of a local variant of Borel's theorem in its second formulation.
THEOREM 5. If the functions fo, . . . , fn are holomorphic in the punctured disk Bi, never vanish there and satisfy the relation
fo(z) + ... + fn(z) = 1,
(16)
then at least one of them extends meromorphically to the disk B1. 1 As in the proof of Borel's theorem in its second formulation (see subsection 10) we can pass from (16) to a shorter relation go(z) + + 91 (z) - 1, where the functions gj as before are holomorphic and nonvanishing in Bi , but are linearly independent. Then g = (go,..., 91] is a nondegenerate holomorphic curve BI P1 which does not intersect 1+ 2 hyperplanes in general position: wo = 0, ... , w, = 0, and wo + + wi = 0. By Theorem 4 this curve extends holomorphically to B1, and this is equivalent to the meromorphic extendability of all the functions g3. Hence, as in subsection 10, it follows that at least one fk can be extended meromorphically.
12. More theorems of Picard type. We present the generalization of the big Picard theorem (Theorem 4) obtained by Green [2] in 1975. Here instead of the disk with a point removed one considers an arbitrary complex manifold with an analytic subset A removed and considers the problem of extending a holomorphic mapping f : M \ A P" to A. We will see below that this reduces to the problem of extending functions. We observe that since by a well-known theorem holomorphic functions always extend to analytic subsets
of codimension greater than 1, the problem is only interesting in the case when codim A = 1. For the same reason it can be assumed that A has no critical points; that is, it is a complex manifold. Indeed, if the extendability of functions to the set AReg of noncritical points has already been proved, then the extension to A \ AReg is automatically ensured since the codimension of the latter set is no less than 2. We write the mapping in homogeneous coordinates: f = [ fo, ... , fn]. Following Green, we will consider the indices J and k equivalent if f;/fk extends
§10. DEFECT RELATION AND PICARD'S THEOREM
133
meromorphically to the set A (clearly the relation j - k satisfies the axioms of an equivalence relation). The number s of equivalence classes into which the relation partitions the set { 0, ... , n } will be called the transcendence degree of the mapping f (for the given homogeneous coordinates in Pn). For s = 1 the mapping f extends meromorphically to the set A. Since the problem of meromorphic extension is a local problem and M and A are complex manifolds, with a suitable choice of local coordinates one can suppose that M = U"`, a unit polydisk, and A = Usi-1 x { 0 } (the case m = 1 was considered in the previous subsection). We need a generalization of Borel's theorem from the preceding subsection (Theorem 5) which is formulated the same way, but with Bi replaced by M \ A and B1 by M. As in Theorem 5, it is sufficient to consider the case where the functions satisfying the relation U'-1 x U" are linearly independent and to fo + - + fn = 1 on M \ A = prove that each of them extends meromorphically to Um. Let us suppose that this does not hold and, say, the function fo does not
extend; that is, it has essential singular points in U'. By the well-known theorem of E. Levi, the set E of essential singularities is an analytic subset of Um of codimension 1 (see Shabat 0, p. 526), which under our assumptions is clearly the plane { z,,, = 0 }. But by Theorem 5, applied to functions in the variable z,,, for fixed z' = (z1i... , z,,,_ 1), fo can be nonextendable only when for fixed z' the function fo is a linear expression in the others. Using the identity fo + + fn = 1 and the same Theorem 5, it can be shown (by induction on n) that such expressions must have the form fo + >jEs f j = 0, where S is some set of indices from the set { 1, ... , n }, and consequently that there can be only finitely many different expressions. Therefore, at least one of them is true on an open subset of Usi-1, and by the uniqueness theorem it must be true on all of Um-'. Thus the functions fj turn out to be linearly dependent in contradiction to the assumption. The generalized Picard theorem proved by Green is formulated thus:
THEOREM 6. Let M be a complex m-dimensional manifold and let A be an analytic subset of it. If a holomorphic mapping f : M \ A -; Pn omits n + k hyperplanes in general position (k > 1), then its transcendence degree s (with respect to the homogeneous coordinates in Pn defined by the first n+1 omitted hyperplanes) satisfies the inequality
s
(17)
where the brackets denote the integer` part.
A Let H. = { >o a w = 0 } be the hyperplanes which are omitted (j = 0, ..., n + k - 1). The first n+1 of these are coordinate hyperplanes, i.e., Hj = { wj = 0 } f o r j = 0, ... , n. Let f = [fo, ... , fn] be a representation of the
mapping in these coordinates and let gj = >o these are nonvanishing holomorphic functions on M \ A, the first n + 1 of which coincide with the
III. HOLOMORPHIC CURVES
134
f3. { 0,
.
We introduce the following equivalence relation on the set of indices 32 if gj, /g7z extends meromorphically to A. We . , n + k - 1): j1
.
denote the equivalence classes by J 1 ,. .. , Jt.
The key assertion is the following: every class J. contains at least k indices. (5) Suppose that this is not true and that the complement of some Ju contains at least n + 1 indices, so that in this complement there exist distinct indices j1, ..., jn+i We choose still another index jo E Jµ; since the n + 2
vectors aj- = (a° , ... , a ) in Cn+1 formed by the coefficients of the Hj,
(v = 0.... , n + 1) are linearly dependent, there exist constants a such that A0a3O + ... + an,+1a),.+1 = 0,
(18)
But since the Hj are in general position, any n + 1 of the vectors aj' are linearly independent; consequently, all the A, # 0. Relation (18) generates a dependency relation Ao9j0 + ' ' ' + An+19,1;,+ = 0, which can be rewritten in the form Al 9ji
An+1 9j.41 )1o
ao 9jo
(19)
gjo
(we have gjo # 0 on M \ A). By the generalized Borel theorem, at least one of the ratios gj /gjo (v = 1, . . . , n + 1) extends meromorphically to A, and this contradicts the fact that jo and j belong to different equivalence classes. This proves the assertion. From this it follows that the number of equivalence classes
t<
[fl]
= Lk] +
1.
(20)
Further, since the complement of every J,, contains at most n elements, among the indices of the coordinate hyperplanes Ho,..., H,, there is a representative of every class Jµ. From this it follows that the number s of classes J. defining the transcendence degree of the mapping f in the chosen coordinates is equal to t, and estimate (20) proves the theorem.
COROLLARY. If under the conditions of the theorem the mapping f : P' omits 2n + 1 hyperplanes in general position, then it extends
M\A
meromorphically to the set A.
4 From (17) for k = n. + 1 it follows that s = 1, and this implies the meromorphic extendability of f.
For n = 1 we obtain the classical big Picard theorem (observing that a holomorphic mapping into P' is a meromorphic function and the hyperplanes are points). Let us now observe that in the global variant of Borel's theorem (for mappings of the whole space Cu' ), in contrast to the local one, the assertion of meromorphic extendability of the ratios f j / f k is replaced by the assertion (5)We are assuming that k > 1; for k = 1 the theorem is trivial.
§10. DEFECT RELATION AND PICARD'S THEOREM
135
that they are constant (see the third formulation of Theorem 5 in the previous subsection). Repeating for holomorphic mappings f : Cm Pn the proof of Theorem 6, we obtain as a consequence that the functions fj from one equivalence class are all proportional to one of them, i.e., that the set of them maps C' into a complex line through the origin in the space Cn+1 Therefore, the image f(C") lies in an s-dimensional subspace of Cn+1, or what is the same thing, lies in an (s - 1)-dimensional subspace of Pn, where s is the number of equivalence classes J,,. The estimate obtained in Theorem 6 therefore leads to the following result: THEOREM 7. If a holomorphic mapping f : C'" _ Pn omits n + k hyperplanes in general position (k > 1), then the image f (Cm) lies in a subspace of P" of dimension no greater than the integer part of n/k.
This theorem was proved by Green by yet another method (see Green [1] and also Shabat II, p. 328 ), which also makes it possible to verify that the estimate obtained is sharp. In particular, it asserts that a holomorphic mapping f : Cm - Pn which omits n + 2 hyperplanes in general position is necessarily degenerate, while a mapping omitting 2n + 1 such hyperplanes degenerates into a constant. For m = n = 1, both results reduce to the small Picard theorem. REMARK. In the first result it is asserted that for any holomorphic mapping f : Cm -> Pn omitting n + 2 hyperplanes H3 C Pn in general position, the image f (C'n) belongs to some proper subspace of Pn, so that f can be viewed as a mapping C' - Pn-1. It certainly omits the n + 2 hyperplanes HH C Pn-1 which are obtained by intersecting the omitted hyperplanes H;
with P". It would seem that one could apply to f the same result with n replaced by n - 1, i.e., assert that f (C-) lies in a proper subspace of Pn-1 and then reasoning further arrive at the conclusion that f degenerates to a constant. However, the hyperplanes HH may not be in general position, and therefore such reasoning would not be valid. I
CHAPTER IV
Generalization of the Main Theorems §11. Mappings of complex manifolds Up to now the mappings which have been considered have mainly been holomorphic mappings from the space Cm into compact complex manifolds M. Here we describe a generalization of the main theorems of value distribution theory to the case of mappings A --+ M where A is an affine algebraic manifold
of dimension m. Such a generalization was given by Griffiths and King [1]; besides their work, we will also use ideas developed in the paper of B. Shiffman
[3]. We will also consider a generalization of the theory developed in the preceding chapter to holomorphic curves defined on Riemann surfaces.
1. Exhaustion functions. We will consider holomorphic mappings from m-dimensional complex manifolds A C CN which are described by finitely many polynomial equations (in algebraic geometry they are called smooth of lne algebraic varieties). As is well known (see, for example, Shafarevich [1], Chapter I, §5.4, Theorem 10), for such manifolds it is possible to find a subspace of C"` (of the same dimension as A) such that the projection 7r:A-+ Cm
(1)
will realize A as a finite-sheeted branched covering with multiplicity equal to the degree of A. Without loss of generality we can assume that 7r is the projection of CN on the first m coordinates (for this it is sufficient to make a linear change of coordinates in CN). We will need some other properties of the projection (1). First of all we will prove a lemma which generalizes the lemma in subsection 4 of §1; it is the analog of Sokhotskii's theorem for analytic sets. LEMMA 1. A k-dimensional analytic set V C C^° is algebraic if its closure
V C P' omits in the hyperplane at infinity Pm-1 = P"" \ C"" a projective subspace II =
Pm-k-i whose codimension is equal to the dimension of V.
(For k = m - 1 this becomes the lemma from §1; V omits a point in and, since it is closed, omits some neighborhood of it as well.) 137
Pm-1
138
IV_ GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
0
Pte'
p
p,
Op (V)
FIGURE 7
The proof will be by induction on the codimension r = m - k of the set V. For r = 1 the lemma was proved in §1; suppose that it is true for some codimension r - 1 > 1, while
codimV=r=m-k.
In P' 1 there exists an open set U free of points of V. We choose an arbitrary -point p E U and a subspace Psi-1 C P"° different from00 P- and consider the projection ap: P- \ { p } --> P"`-1 from the point p. Since the restriction of up to V is a proper mapping, by the well-known theorem of Remmert (see, for example, Gunning and Rossi [1], Chapter V, §C, Theorem 5) its image ap(V) is an analytic set in the space Csi-1 = ap(C"') C Prn-1. The closure of this set ap(V) C (Pii-1)\ap(II). The projection up transforms complex lines passing through p into points, but the rest of the complex lines remain lines. Consequently, ap(P--1) = P 2, the image ap(II) is a 00 projective subspace of P'-1 of dimension m - k - 1, and dim ap(V) = k. Thus, ap(V) satisfies the conditions of the lemma for codimension r - 1, so by the induction hypothesis it is an algebraic set. But then up 1(ap(V)), the cone of complex lines spanned by ap(V) is also an algebraic set containing V (see the schematic Figure 7). It remains to show that V itself is algebraic itself. For this we consider the set V = this is algebraic since it is the intersection of algebraic sets (see Shafarevich [1], Chapter I, §2.1 ), and it clearly contains V. We observe however, that for z E C"` \ V the set { p E U : ap(z) E ap(V) } is the intersection with P 1 of the cone spanned by V with vertex z, and has dimension equal to dim V = k, where k = m - r < m -1 = dim U, since r > 2.
§11. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
139
Therefore, for any z E C'n \ V there exists p E U such that z ¢ Qp 1(Qp(V) ) and hence z V V Thus V = V is an algebraic set. .
COROLLARY. Let A C CN be an algebraic set and let it be a projection of
it as in (1). An analytic subset V C A is algebraic if and only if ir(V) is an algebraic subset of C'n. A The algebraic mapping ir: CN --> C'n extends to a meromorphic mapping
PN -> P'n. If V is an algebraic set, then it is proper on V and by the theorem of Remmert cited above 7r(V) is also an algebraic set. Now let 7r(V)
be an algebraic subset of C"` of dimension k. By the lemma there exists a II = P'n_k-1 C PO 1 such that ir(V) f111 = 0. The closure of the inverse image ;r (H) in pN is a projective space PN-k-1 C pN \ CN, and V does not intersect it. By the same lemma V is an algebraic set. Our next goal is to construct an exhaustion of the manifold A by compact sets similar to the way in which the space C'n is exhausted by the balls Br. Then using the functions decribing this exhaustion, we will define a form replacing wo = dd` In 1z12. We will call a parabolic exhaustion function of A any function r: A -+ R of class C°° which has the following properties: 1) The sets { p E A : r(p) < t } are compact for all t E R. 2) Beginning at some level t = to, i.e., on the set { p E A : r(p) > to }, the function r is plurisubharmonic:
dd`r>0.
(2)
3) Beginning at this same level, the exterior power (dd'r)m = 0.
(3)
For the case of A = C'n studied in the preceding chapters, one can take as exhaustion function r = InIzI2 for IzI > ro, i.e., for r > Inr2 = to, and any smoothing of the function in the ball B,.0. Such a smoothing changes the characteristic function and the counting function by bounded terms and does not affect the main theorems of value distribution theory, which have an asymptotic character. In the general case of an affine algebraic set A under consideration here, an exhaustion function can be defined using the projection (1), by setting rA(p) = r o ir(p). (4) Since the mapping (1) is proper, property 1) is fulfilled, and the form WA = d&TA,
(5)
which is equal to lr'c. o = dd` In Iir(p)12 for rA > ro, clearly has properties 2) and 3). Let us denote by B,. p E A : rA (p) < In r2 } for r > ro the "ball" of radius r (for the case of A = C"` this is the same as the usual ball). If r > ro
140
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
and In r2 is not a critical value of the function TA, then aBr = Sr is a smooth real hypersurface. Let us now consider a holomorphic mapping
f:A--+M
(6)
of the manifold A to an n-dimensional compact complex manifold M on which
is given a positive line bundle L -+ M with Chem form CL. We can define the characteristic function of this mapping by the formula
Tf(L,r) =
L:tfBtA-
( 7)
in the case of A = Cm this clearly differs from the similar function introduced in §2 only by the addition of a constant term. For a divisor D of a holomorphic section of the bundle L, the counting function can be defined as
dt f Nf(Df , rJru f 1(D)nR t
m-1.
wA
(8)
here it is assumed that the mapping f preserves sets of codimension 1, i.e.,
that dim f -1(D) = m - 1. Since we have that WA and f *(cL) A w` are positive forms, both functions Nf and T f grow no slower than In r. Making the change of variable z = 7r(Z) in the inner integral of (8), we reduce it to an integral which only differs by the addition of a constant term from the counting function of the set a(f -1(D)) C Cm. Since by what was proved above this set is algebraic if and only if f -1(D) is algebraic, we conclude. recalling Theorem 5 of §1, that logarithmic growth of Nf (D, r) characterizes
the case where f -1(D) is algebraic. From this, as in §4, it is derived that logarithmic growth of Tf (L, r) characterizes rationality of the mapping f.
If r > ro and In r2 is not a critical value of the function rA, then on the "sphere" Sr one can consider the form oa = dcrA A
(ddcr4)m-1 = dcrA
A wA 1,
(9)
which generalizes the Poincare form of subsection 5 in §1. It is closed by
condition 3) on the exhaustion function (daA = wA = 0 for r > ro). By Stokes' formula it follows from this that the integral of aA over Sr does not depend on r for r > ro. Repeating the reasoning in §2, we can now conclude that if the Chern form CL is replaced by another representative ;,f the Chem class, then the characteristic function is changed by a bounded term. Thus the characteristic function T f(L, r) is essentially independent of the choice of metric on the bundle L and is defined by the bundle itself (see §2).
2. Generalization of the main theorems. The first main theorem can be carried over to the case under consideration without any essential changes. Having chosen a metric on the bundle L which equals h = ha in a domain U. of a covering of M, we consider for an arbitrary divisor D of a holomorphic
§11. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
141
section s = { s,, } the square of its Hermitian modulus 118112 = hQ 13" 12 in U.. Then by the Poincare-Lelong formula on M, the following equality of currents is true: dd° In 118112 = -CL + D,
where CL = -dd` In ha in U,, is the Chern form of the metric h. Passing to the pullbacks under the holomorphic mapping f: A --> M, which preserves analytic sets of codimension 1, we multiply the resulting relation by the form
wA-1. After applying Lemma 2 of §1, we obtain that, for any r > ro for which In r2 is not a critical value of the function TA,
'
In 1Is o f IIaA = - J
r dt f
ot L.
f* (CL)
dtf
+fr.
t
n
WA-1
WA-t+C
(10)
-I (D)nBt
(cf. (2) in §4). Now we introduce the proximity function of the divisor D by the formula
mf(D,r)= fin 1111 A,
(11)
which generalizes the function of the same name in §4. It is defined for In r2
which are not critical values of the function TA, but as can be seen from (10), it extends continuously to these values, too (since the right-hand side of the formula is continuous). We will assume that it is defined for all r > ro. Finally we use the definitions (7) and (8) of the characteristic function Tf (L, r)
of the mapping and the counting function N1 (D, r) of the divisor, and (10) leads to the first main theorem of value distribution theory in the following formulation: THEOREM 1. Let A C CN be an m-dimensional affine algebraic manifold and let M be an n-dimensional compact complex manifold on which is given a positive line bundle L. Then for any holomorphic mapping f : A - M which preserves sets of codimension 1 and for any divisor D of a holomorphic section of L
Nf(D, r) + m f(D, r) = T f(L, r) +C for r > ra.
(12)
The corollaries of the first main theorem set down in subsection 2 of Chap-
ter H also carry over to this case without changes. We will not consider any generalization of the theorem to the case of analytic sets of codimension greater than 1. The second main theorem in the case under consideration here is proved by the pattern of §5 with some small additions. Let A C PN be an algebraic
manifold of the same dimension n as the compact manifold M, and let a divisor D be given on M which is the union of q manifolds D. intersecting in general position. We suppose that the bundle LD of this divisor is positive
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
142
and that the sum of the Chern classes of LD and of the canonical bundle KM is also positive: (13) c(LD) + c(KM) > 0.
Then, by Theorem 1 of §5, a singular volume form >I can be constructed on M \ D which has the properties indicated by this theorem.
Let us now consider a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : A - M (nondegeneracy here means that in local coordinates on A and M the Jacowith the form 7r* (4)) _ bian J f 0 0 on A) and compare the pullback f* (ddc lir(Z) 12),,, which is the pullback of the Euclidean volume form 4) = (ddc In Jz12)n under the projection 7r: A --; C'a. Let (14)
f*(W) = C7r*(4)),
where the nonnegative coefficient a becomes oo on the inverse image of the divisor f -1(D) and on the divisor of stationarity S, of the projection 7r, and vanishes on the divisor of stationarity S f of the mapping.(') The Poincare-Lelong formula in this situation is expressed by an equality of currents
dd`In l = f*(Ric,@)+Sf-S,r- f-1(D).
(15)
Indeed, at the points of A\ (Sf US,r U f -1(D)) the form 7r* (4)) is a volume form on A, and f *(111) is a smooth positive (n, n)-form, so that dd` In = f *(Ric q1) in the classical sense; this is the regular part of the current dd` In C. the
remaining terms on the right in (15) make up its singular part. Repeating the device used in the proof of Theorem 1, we get, for r > ro and In r2 which is not a critical value of the function TA,f1B, the relation
'f
2
1n t;oA 1+ C= J dt ro
t
f* (Ric T) A
wA-
+ N(Sf, r) - N(SIr, r) - Nf(D, r) where N(S f, r) and N(S,r, r) are the counting functions of the divisors S f and SR on A and C is a constant. If we denote the left-hand side of the last equality by R(r) (the remainder) and the first term on the right by Tf(r) (the singular characteristic function), then we obtain the second main theorem in the preliminary formulation: for
r>ro
Tf (r) + N(Sf, r) - N(S,r, r) = Nf (D, r) + R(r)
(16)
(we are assuming that R(r) has been extended to the critical values of rA by continuity). (')On f -1(D) the left-hand side of (14) becomes oo, while the right-hand side is finite. The form 7r*(fi) vanishes on S,r, while f *(4) in general does not. The left-hand side of (14) equals zero on S1, while lr* (0), in general, does not. At the points of intersection S,r n S f, if there are any, the function is not defined.
§11. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
143
The estimation of the remainder R proceeds as in §5 with ioo = dd` In Iz12 replaced by the form dd` k7r(Z)12 and with u replaced by vA; inequality (25) of §5 remains true. The proof of Lemma 2 in §5 proceeds without change, and we arrive at the second main theorem in the following formulation: THEOREM 2. Let L -+ M be a positive line bundle on a compact complex
manifold M and let Dl,..., D. be divisors of holomorphic sections of the bundle which are manifolds intersecting in general position, where qc(L) + c(KM) > 0. (17) Then for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f :A -+ M, where A is an affine algebraic manifold and dim A = dim M, q
gTf(L, r) +Tf(KM, r) + N(Sf, r) - N(SS, r) = E Nf(Dj, r) + R(r)
(18)
1-1
and for any E > 0 there exist a b > 0 and a set E of finite b-measure such that the remainder admits the estimate R(r) < cInr+O(lnTf(L,r)) outside E. (19) REMARK. As in subsection 8 of §5, it can be proved that the theorem remains true without condition (17). It can turn out to be trivial, since in this case qTf(L, r) +Tf(KM, r) does not necessarily go to +oo as r -4oo. I Since S, is an algebraic divisor on A as well as its projection S' =7r (S), after a change of variable n(Z) = z and an application of Theorem 5 of §1, we obtain
N(S, r) =
rr Jru
dt r
t JBnS
Wo -1 < c1 In r, WA-1 = f r dt /' Jrp t f{JzJ
where c1 > 0 is some constant. On the other hand, because the form c(L) is positive, there exists a constant c2 > 0 such that T f (L, r) > C2 In r. From this it follows that Cl rl'm Tf((L r) = ,c < , (20)
where, if A = C" or f is a transcendental mapping (see Theorem 5 of §4), then r. = 0. Taking this remark into account, we deduce from Theorem 2, as in §6, the defect relation for this case:
THEOREM 3. Let a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f :A , M of manifolds be given as in Theorem 2. Then for any collection of divisors D, of holomorphic sections of the positive line bundle L -p M, where the D3 are manifolds intersecting in general position, the sum of the defects of the divisors and the index of stationarity(2) satisfies q
1: bf(D;) +Of < inf{A E R: \c(L) +c(KM) > 0} +n, -1 (2)For the definitions of 51(Dj) and 8 see §5.
(21)
144
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
where is is the quantity defined in (20); it is equal to 0 if A = C" or if f is a transcendental mapping.
3. The case of holomorphic curves. Instead of the holomorphic curves f : C - P" which were studied in the previous chapter, we consider here curves which are defined on open Riemann surfaces, i.e., on one-dimensional complex manifolds. We will assume that the surfaces G under consideration possess parabolic exhaustion functions. These are functions r: G -r R of class C°° for which the sets { p E G : r(p) < t } are compact for all t E R and which are harmonic, beginning at some level to:
dd`r(p) = 0 for r(p) > to
(22)
(conditions 1)-3) from subsection I for m = 1). We observe that the critical points of the function r are isolated for r(p) > to, since if z = x+iy is a local parameter acting in a neighborhood of a critical point p c G, then at this point
dr = and thus the function ar
1
ar
Or
az
2
ax
ay
(which is holomorphic because r is harmonic) is zero at the point also. Then by the uniqueness theorem for holomorphic functions these points form a discrete subset of G. To generalize the theory to this case, it would be possible to proceed as in the previous section, but we prefer another method which is developed in the book of Wu [3] and is based on the application of the Gauss-Bonnet formula. The formula is applied to the domains B,. = { p E G : r(p) < In r2 } which exhaust the surface G; it contains a term involving the Euler characteristic of B, which reflects the geometric structure of G (asymptotically as r -+ oo). Below we will see that it is precisely this term which leads to additional terms in the second main theorem, distinguishing this case from the one considered before.
Let a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : G P" be given along with its kth associated curve Fk: G - G(n, k). As in the preceding chapter, we consider the Fubini-Study metric wk on the Grassmann manifold; we will denote its pullback F'(wk) by ilk. The form ilk is positive everywhere on G except for the critical points of the mapping Fk, which as we know make up a discrete (and hence at most countable) set. The points of this set, together with their multiplicities, form the divisor of stationarity Sk of the associated curve Fk. On G \ Sk the form f1k defines a Hermitian metric for which we will write down the Gauss-Bonnet formula.
911. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
145
We denote by ro the number such that In ro = to, where to is the level at which the function r begins to be harmonic. If r > ro and In r2 is not a critical value of r, then the boundary 8Br consists of finitely many smooth curves. We assume further that none of the points of Sk are on this boundary. Inside Br are finitely many points p j E Sk; we write Uj' = { p E Br : I z j (p) I < e }, where the zj are local coordinates such that zj (pj) = 0 and a is sufficiently
small. Then we remove from Br the union UE = U U; over all the pj E B. The Gauss-Bonnet formula can be applied to the domain Br \ UE (using the metric ilk); this has the form
X(Br\UE)- i
f
8B, Kk+
2r JaUE
1ck=
21r
f \u,
KkIlk,
where X is the Euler characteristic, rck is the form of geodesic curvature, and
Kk is the Gaussian curvature.(3) It is clear that X(B, \ UE) = X(Br) °m(r), where m(r) is the number of points pj c Sk in Br (without counting multiplicity), and that there exists a limit: limE-.o fB,\U, Kk1k = fB, Kkf2kThus in the limit as e - 0 we obtain the relation
f ck 1 = U) f E J
m(r)
X(Br) - I27rfaBr Kk + lim E-.o j-1
1 27r
1
.7
27r
k1lk.
(23)
We wish to transform this formula into a form which makes clear its link with the second main theorem. We begin with the right side; at the points of G\Sk the Gaussian curvature of the metric Ilk is expressed in local coordinates in which SIk = (hk/21ri)dz A dz by the formula Kk
_
21r 82 In hk
hk 8z8z
Hence Kkf2k
_
82 In In hk
-L 8
h dz A dz = -27rdd` In hk = -21r Ric flk,
where the Ricci form Ric 11k, like KkIlk, is defined globally on G \ Sk (see subsection 6 of Chapter II). By (15) of §8 the right side of (23) can consequently
be rewritten in the form 2x
f
B
Kk1k
-
f
B,
(Bk+1 - 211k + Iik-1).
(24)
Let us now turn to the terms with the geodesic curvature. Let -y be a smooth curve on a real two-dimensional manifold G with inner product (u, v), (3)See, for example, Wu [3] , Chapter II, §3; the + sign in front of the third term is explained by the fact that the 8UE consist of counterclockwise curves, which is the negative direction in relation to B, \ UE .
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
146
and let r and v be the unit tangent and normal vectors to y. The geodesic curvature of this curve is the quantity
r.g = (Vrr, v),
(25)
where Vr is the covariant derivative, and the geodesic curvature form is the form tcgds, where ds is the differential of the arc-length of y. We recall that the covariant derivative of a vector field v on G with respect to a field u is the vector field V .v with the properties Vuli-u2v = Vu,v + V, 2v,
VWUv = PVuv,
Vu(vl + V2) = Vuv + Vuv2,
(26)
Vu(ov) = u(cp)v + PVuv, where u1i u2, v1 and v2 are vector fields and ep is a scalar function. (These properties say that Vuv is linear in u, while it behaves like a derivation with respect to v.) Moreover, it is assumed that this differentiation is compatible with the metric, that is, for any three vector fields u, v, w on G and for basis vectors a/a and a/ark, the following identities are true:
w((u,v)) = (V,,u,v) + (u, Vu,v),
Dalaf
_ Va/a,?
(27)
Such a differentiation exists and is uniquely defined on any Riemannian manifold. (4)
We need a formula for the computation of the geodesic curvature. Let us introduce local coordinates S = C+iri on G, in which y is given by the equation
= const and the metric form ds2 = d172). Then r = (1/ f)a/ay and v and by (25) the geodesic curvature of y is
1j
a a\
(we have used (26) and the orthogonality of the vectors a/aC and a/an). Applying the first relation in (27), where we set u = w = a/ai, and v = a/ae, then the second relation, and then again the first with w = a/aC and u = v = a/ark, we obtain Kg
g 77' valaF
an,
1977
29
an
Finally, taking into account that by the choice of the vector v the inner product (a/a1,, a/a17) = g and that on -y we have ds = Vrg dry, we get an expression for the form of the geodesic curvature in our local coordinates: K = Kgds = 2g
ag
drl - 1 a i g dn.
Let us continue the transformation of (23). (4)See, for example, Gromoll, Klingenberg and Meyer ]1], §3.4.
(28)
111. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
147
LEMMA 2. The third term on the left-hand side of (28) is equal to the number of points of the divisor of stationarity Sk of the curve Fk inside the domain Br (counting multiplicity): m(r)
lim
i=1
tar
a°
Kk - 1
- n(Sk, r.
(29)
4 For the proof it suffices to verify that for every point p E Sk lim
1
e-.o tar
(30)
lck = /1k + 1, 8UE
where Ak is the index of stationarity of the curve Fk at this point (see subsection 3 of Chapter III; for simplicity of notation we will drop the index j when using pj and U1). Let z = peze be a local coordinate on G in a neighborhood
of the point p such that z(p) = 0 and 13U- = {p = e). Then, according to (7) in §8, the form ik = (i/21r)hkdz A dz with coefficient hk(z) = p2A'ktip(z), where cp is a smooth positive function. In order to arrive at a situation where formula (28) for the geodesic curvature is applicable, we set z = eS, where S = t; + 177, so that t; = In p and n = 0. The form ds2 = (1/7r)hk jdzI2 corresponding to 11k has in the new coordinates the form ds2
= 1 hkp2(de2 + d772).
Consequently, the coefficient g in (28) is equal to (1/ar)p20Ak+1)tp(es), and by this formula on the boundary 8Ue, where C = In e, Kk =
laIng dr< = (1.1k + 1) dB + p81np dB.
2a
2
8p
From this (30) follows, since the integral over 9Ue of the second term goes to 0 as e -* 0 by the boundedness of a In p/8p. Now let the number r be chosen as before; we choose r1 and r2 sufficiently
close to r so that ro < rl < r < r2 and the closure of the set Br2 \ Brl does not contain critical points of T. This set consists of finitely many annular components, each of which surrounds one component of the boundary aBr. Let V be one of these components, and let ry = aBr n V; we set I' = f.. d`7-. Because the function r is harmonic in the domain Go = { p E G : r(p) > to }, the form dcr is closed in V; and consequently the integral v(p) = 47r fp d`r, where po is a fixed point of ry, is defined in V up to the addition of an integer multiple of r. Thus Q(p) is a multiple-valued function in V with a single-valued differential
satisfying the relation da = 47r d°-r. From this it follows that the branches
148
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
of o(p) are harmonic functions conjugate(5) to r(p). The function S(p) = r(p) + io (p) is therefore a multiple-valued analytic function in V with a singlevalued differential dS which is nondegenerate because dr 0. The branches of S(p) can serve as local coordinates in V, and the relation Ok =
2'
hkdS A 4
uniquely defines the metric coefficient hk in V which is a smooth positive function outside the divisor Sk.
LEMMA 3. If r > ro and the number Inr2 is not a critical value of the function r, and if 8Br fl Sk = 0, then
f
r2 drd J
In hkd`r, aB, where hk is the metric coefficient defined above. 27r
B.
Kk =
(31)
4 It is sufficient to prove (31) for each connected component of BBr. Let y be one of the components and let V be the neighborhood of it described above. In the local coordinates formed by the branches of S(p), the curve ry is the coordinate line r = Inr2; consequently, its geodesic curvature can be calculated from (28) and
1 f r a In hk
rck = 2
o
r
-
dv.
r-Since a/ar = (r/2)a/ar and r = coast on y while do = 47rd`r, the last equality can be rewritten in the form
f
Kk = 7rr
d f In hk d`r.
Adding these equalities for all the components of aBr, we obtain (31). The transformation of (23) is concluded. Taking (24),(29), and (31) into account, we can rewrite (23) in the form X(Br) +
()k+1 - 211k + Ilk- I) + n(Sk, r) = Br
rd 2 dr J9 Br
In hkd`r,
(32)
This relation has been obtained for r > ro for which In r2 is not a critical value of the function r and OBR does not contain points of Sk. The set of values r > ro which do not satisfy these conditions is discrete. Between such values the terms of (32) are continuous, and at transitions across these values (5) We recall that in the local coordinates z = x + iy
4ad`r = -a 3Irdx+ azdy
and consequently as/ax = -ar/ay and 8a/8y = 8r/ax.
§11. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
149
the terms have bounded jumps. Moreover, the metric coefficient hk defined above in neighborhoods of the components of C3Br can he defined globally on the whole domain Go = { r(p) > to } by the formula 1 k = 4hk dT A d`T.(°) Therefore (32) can be averaged logarithmically on (ro, r), and we get r
I
X(Bt) dt + Tk+1(r) - 2Tk(r) + Tk_ 1(r) + N(Sk, r)
ro
(33) 1
J
2 aB,
In hkd`r + C,
where C is a constant. Formula (33) generalizes (18) of §8, which constitutes the content of Theorem 1. Indeed, when G = C, then Br \ Bra is a circular annulus and its Euler characteristic equals zero; since r = In Iz12, then d'7- = dO/27r. Thus in the transition from a holomorphic curve on C to a curve on an arbitrary Riemann surface the only additional term which appears in Theorem 1 of §8 is the term with the Euler characteristic: E(r) = (34) X(Br) dt, 1ror which reflects the geometric structure of G. The subsequent path toward the second main theorem is the same as in Chapter III, and we will confine ourselves to a short description of the changes which are introduced in the case of Riemann surfaces; some of the details can be found in Wu's book 13]. First it is proved that for all r > ro the integral f5 ,. d`7- = L is constant. Hence, repeating the proof of Theorem 2 of §8, we conclude that outside some set E C (ro, oo) of finite logarithmic measure
lnhkdrr < CInTk(r) foB,.
and then instead of (22) of §8 we get the asymptotic relation E(r) + Tk+1(r) - 2Tk(r) + Tk-1(r) = 77 (T) (the meaning of the notation r7(T) is explained in §8). Next we construct singular metric forms ilk by (21) of §9, but instead of the Poincare-Lelong formula we write the Gauss-Bonnet formula for these metrics:
X(Br)+n(Sk,r)+ J RicIlk+ n 1- k E{nk+1(Di) - nk(Di)} a Jrd Y
J
2 dr ag,
In itkd"T.
(6)In neighborhoods of boundary components this definition coincides with the old one,
since there ds A dS = -2i dr A da = -siri dr A d`r, while on G \ Go the form d`r is not closed and the function a is not defined.
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
150
Here the sum on the left-hand side arose from the singularities of the metrics caused by the zeros of the contact functions. From this formula, just as in §9. one deduces a generalization of the second main theorem of value distribution theory: THEOREM 4. Let G be a Riemann surface which has a parabolic exhaustion function -r.. and let f : G - P" be a nondegenerate holomorphic curve. Then for any system of q > n + 2 hyperplanes D. C P71 in general position and any e > 0, there exists a set E C (r0, x) of finite logarithmic measure, such that for r E (ro, ac) \ E "-1 (n(n + 1)
E(r) + (q - n - 1 - E) Tf(r) +
+ E
2
(n. - k)N(Sk.,r) + C
k=0
(35)
This theorem differs from the case studied in the preceding chapter only by the term with the Euler characteristic, which reflects the geometric structure of the R.iemann surface on which the holomorphic curve is defined. A similar additional term appears also in the generalized defect relation, which can be obtained from Theorem 3 in the usual way:
THEOREM 5. For any nondegenerate holomorphic curve f:G - P76 and any system of q hyperplanes Di C P" in general position q
fif(D1) < n 1 1 + n(n2
1) rlirn
Tf(r) f(
_
(36)
i=t We observe that the Euler characteristic X(Bt) is nonnegative only in the case where Bf is a topological disk (then it is equal to 1) or an annulus (then it is equal to 0). If the number of components of the boundary iBt stabilizes for large t, then X(B1) for large t is constant, equal to X(G) and negative. unless G is the same as C or as C with one point removed. In this case the term -E(r) has at most logarithmic growth, and the additional term on the right-hand side of (36) can appear only when the characteristic function Tf (r) has logarithmic growth, i_e., when the curve f is algebraic. If the number of components of dBt grows without bound, then X(Bt) -
-x, and the function -E(r) can grow arbitrarily rapidly (the condition for the existence on G of a parabolic exhaustion function does not contradict this, since an arbitrarily large number of points can he punctured out of G.). In this case the additional term in (36) can also appear for transcendental curves.(') (7)The properties of the Euler characteristics of Riemann surfaces cited here can be found. for example, in Schiffer and Spencer ;ij.
§11. MAPPINGS OF COMPLEX MANIFOLDS
151
4. The hyperbolic case. The essential property of the exhaustion function r considered above, the property for which the exhaustion received the name parabolic, is property 1) of subsection 1: the sets {p E A : r(p) < t } are compact for all t E R. This property means that the function r tends to +x: uniformly as one approaches all the boundary points of the manifold A. We will call a function r E C'° (A) a hyperbolic exhaustion function if instead of property 1) of subsection 1 it has the property: 1') there exists a number tt < oc such that for all I < t1 the sets { p E A r(p) < t } are compact and r(p) < ti everywhere on A, while properties 2) and 3) remain unchanged (for complex one-dimensional manifolds A, they reduce to the requirement that r be harmonic beginning at some level). The simplest example of a manifold which has a hyperbolic exhaustion function is the ball B C C' and for m = 1 is the disk or a Rielnann surface of hyperbolic type which is conformally equivalent to it. (s) Therefore, value distribution theory for holomorphic mappings f : A M, where A is a manifold with hyperbolic exhaustion function, generalizes the Nevanlinna theory of value distribution of functions meromorphic in the disk. The first main theorem extends to the hyperbolic case without any changes while the changes in the second main theorem only involve the estimate of the remainder term R(r). In the parabolic case for mappings preserving dimension, estimate (30) of §5 is true, according to which for any E > 0 there exist, a
number b=b(s)- 0as s->0and aset EC (ro, oo) such that f, r°dr
R(r) < Elnr+O(lnTf(L,r)). In the hyperbolic case we set rl = el,12. where tl is the number from condition 1'), and the previous estimate is replaced by the following: there exists a set E c (ro, rl) such that dr
fE (rl -- r)1+b
< 0C
and for r e (ro, rl) \ E
R(r) <eln
rl 1- r +O(lnTf(L.r)).
(37)
The meaning of the condition imposed on the set E in the parabolic and the hyperbolic cases is the same: E cannot contain intervals of the form (r', :z:)
in the first case and (r', r1) in the second case, so that outside of E there is a sequence converging respectively to Do or to rl. The proof of (37) goes along the same lines as in the parabolic case. An analogous estimate is also true for holomorphic curves on Riemann surfaces having parabolic exhaustion functions. (8)The name "parabolic exhaustion" arose in the theory of Rieuiann surfaces; surfaces conformally equivalent to C are of parabolic type.
152
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
As in the parabolic case, the defect relation can be deduced from the second main theorem. However, in the hyperbolic case it makes sense only for mappings with characteristic fimctions which grow sufficiently rapidly as r -+ rl. Namely, this quantity
k = lira r-.ri
ln(r1
- r)-1
Tf (L, r)
(38)
must be finite: In the classical case of functions meromorphic in a disk of finite radius, there is a distinguished class of functions with bounded characteristic Tf(r) called
the functions of bounded type. They have been well studied; in particular R. Nevanlinna proved that every function of bounded type can be represented as the quotient of two functions which are holomorphic and bounded in the same disk. (9)
The multidimensional case has been studied much less well. We point out the research of Malliavin [1] and Khenkin [1]-[3] on zero sets of functions of bounded type in the ball B C Cn, and also the work of Favorov [2], in which an analog of Nevanlinna's theorem is established for holomorphic curves of bounded type.
§12. Divisors with singularities The second main theorem and its corollary, the defect relation, were studied above only for divisors which are unions of complex manifolds intersecting in general position. Here, following Shiffman [3] and Griffiths [5], we will free
ourselves of these constraints. At the basis of such a generalization is the method of resolution of singularities, widely applied in algebraic geometry. We will begin with a description of this method.
5. Quadratic transformation. First we consider the ball B in the space C" with coordinates z = (zl,... , zn). Let w be a point of Pn-1 with homogeneous coordinates [w1, .... wn], and let b be the submanifold of B X Pn-1 defined by
z.,Wk-zkW)=0,
1<j, k
(1)
The mapping a: B --: B, which is the restriction to B of the natural projection B x Pn-1 -a B, is called the quadratic transformation with center 0 E B; the names monoidal transformation or a-process are also used for the mapping. If the point z # 0, then it follows from (1) that the n-tuple [wl, ... , wn] is proportional to z, and hence the preimage a-1(z) = z x [z] is a specific point
of B. If z = 0, then all the values w satisfy (1), i.e., a-1(0) = 0 x [Pn-1] is a set. Thus the quadratic transformation, or more precisely its inverse or(9)See, for example, Privalov's book [1], where these functions are called function of class A.
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
153
FIGURE 8
maps B\{0) biholomorphically onto B \ (O x Pn-1) and at the point 0 attaches an entire projective space Pi-1 Let us consider in more detail the behavior of a-1 at 0. It is not difficult to see that the restriction a-111 to any complex line 1 C B passing through 0 extends holomorphically to this point. In fact, a point z on such a line equals At, where A E C" and t is a complex parameter. For t # 0 the n-tuple
... , w"] corresponding to z by (1) can be taken equal to A. Therefore, for z E 1 \ 0 we have a-'11(z) = z x [A], from which it can be seen that a-1It can be holomorphically extended to the point 0 if we set a-111(0) = 0 x [a]. This value certainly depends on the choice of line, and by changing this line we can obtain any point in the set o,-'(0) = 0 x Pn-1 [w1,
The property of the transformation a-1 just described can be used to eliminate points of self-intersection of complex curves. Suppose that a curve 'I C B has a point of self-intersection at the point 0 with different tangents 1' and 1". We will denote by 7 = a-1 o ry the lifting of -f \ 0 to the manifold B. As points approach 0 along the two different branches of 1, the corresponding points on y clearly converge to two different limits, a-1 Ip (0) = 0 x [A'] and a-1Ii,,(0) = Ox [A"]. Thus y can be holomorphically extended above the point 0 without self-intersections there (Figure 8). A quadratic transformation can also be defined on any n-dimensional complex manifold. Let M be such a manifold and let p be any of its points,
with z: U - B being a coordinate mapping of a neighborhood U C M of p such that z(p) = 0. If we identify points q E M with the corresponding points z(q) E B, then the manifold b described above can be identified with a manifold MP C U X P"-1, and we can consider the quadratic transformation
a:Mp, M
(2)
with center at p. Its inverse a-1 realizes a biholomorphic mapping of U\p onto Mp\a-1(p), and it attaches a projective space at the point p. The restrictions
154
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
01-'j, to complex curves y C M passing through p extend holomorphically to this point, and to curves with different tangents at p there correspond different values of o-'IAP). We observe that under a coordinate change z' = g(z), g(O) = 0, the obvious biholomorphic equivalence g: Mp \ o-1(p) Mp \ (0')-1(p) can also be extended to o-1(p) = p x Pr-1 if we set g(p x [A]) = p x [A'], where A' = g'(0) A (here g' = (8gj/8zk) is the Jacobian matrix of the coordinate change, and A' and A", as above, are vectors in C' representing points in Pr-1). Thus, up to biholomorphic equivalence, the quadratic transformation o: Mp - M does not depend on the choice of coordinates in a neighborhood of p. W e cover M p by open sets U = { z x [w] E M p : w # 0 }, v = 1, ... , n, and on every U" we introduce local coordinates S" = (Si, . . . , Snv), where
Sj =
wj-zj -
z"
W,
for j # v and S"" = z"-
(3)
In the intersections U,,, fl U", the coordinate change Sµ -+ S" is clearly biholomorphic, so Mp is an n-dimensional complex manifold. The set t = 01 _'(p) is defined in every neighborhood U, by the single equation !ff = 0, so it is a divisor on the manifold Mp; it is called the exceptional divisor of the quadratic transformation. The transformation itself can be written within U" in terms of the local coordinates (3) in the form
o(S") _
---,
,
,...,5L(Sn)
(4)
where S,' is located in the with coordinate position. Let N be any analytic subset of M containing the point p; we will denote by the closure in Mp of the inverse image a-1(.N \ p). In particular, let N = D in the neighborhood U be a divisor of a holomorphic function represented as a series in homogeneous polynomials cc
f(z) _ E P0 (z),
(5)
Z=;10
where Pµ(z) = FIkl-µ ckzk and P,(z) 0 (as always, z is the local coordinate in U with origin at p and k = (k1, ... , k,,) is a multi-index with I k I = k1 + - + k,,). Then o-1(D \ p) in the neighborhood U" is a divisor of the function -
00
f(s") = f o
(S")
(6)
µ=1+o
where according to (4) Pu o o(S") ck(Sl )k3 ... (Sv-1)ky
(Sv )µ
jkj=µ
,v
()"+1)kv+i ... (Sn)k
(7)
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
155
Since in U there is the exceptional divisor t = { S,` = 0 }, from (5) and (7) it is clear that the intersection b fl k is described by Ck( 1
)kt ... (Sv
(Sn)k"
_
Ikl=µo
which by (3) can be rewritten in the form
()ki ...
kl=No
=.
Ck
(I
=0.
(8)
But the equation Pa(z) = 0 describes the tangent cone Cp(D) of the divisor D at the point p (see subsection 3 of Chapter I), and z? /z can be considered to be affine local coordinates in the neighborhood U = { z E U : z v j 0 }, if [z1, ... , zn] are considered to be homogeneous coordinates in P'-1 Therefore, the set D fl k, which is given by (8), is the projectivization of the
tangent cone C,(D). Further, it can be seen from (7) that all the terms of (6) contain the factor (C'?. Consequently, the divisor a-1(D \ p) fl U is described by the equation 0. Since the left-hand side is holomorphic when S, = 0, the (1/(S, )µ) f same equation also describes the closure of the last divisor, i.e., the divisor Df U,,. But the pullback a*(D) of the divisor D intersected with UL includes also the divisor of the function (S,v)µo, i.e., the µo-fold exceptional divisor E fl U,,. Since this is true for any v = 1, ... , n, the following relation with divisors is true:
a'(D) = D+ poE,
(9)
where po is the degree of the tangent cone Cp(D), which is the Lelong number of the set D at p (see subsection 3 of Chapter I). We observe further that the
set h = a-1(D), made up of the union of a-' (D \ p) and a-' (p), is clearly equal to b + E and therefore (9) can be written in the form a` (D) = D + (po - 1)E. EXAMPLE. Let M = P2, and let the divisor D be the union of four distinct complex lines DD, three of which intersect at the point p, while the fourth, D4, intersects the other three in general position (Figure 9). Performing a quadratic transformation a with center at p, we arrive at a manifold M on which to the point p there corresponds the exceptional divisor k = P'.
Corresponding to the lines Dj (j = 1, 2,3) are lines Dj which intersect k at distinct points. The set b consists of these three lines and the inverse image of D4, and a-' (D) = D = D + E has only general position selfintersections. Thus the quadratic transformation has rid the divisor D of the self-intersection which was not in general position at p. We observe that the degree M of the tangent cone Tp(D) equals 3; consequently, by (8), the divisor
a'(D)=D+3E=D+2E.
156
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
FIGURE 9
Up to this point we have considered the manifold MM only over the neigh-
borhood U of the point p E M, but it can be continued, identifying it with M outside of U and setting a equal to the identity there. Then still another relation between M and k. can be pointed out. LEMMA 1. Let M be an n-dimensional complex algebraic variety and let M be its quadratic transformation with center at the point p E M. Then the
canonical bundles KM and KM of these varieties are linked by the relation(lo)
K,,C = a*(Km) + Lso,
(10)
where a* (KM) is the pullback of KM under the transformation a: M --+ M and Lse is the bundle of the divisor of stationarity So of this transformation. 4 Since M is an algebraic variety, then there is a global meromorphic form
w on it of bidegree (n, 0); for instance, the restriction to M of such a form
on pN i M. Let this form be given in local coordinates z, z(p) = 0, in a neighborhood of the point p in the form
w(z) = f(z)dzl A...Adz,,, where f E 0(U), since without loss of generality it can be assumed that the polar singularities of w lie outside U. Using expression (4) for the transformation a, we write down the pullback of w in a neighborhood U C M: a'w(S') = f o a((")d(S, Si) A ... A d(SY) A ... A d(Sl a*f(S`,)(S,)n-'dci A ... A dsn. (lo)in contrast with Chapter I, we will here and further on use additive notation, i.e., we will write L, + L2 instead of Ll - L2.
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
157
After writing this formula f o r all v = 1, ... , n, we see that within the neighborhood U of the divisors [a*w] = a* [w] + (n - 1)E
(11)
(we have used the fact that k n U,, = [!;,v]; here brackets denote the divisor of the function or form inside the brackets). Since outside t the divisor [a'w] = a` [w] by the biholomorphy of a, (11) is true on all of Al. We also observe that, as we can see from (4), the Jacobian of the transformation a in U,. equals a(z1i ... , zn)
jo ( S v)
'
a(s ,... ,c )
S 0 l
0
sv
Si
12
0
0
...
...
0
...
0
1
...
Sn
Si
(the line without zeroes is in the with place). Therefore, the divisor (n-1)E = So is the divisor of stationarity of a, and (11) can be rewritten in the form
[a`w] = a*[w] + S. It remains to recall that the canonical bundle on an n-dimensional manifold is the bundle of the divisor of a meromorphic (n, 0)form on the manifold (see subsection 6 of Chapter II). Therefore, the bundle of the divisor [a"w] is the same as KM and the bundle of the divisor [w] is KM. To the sum of these divisors there corresponds (in additive notation) the sum of their bundles.
The quadratic transformation just described, with center at p E M, can be generalized. First let B be a ball in C' and let E _ { z E B : z17,+1 = = zn = 0} be the intersection of B with an m-dimensional plane; let w be a point of pn-7n-1 with homogeneous coordinates [W.+1, ... , wn]. We consider the manifold
B={zxwEB
xpn-m-1:
zjwk =zkwj,m+1 < j,k
(12)
B the restriction to b of the projection B xpn-'"-1 -+ B. The transformation a, and also the manifold h, is called the quadratic and denote by a: B
transformation with center E, and the set E = a-1(E) is called the exceptional divisor.
The manifold b can be covered by neighborhoods (J zxwEB to,, 54 0), v = m + 1, ... , n, which have local coordinates S" = (Si , , Sn ),
158
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
where
for j = 1, ... , m.
z3
S=
u?
_ °j
W,
ZL)
z
for j=m+1.... A...,n, V forj=v.
(13)
In these coordinates the set t n U is described by the equation SL" = 0. As B is, up to biholoin the case of a point center, the transformation a: B morphic isomorphism, independent of the choice of holomorphic coordinates z` = g(z) in B such that E is described by the equations z1.+1 = = z'n = 0. Pn-m-1 : z'.w/ = z w', }, then the biholoActually, if B' _ { z' x w' E Is x k k morphic equivalence g: B \ E -> B' \ E' defined by the mapping g can be extended to k by setting g(z, w) = g(z) x w', where z E E and r Wr = [wk+1, ... ,
i
w >k=m+1 azl (z)uk. k
The last remark allows us to apply this construction to an arbitrary ndimensional complex manifold M with a given m-dimensional submanifold E. Let { B,, }, a E A, be a family of coordinate balls on M covering all of E and such that in every ball the set E n B« is given in local coordinates by the equations z,,,,+1 = = zn = 0. If aa: BQ - B,, is the quadratic transformation with center E n B0, then in the intersections U,,,,a = B,, n B3 biholomorphic isomorphisms are induced: a,,;j: as 1(Ua;s) - o,' (U0a). By using these, one can glue the manifolds B0, a e A, into one manifold B and construct a single mapping a: B U B0. Setting the mapping a-1 to be the identity on M \ U B0, we extend b to a manifold M and call this manifold
along with the mapping a: M M the quadratic transformation of M with center E; the set E = a-1(E) is called the exceptional divisor. As in the case where the center is a point, one can check that the transformation a: M --+ M is biholomorphic on the set k \ E and the restriction a: E -+ E is the projectivization of the normal bundle over E. The latter can be explained in this way: When E = p is a point, then the whole tangent space Tp(M) Cn is normal to it and its projectivization is the space Pn-1. In the general case, for a point p e E the tangent space Tp(E) = { (zl, ... , z,,,,, 0, ... , 0) } _ Cm, the normal space Np(E) c Cn-m and its projectivization = a-1(p) is the fiber of bundle U: k -+ E. P"-ii-1
Further, for any analytic subset N C M containing E, the set N is defined as the closure in k of the inverse image a-1(N \ E). The intersection N n t is a fibration over E whose fibers are the projectivizations of the tangent cones Cp(N) at points p E E (compare this with the analogous property in the case
of a point center). In particular, if N = D is a divisor on M and at every point p E E the degree po of the tangent cone Cp(D) is the same, then as in
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
159
the case of a point center the following formula is true:
o*(D)=15+poE=D+(µo-1)E,
(14)
where b = o-1(D). There is a generalization of Lemma 1 which is also true: for an n-dimensional algebraic variety M, the canonical bundles of the variety and its quadratic transformation M with m.-dimensional center E are related by
K,u = o*(KM) + (n - m - 1)LE = o*(KM) + Ls,,
(15)
where LE and Ls, are the bundles of the divisor k and the divisor of stationarity SQ. To prove this we choose on M a meromorphic (n, 0)-form which in a neighborhood U of a point p E E can be written in local coordinates z, z(p) = 0, in the form w(z) = f (z) dz1 A
A dz,,,
f E 0(u).
If U, is the neighborhood on o-1(U) defined above, with the local coordinates S" of (13) acting in it, then a*(dzj) = do for j = 1,...,m,v and o*(dzj) =
d(c S?)=S,vdq- +q-dS for j=(m+1),...,(m+v-1),(m+v+1),...,n. Therefore,
*w
= o*f (s")n m-1dSi n ... A
From this follows a relation between the divisors: [o*w] = o*[w]+(n-m-1)E. The remainder of the proof proceeds as in the case where the center is a point. EXAMPLE. A quadratic transformation with a manifold as a center can be used to eliminate singularities in the following situation. Let a divisor D on an n-dimensional manifold M be the union of q divisors Dj of holomorphic sections of a positive line bundle L - M, where the divisors are manifolds. Suppose further that the following conditions are satisfied: a) D1, ... , D. intersect in general position on M \ E, where E C M is a submanifold of codimension k.
b) D1 n...nDk = D1 n...nDk+1 = E.
c) Dj, , ... , Djk, Dk+1+1...... D. for any choice 1 < j1 < - < jk < k + l intersect in general position on all of M. The singularity of the divisor D thus consists in the presence on E of l extra divisors Dj which violate the condition of intersection in general position. The quadratic transformation a4 f --+ M with center E attaches at every point p E E a projective space Pk-I (we have m = dim E = n - k; therefore, -
n - m - 1 = k - 1), and thus the exceptional divisor E = E X Pk-1. In our situation, the transformation of M can be described globally as the manifold M = {(p, w) E M X
Pk-1.
sji (p)wj2 =
8,2
(p)w3,,
1 < jl, i2 < k},
(16)
where the sj are the holomorphic sections of the bundle L - M whose divisors are the manifolds D j a n d [w, ... Wk] are the homogeneous coordinates on
160
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
pk-1. From condition c) it follows that all the D3, j = 1, ... , k + 1, have distinct tangent planes TT(D;) at the points p E E. Therefore, the intersections with k of the various A = a-1(D.j \ E) do not intersect each other. From this and from condition a) it follows that the divisor b = a-1(D) has selfintersection in general position; the quadratic transformation has eliminated the singularity of D caused by intersections not in general position. We observe further that in our example, in accordance with a generalization of (12), the divisor of stationarity of the transformation a is
Sa = (k - 1)E,
(17)
and since the degree of the tangent cone Tp(D) at the points p E E is equal to lro = k + 1 (k + 1 manifolds intersect on E), by (14)
a'(D)=D+(k+l)E=D+(k+1-1)E. 1
(18)
6. Singularities of intersection. We will determine the changes in the second main theorem for mappings f : A - M, with dim A = dim M, when the divisor D as before is composed of manifolds but the condition of intersection in general position is not fulfilled. In §6 examples were presented which show that without this condition the theorem itself is not valid in the given formulation, nor is the defect relation which is a consequence of it. To begin with, we will limit ourselves to the situation described in the last example: the condition of intersection in general position only fails on some submanifold E C M of codimension k on which, besides the divisors Dl,..., Dk, another 1 extra divisors Dk+1, ... , Dk+1 intersect (a precise description of the situation is given at the end of the previous subsection). THEOREM 1. Let A be an afne manifold and M a projective manifold, both of dimension n, and let f : A -r M be a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping. Let D be a divisor which is the union of q manifolds D; , each of which
is the divisor of a holomorphic section of the positive line bundle L -+ M and which together satisfy conditions a), b), and c) of the previous subsection. Then
gTf(L,r) +Tf(KM,r) +N(Sf - S, r) _
Nf(Df,r) +lmf(E,r) + R(r), j=1 (19)
where
m f (E .r )= 2Js In>
aq
=(
,
lIs°Ill a is the proximity function(11) of the manifold E = {p E M : si(p) _ F II3f°1112
s ln
(20)
= sk(p) = 0) on which the condition of intersection in general position fails, (11 )The symbol 11
11 denotes the Hermitian metric on the bundle L.
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
161
and the remainder admits the estimate R(r) < c In r + O(ln Tf(L, r)) outside a set of finite 6-measure.
4 We perform a quadratic transformation o: M --a M with center E and consider the lifting f : A -# M of the mapping f , i.e., the mapping such that o o f (p) = f (p) for all p E A. Since the divisor D = u-1(D) is made up of manifolds intersecting in general position, Theorem 2 of §11 can be applied (see the remark just after the theorem); this yields T f(LD + KM, r) + N(S1 - S.,, r) = N f(D, r) + R(r),
(21)
where R(r) 5 a In r + O(InTf (Lb, r)) outside a set of finite 6-measure.(12) Now we must turn to the manifold M and the mapping f . Using the formula KM = O' (KM) + (k -1)LE (see (15), where n - m is set equal to k) and also the obvious corollary
Q*(LD) = Lb + (k + l - 1)LE
(22)
of formula (18), we get that Lb + KM = a*(LD + KM) - IL p. From this follows the analogous relation with the Chern forms of the bundles (see §2, where the multiplicative notation is used for the operation on bundles) and thus for their characteristic functions: T f (L b + KM, r) = Tf (o * (LD + Km), r) - lT f (LE, r)
(23)
= Tf(LD + KM, r) - IT f (LE, r) (we have also used the equality T fp* (L)r = Tf (L, r), which follows from the obvious relation f * (CL) = f * (ce. (L)) between the Chem forms of the bundle L and its pullback.). Further, from the definition of the counting function we get
N1(D,r) = Nf(D,r),
N1(E,r) = Nf(E,r) = 0,
(24)
In the last equality we take into account that here we consider the counting functions of sets of dimension n - 1, but the dimension of f 1(E) is less than that. For the same reason
N(Sf, r) = N(Sf, r),
(25)
since the Jacobian Jf(p) differs from J f(p) by a factor of Jv(f (p)) that is zero on the same set f -1(E). Now applying the first main theorem to the mapping f and the bundle LE and taking (24) into account, we get Tf(LE, r) = N1(E, r) + mf(E, r) + 0(1)
= mf(E, r) + 0(1).
(26)
(12)In the theorem we replaced L by the bundle of the divisor D = E Dj and used some obvious relations.
162
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
Then if we choose the metric on LE which is the lift of the metric on the bundle L M, we find that
ml (k, r) = f *1190f11 In QA
f
aA = m f(E, r),
In
(27)
1180A
,
where s = (s1, ... sk) and the sj are holomorphic sections of L whose divisors are the Dj. Substituting (23)-(27) into (21), we rewrite it in the form
Tf(LD + KM, r) + N(Sf - Sam, r) = Nf(D, r) + Im f(E, r) + R(r),
which is the same as (19). It remains only to prove that in the estimate
R(r) < elnr + O(InTf(LD,r)) the quantity Tf(LD,r) can be replaced by Tf(L, r). But from (22), based on the relation previously used between the Chern forms of the bundle and its pullback, we get that f(cLD) =
f.(cLD)+(k+I - 1)1`(cLk),
From this and (26) follows the relation
Tf(LD, r) = Tf(LD, r) + (k + I - 1)m fE, r) + 0(1). Since m f(E, r) can be assumed to be nonnegative (see §4), the inequality Tf(LD, r) > ATj(Lb, r) + 0(1) is true with some constant A; from this it follows that the quantity O(InTf(LD, r)) is also O(lnTf(L, r)). Thus in this situation the second main theorem differs from the one proved
in §11 only in the additional term lmf(E,r) determined by the set E where the condition of intersection in general position fails and by the number I of divisors which violate this condition. The same additional term also occurs in the defect relation, which is obtained from Theorem 1 in the usual manner: THEOREM 2. Under the hypotheses of Theorem 1, the sum of the defects of the divisors Dj and the index of stationarity k
Ebf(D,)+Of < inf{ACR: Ac(L)+c(KM)>0} j=1
(28)
++c+ linl where
= rlim
Imf(E,r) Tf(L,r)
N(S, . r)
Tf (L, r) if A = C' or if f is a transcendental mapping.
0
In particular, for holomorphic mappings f : C" P" and hyperplane divisors the lower bound in the preceding formula is equal to n + 1 (see §6), and
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
thus
163
q
ri+1+
bf(Dj)+Of
lim T
j=1
00
1
mTf(r)r)
(29)
EXAMPLE (B. SHIFFMAN [3]). Let f : C2 _ P2 be the mapping from subsection 11 of §6 defined in homogeneous coordinates by the formula f (z) = , ez'], and let D be a divisor made up of four lines: D1 w1 = 0), D2 = { w2 = 0 }, D3 = { wl + awe = 0, a # 0 }, and D4 = { wo = 0 }.
[1, ezl
The condition of intersection in general position does not hold at the point E = [1, 0, 01, through which pass the three divisors D1, D2, and D3. Since E = D1 n D2 = D1 n D2 n D3, we have the situation considered above with
k=2and1=1. Since sl = w1 and 32 = w2, by (20) and (17) of §8 we get 2kinIfi12+
mf(E,r)=
If212
For the restriction f,, of the mapping f to the line z = .1S (A E C2, Al I= 1
2mfa
and S E C) we have, clearly,
f7,
ln(1 + Iea1SI2 + Ie- 2112) do
(E, r) =
f27, 47r
ln(IeA.,12 + le>'
l2) dB,
moreover, according to the result of Ahlfors proved in Chapter I (see (19) in §2), these integrals are equal (up to the addition of a bounded term) to, respectively, Pr/27r and Plr/27r, where P = IA1I + IA21 + IA2 - Al I is the perimeter of the convex hull of the points 0, A and A2, and P1 = 21A2 - Al is the perimeter of the convex hull of the points Al and )'2. Therefore, m f, (E, r) = 27r(IAII + 1A2I - IA2 - A1I) + 0(1),
and, using the computation in subsection 12 of §6 (see there the derivation of (21)), we find that
mf(E,r) =
3
r+O(1).
Since by (21) of §6 the characteristic function T f(r) = (2+ f)r/31r+0(1), it follows that the additional term in the defect relation (29) is
mf(E,r) _ 2-vf2
HE r-.ao T f (r) and this relation takes the form
2+ v'2-
=3-2f
4
Eb1(Dj) <6-2f j=1
(we have the divisor of stationarity S f = 0).
(30)
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
164
v2
1 a
b
C
FIGURE 10
We observe that, since these divisors are not taken on by the mapping, and by (23) of §6, b f(D3) 3 - 202. Thus the sum on the left side of (30) is also
equal to 6 - 2 f , and this example shows the sharpness of the estimate in Theorem 2.
1
7. Arbitrary singularities. Some singularities are resolved by consecutively performing several a-processes. EXAMPLE 1. Let us consider in C2 the curve D = { x2 = y3 } with singularity at the origin (Figure 10a, here x and y are complex coordinates).
The quadratic transformation a with center at 0 for y # 0, according to (4), reduces to the substitution x = uv, y = v in the equation of D. Therefore D has the equation v = U2; since the exceptional divisor k = { v = 0) also appears here, a-1(D) = { v = u2 } U { v = 0 } (Figure 10b). The next transformation a1i which for u # 0 reduces to the substitution u = u1i v = u1v1, turns a` (D) into the divisor { u1 = vi }U{ v1 = 0 }U{ u1 = 0 }, where { u1 = 0 } is the exceptional divisor E1 (Figure 10c). At this stage we have gotten rid of the tangency of the divisor components, but there still remains an intersection not in general position. The latter can be avoided by still another transformation; to perform this transformation, it is convenient to first rotate the u1 and v1 axes by, say, 45° (so that as above it is possible to do with one chart). With the new axes, the divisor al 1 o a-1(D) is described by the equation (u2 - v2) u2 = 0, and the last transformation 0-2: u2 = u3 V3 V2 =V3 (v2 # 0) reduces it to the divisor f u3 = 1 } U { u3 = 0 } U { v3 =01, where { v3 = 0 } = E2 is the exceptional divisor (Figure 10d). I EXAMPLE 2. The singularity of the surface D = {x2 = yz2 } in C3 (Figure I la; x, y, z are complex coordinates) can be resolved by four a-processes.
The first of these is a: x = uw, y = vw, z = w (z # 0); it transforms D into the divisor { u2 = vw } U { w = 0 }. The second, a1: u = u1 v1, v = v1, w = v1w1 (v1 # 0), gives { w1 = u2 } U { viw1 = 0 }; the third, a2: u1 = U2, v1 = u2v2, w1 = u2w2 (u1 # 0), results in { w2 = u2 } U { u2v2w2 = 0). Further, one performs the transformation u2 - w2 = U3, u2 + W2 = W3, V2 = V3,
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
165
a
FIGURE 11
and then the last or-process a3: u3 = u4W4, V3 = v4w4, w3 = W4 (w3 j4 0) leads to the divisor {U4 = 0 } U {(U4 - 1)v4w4 = 01 (see Figure 11b, where the exceptional divisor is set off by shading). I In the general case singularities can be resolved using the theorem of Hironaka, which says that given a projective manifold M and a hypersurface D on M having on a set E singularities that are different from self-intersections in general position, there exist a projective manifold M and a holomorphic mapping a: M -> M with the following properties: 1) D = a-1(D) has only self-intersections in general position.
2) The mapping a maps M \ E biholomorphically onto M \ E, where E = 9-1(E) is the exceptional divisor. The mapping a can be a a-process, or a superposition of a-processes or a transformation of a more general type. In particular, it is proved in algebraic geometry that singularities of algebraic curves can always be resolved by finitely many o--processes.
Already in the very simple examples which have been presented, it can be seen that the exceptional divisor t = a-1(E) can consist of several irreducible components: we will assume that k consists of J such components E; . If as
before we denote by b the closure on k of the inverse image a (M \ D), then instead of (14) we get the relation J
J
a'(D) = D+EpA = D+E(p; - 1)E." j=1
(31)
j-1
where the p, are positive integers (we took into account that every compo-
nent Ei occurs in D = or-'(D) once). The divisor of stationarity of the
166
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
transformation a also is composed of the Ej with positive integer coefficients: J
SQ =
(32)
q., Ej.
The second main theorem in the general case is proved just as in subsection
6. Instead of (15) we have the relation KM = a*(KM) + >i gjEj; from this and from the equality J
- 1)k,
a'(LD) = Lb + Dpi 1
deduced from (31) it follows that J
LD+KM =a*(LD+ KM)+(qj -pj+1)Ej. This leads to a relation between the characteristic functions: J
Tf(LD +KM,r) =Tf(LD +KM,r) +J(qj -pj + i
generalizing (23).
The rest of the reasoning proceeds justs as in subsection 6 and leads to the appearance on the right-hand side of the second main theorem of the additional term J
E(pj - qj - 1)mI(LE; , r),
(33)
1
which in the situation considered in subsection 6 is the same as dmf(E, r). This same term appears also in the defect relation. It reflects the singularities of the divisor D under consideration. To simplify the estimate it is convenient to replace the set E of the singularities of D by an arbitrary hypersurface H on M containing E. Let J
o,' (H) = FI +Er3Ej, j_i
where H is the closure on M of the set a-1(H \ E) and the rj are positive integers. If we set
r = max(pj - qj - 1, 0) and 'I = max(rj+ /rj ),
(34)
§12. DIVISORS WITH SINGULARITIES
167
then the additional term of (33) can be estimated thus: J J
E(pj - qj - 1)mf(Ej,r) <ErJ mf(Ej,r) 1
1
J < y E rjm f(Ej, r)
(35)
j=1
< ymf(a*(H),r) = ym f(H,r). This estimate leads to the defect relation in the following formulation (for simplicity we leave out the terms containing the divisors of stationarity): THEOREM 3. Let L -p M be a positive line bundle and let D1,. .. , D. be
divisors of holomorphic sections of it which pairwise have no common com-
ponents. If E is the set of singularities of the divisor D = Ei Dj which are not self-intersections in general position and if H is a hypersurface on M containing E, then for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f :A - M, bf(Dj) < inf{A E R: Ac(L)+c(KM) > 0} (36)
j=1
+ y inf{It E R: lcc(L) - c(LH) > 0}.
4 The first term on the right is the usual one for the defect relations considered earlier, so we only need to discuss the second term responsible for the singularities which are not in general position. If we denote the infimum that occurs in this term by /zo, then for any p > go we have c(LH) < pc(L),
and hence Tf(LH, r) < pTf(L, r). From this by the first main theorem for the bundle LH we conclude that
mf(H,r) < ltTf(L,r) + 0(1). Substituting this in (35), we obtain an estimate for the additional term in the second main theorem,
j E(pj -qj -1)mf(Ej,r)
j=1
which leads in the defect relation to the additional term yµ. It remains to take the lower bound of all such p and we obtain the second term in (36). From this an assertion of Picard type follows: COROLLARY. Let D be a divisor on M with a positive bundle LD and let
H be a hypersurface on M containing the singularities of D which are not self-intersections in general position. If inf{A: Ac(LD) +c(KM) > 0} + yinf{µ: Ecc(LD) - c(LH) > 01<1, then any holomorphic mapping f : A -p M \ D is degenerate.
(37)
168
IV. GENERALIZATION OF THE MAIN THEOREMS
In conclusion we present an example, also due to Shiffman, which shows that the estimate obtained is sharp. EXAMPLE. Let us consider the curve D C P2 defined in homogeneous coordinates by the equation k-1 k-1 k +w2 ); W1 = wo(w1 for k > 2 this has a singularity as the point [1, 0, 0]. In local coordinates x = wl/wo, y = w2/wo, the equation of the curve has the form xk = xk-1 +yk-1, so the tangent cone To(D): xk-1 +yk-1 = 0 consists of k - 1 distinct complex lines y = For k > 3 we have a singularity not in general position (-1)1/k-lx
which is resolved by a single a-process: x = u, y = uv (u # 0). We have pl = k - 1; since the Jacobian a(x, y)/a(u, v) = u, we obtain q1 = 1 and thus
ri =k-3.
Choosing as H any complex line in P2 passing through the point [1, 0, 0], we get that a` (H) = H + E. Therefore, r1 = 1, and thus -y = k - 3. We have c(LD) = kw, e(KM) _ -3w, and c(LH) = w, where w is the Fubini-Study form on p2. Therefore, the first term on the left side of (37) equals 3/k, the second is (k - 3)/k, and their sum is exactly equal to I. Inequality (37) does not hold, and one can produce a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping
f(zi,z2)= carrying C2 to p2 \ D.
(1 - ex2(l+zi 1)) (1+zk-1)
,1,z1
CHAPTER V
Further Results In this chapter we will set out a number of results supplementing the main theorems of multidimensional value distribution theory and will also consider some special classes of holomorphic functions.
§13. Results using capacity Various concepts of capacity are widely used in complex analysis and in particular in value distribution theory. We begin with an exposition of the concept of plurisuperharmonic capacity and its application to the study of sets of defective values discovered recently by A. Sadullaev.
1. P-measure. The plurisuperharmonic measure (abbreviated Pmeasure) of sets in a complex manifold is a natural generalization of the harmonic measure of sets on the complex line. It was introduced in several different forms by several authors; we will follow the exposition of Sadullaev [2] and restrict our attention to subsets of the complex projective space PN. Let G be a domain in pN and let E be an arbitrary subset of it. An admissible function for the pair E, G is defined to be an arbitrary plurisuperharmonic(1) function in G which is nonnegative everywhere in G and which takes on values no less than 1 on E . The class of such functions will be denoted by P(E, G). We will consider the function w(z, E, G) =
inf
uEP (E,G)
u(z)
(1)
and define the P-measure of the set E with respect to G to be the regularization of this function, i.e., w. (z, E, G) = lim w(z', E, G).
(2)
(')We recall that a function is called phaisrgierhannonic in a domain G C PN if it is a lower semicontinuous function u: G -. (-oo, ool whose restriction to any complex line I is superharmonic on the open set G fl l_ One can learn about the properties of these functions in Vladimirov [11 or Shabat H. 169
V. FURTHER RESULTS
170
We observe that the function w is not in general plurisuperharmonic, since it is not in general even lower semicontinuous; but the function w. is always plurisuperharmonic in G. In fact, w. is lower semicontinuous in C by definition; one only has to prove that its restriction to any complex line i satisfies the inequality characterizing superharmonic functions (see Shabat I, p. 310).
But by this inequality, for functions u E P(E,G) at points z' E G fl l for sufficiently small r,
f27(z' u(z')
+ rest) dt
27r
(we keep the same notation for functions and their restrictions to 1). Since the functions u are bounded from below (they are nonnegative), by Fatou's lemma one can pass to the lower bound over the functions u E P(E,G). For the same reason one can also pass to the lower limit as z' -> z, which gives the needed inequality 2n
1
w. (z. E, G) >
27f
fo
w4 (z + re", E, C) dt.
REMARK. Let the domain G C C1`' be strongly pseudoconvex in the sense of Zakharyuta* (z-pseudoconvex); that is, it is defined by an inequality p(z) < 0, where
In fact let w,(z) = infuEP u(z) and let z° be an arbitrary point of G; for any E > 0, there exists a function u e P(E,G) such that u(z°)
- w(z°, E, G) < E.
(3)
We denote by C, a domain containing E U {z° } which is relatively compact
in G, and write M = SUPZErl ,p(z). Since M < 0, the function .p/M is plurisuperharmonic in D, as is the function V(Z) (z)
min(u(z), p(z)/M) p(z)/:M
for z E C,
for z E D\ G
(one must take into account that on 8G both methods of defining v coincide,
since there min(u, p/M) = -p/M). Clearly, G = { z E D : v(z) > 0): and since v is continuous in D \ G, there exists a domain G2
v(z) > -E. We also introduce the set Go = { z c G2
:
G in which
v(z) > 1 - E },
which is open by the lower semicontinuity of v and which contains E. Finally, *Translator's note. See V. P. Zakharyuta, &b rno1 plurisubhannonic fww ons, Hr7Gert scales and isomorphism of spaces of analytic functions of several variables. (Teor. Funktsii Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen_ vyp. 19 (1974), 133-157, Definition 3.4.]
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
171
we denote by b the smaller of the distances p(E, 8G0) and p(8G, 8G2) and consider the average
v(z) =
J
v(z + bc)K(S) dVS
with a smooth kernel K concentrated in the unit ball. The function w =v + E is non-negative, plurisuperharmonic and smooth in G, and on E it takes values no smaller than 1, i.e., it belongs to P3. But w3(z°) < v(z°) + E < w(z°, E, G) + 2E (we have used (3)); and since E is arbitrary, we have w3(z°) < wz°. Taking into account the obvious reverse inequality and the fact that z° is an arbitrary point of G, we obtain the desired identity w3 (z) - w(z, E, G).
The value of the regularization of the function w at an arbitrary point, if it differs at all from the value of w itself, can clearly he only smaller. As H. Cartan proved, the set N = { z E G : w. (z, E, G) < w(z, E, G) }, where the regularization does not coincide with the function w, has zero capacity and consequently also has Lebesgue measure 0.(2) From this another property of the set N is deduced: for any superharmonic function v in G, at any point
zEG lim
v(z') = v(z).
(4)
-*z
z'NU{z}
Since clearly the P-measure w. (z, E, G) _> 0, by the minimum principle for plurisuperharmonic functions it is either everywhere positive in G or else identically equal to 0. In the last instance, as was proved by Lelong [21, the set E is P-polar in G; that is, there is some plurisuperharmonic function in G, not identically oo, which equals +oc on the set (or what is the same thing, a plurisubharmonic function not identically -co equals -oc). Conversely, if E is P-polar in some neighborhood of G, then w. (z, E, G) - 0. Using these rather refined results we prove, following Sadullaev, the properties of P-measure that we need. 1°.
Boundedness: 0 < w. (z, E, G) < 1
2°. Monotonicity:
G1 C G2, E1 C E2 = w.(z, E1. G1) <
E2, G2).
(Both properties are evident.) (2)The result of Cartan concerns the lower bounds of arbitrary superharmonic functions u (and not just plurisuperharmonic ones). Its proof can be found, for example, in Ronkin [11, pp. 106-107 (tranal. pp. 63--CA).
V. FURTHER RESULTS
172
3°. Countable subadditivity: for any countable sequence of subsets Ej of the domain G and at any point z of this domain, o°
W,
(zUic) < F, w. (z, Ej, G j-1
j=1
i For any collection of functions u j E P (E3 , G) = Pj, the sum E u j is plurisuperharmonic (as a special case, it can be identically oo). Since it
is nonnegative in G and is not less than 1 on E = U Ej, it follows that w(z, E, G) _< inf Y__1 uj (z), where the infimum is taken over all collections of uj and clearly is attained only when all the summands attain their infima. Thus 00
00
w(z, E, G) <
inf uj (z) _ w(z, Ej, G), j=1 jqpj j=1
or, passing to the regularizations, 00
w.(z,E,G)
lim
- zl_zj=1
w(z',Ej,G).
(5)
We now use the result cited above which says that the sets
Nj ={zEG:w.(z,Ej,G) <w(z,Ej,G)} and also the union N of these sets have property (4). Since the removal of the set N can only increase the lower limit on the right-hand side of (5) and since
outside N the functions w(z,Ej,G) coincide with their regularizations, by applying property (4) to the clearly superharmonic function E w. (z, Ej, G), we get from (5) that 00
w.(z,E,G) <
lim
00
Ew.(z',Ej,G) _
Z-= j=1 z'VG\N
Ej,G). j=1
If the domain G is z-pseudoconvex and E C G, then there exists a decreasing sequence of continuous functions Uk E P(E,G) such that 4°.
= w. (z, E, G). (,iimuk(z)) oo
(6)
4 According to the remark made above, in this case the function w(z, E, G)
can be defined as the lower bound in the class P8 of smooth functions v E P(E, G). By Choquet's lemma (see, for example, Ronkin [1], Lemma 1.5.5) there exists a countable family of vj E P. such that (infj vj (z)). = w. (z, E, G). Then the functions uk(z) = infj
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
5°.
173
If G is z-pseudoconvex and E C G, then for any e > 0 one can find
domains G1 and G2 with G1 C= G C G2 such that for any domain G confined between G1 and G2 (G1 C G C G2), we have I
w. (z, E, G) - w. (z, E, G) <E for all z E G fl G. I
4 Without loss of generality we can assume that e < 1 and that the function p determining the domain G does not exceed -1 on E. The open set { z E G : 9(z) < -E/2 } C G; therefore, there exists a domain G' C G containing this set. If a = - supzEG P(z), then 0 < a < e/2; if we denote by Gl the connected component of the open set { z c G; V(z) < -a } containing G', it clearly contains E. We will denote by G2 the connected component of the open set { z E D :
i (v(z), u(z) + E) V(Z)
for z c G1,
forzEG2 \ G1
belongs to P(E,G2).(3) Consequently, for z E G1 we have w(z,E,G2) < w(z) < u(z) +e, and since u E P(E,G1) is arbitrary, we also have w(z, E, G2) < w(z, E, Gl) + E, whence
w.(z,E,G2) -w.(z, E,G1) < E for z E G1.
(7)
In just the same way, from our definitions and the property of the function p pointed out above, it follows that
w. (z, E, G2) < v(z) < E forzEG2 \ G1.
(8)
Now let G1 C G C G2 and z E G n G. By property 2° both P-measures and w. (z, E, G) are confined between w. (z, E, G 1) and w. (z, E, G2); therefore, if z e G1, then according to (7), w. (z, E, G)
1w.(z,E,G) -w.(z,E,G)I <w.(z,E,G2) -w.(z,E,G1) < E; if, however, z c G n d \ G1, then (8) is true, and therefore
Iw.(z,E,6) -w.(z,E,G)I <
max(w. (z, E, G), w. (z, E, nG)) < w. (z, E, G2) < e.
10-
6'. If the domain G is z-pseudoconvex, then the condition w. (z, E, G) - 0 is necessary and sufficient for the set E to be P-polar in G. (3)One must take into account that on 8G1 the function v = a+e/2 < c; thus, the two methods of defining w agree there.
V. FURTHER RESULTS
174
-4 According to the previously cited result of Lelong, the P-polarity of E follows from the condition w. (z, E, G) - 0. Conversely, a P-polar set E can be represented in the form of a countable union of sets Ej c G. Since the E3 are polar in G, according to what was said above, for any domain G such that E3 C G C G, we have w. (z, E3, G) - 0. Then by property 5° w. (z, E G) - 0 also. Applying property 3°, we get w. (z, E, G) - 0. 7°. If the domain G is pseudoconvex and the set E C G is such that for any domain G Cc G the set E fl G is P-polar in G, then E is P-polar in G.
-4 By definition of pseudoconvexity there exists a function cp, plurisubharmonic in G, which goes to +00 as aG is approached. Using this it is easy to construct a compact exhaustion of G by domains Gk = { z E G : cpk (z) < 0 }, where the cpk are continuous and plurisubharmonic in G. Without loss of generality, we can assume that rpkIck_l < -1. Since by hypothesis the set E fl Gk is P-polar in Gk, there exists a plurisubharmonic function Uk t- 00 in Gk which equals 00 on E fl Gk. It can be taken to be positive in Gk-1i indeed, since it is lower semicontinuous, it is bounded from below there, and a positive constant can be added to it. Further, since G1 is open and not empty, a point z° can be found in it such that uk(z°) # oo f o r all k = 1, 2, .. . We now construct/ a sequence of plurisuperharmonic functions in G
vk(z) _
min(uk+l(z)/2kuk+1(x°), - Ok(z))
for z c Gk,
- cpk(z)
for z E G \ Gk,
k = 1, 2,... (on aGk the function -cPk = 0 and Uk+1 > 0, so the minimum in the first line is equal to -cpk, so both methods of defining Vk agree there). We set
v(z) _
vk (z);
(9)
this function is clearly plurisuperharmonic in G and is not identically oo, since at the point z° we have vk(z°) < 1/2k for all k, so the series (9) converges. But
at any point z E E, beginning with some number k, the value -cpk(z) > 1, while uk+1(z) = oo, so that Vk(Z) > 1 and v(z) = oo. This means that the set E is P-polar in the domain G. 2. P-capacity. There exist several ways to develop the concept of capacity of sets in a complex space so that this concept reflects the complex structure. We present here a variant recently proposed by Sadullaev [2] based on Pmeasure. We denote by µ the standard measure on complex projective space PM which is invariant under the unitary transformations and which is normalized so that 1c(Pr) = 1 (see subsection 13 in Chapter I). By the plurisuperharmonic capacity or, more briefly, the P-capacity of a subset E of a domain G C PN with respect to this domain we mean the average of the P-measure w. (z, E, G)
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
175
with respect to the measure A: c(E, G)
A(G)
f
w. (z, E, G) dµ(z).
(10)
The quantity c(E, G) = c(E) has many properties which usually are required of capacities. The first four of these follow immediately from the corresponding properties of P-measures: 1°.
0 < c(E) < 1, and c(E) = 0 if and only if w. (z, E, G) - 0.
2°. If G is a z-pseudoconvex domain, then c(E) = 0 if and only if E is a P-polar set in G.
3°. P-capacity is an increasing set function, i.e., if El C E2 C G, then c(Ei) < c(E2). 4°. P-capacity is countably subadditive, i.e., for any sequence of sets Ek C G c
00
00
1
1
OEk <1: c(Ek).
The following property is proved with reference to the results cited above: 5°. P-capacity is continuous from above as a set function, i.e., for any set
E C G and any E > 0 there is an open set U D E such that for any k with
ECECU
c(E) - c(E) < E.
(11)
By definition, w(z, E, G) is the lower bound of the values at the point z of the functions in the class P (E, G)-the nonnegative plurisuperharmonic functions in G which are no less than 1 on E. According to Choquet's lemma, there exists a countable family of functions vj E P(E, G) such that (inf3 vj(z)). = w. (z, E, G). Setting uk(z) = inf3
u(z) du lim f uk(z) dµ,
kO° G
(12)
and since, by the result of H. Cartan cited above, the set N = { z E G : u. (z) < u(z) } has zero Lebesgue measure, and thus zero A-measure,
u(z) dµ = fc\N u. (z) dy = JG
JG
w. (z, E, G) dp = p(G)c(E).
From this and from (12) we see that a number ko can be found such that 1
A(G) G
uk° (z) dA < c(E) + E/2.
V. FURTHER RESULTS
176
We set U = { z c G : uk° (z) > 1-e/2 }; this set is open (by the lower semicontinuity of uk0) and contains E (because uk0 > 1 on E since uk, E P(E, G)); and since uk0 (z) + e/2 E P(U, G), then uko (z) + e/2 > w. (z, U, G). From this it follows that c(U)
µ(G) Jc w`
(z, U, G) dy
p(G)
fc
\uk0 (z) + 21 d#
< c(E) + e. Since k C U, (11) now follows from property 3°. 6°. For any decreasing sequence of subsets Ek C G c
I
I
Ek = kim c(Ek).
(13)
k=1
4 This property follows from the preceding one. We start by choosing a sequence Ek \ 0 and for each Ek choose a neighborhood Uk of the set E = n Ek such that c(Uk) - c(E) < Ek. Since the E, are shrinking to E, for any k there is a number jk such that E; C Uk for j > ik; thus for j > jk we also have 0 < c(E,,) - c(E) < Ek. From this follows (13). From property 3° it follows that for an arbitrary set E C G the P-capacity c(E) is the lower bound of the P-capacities of the open sets U C G containing E; or in other words, it is the outer capacity ce (E). One can as usual introduce the inner capacity ci(E), setting it equal to the upper bound of the c(K) over all compact sets K C E. It is clear that for any compact set K C G the inner capacity ci(K) = c(K). The following property shows that ci(U) = c(U) also for open sets U C G. 7°.
For any increasing sequence of open subsets Uk C G
c U Uk = kym°c(Uk)
(14)
k=1
,4 It is clear that limk_ w. (z, Uk, G) E P(U, G), where U = U Uk. Thus this limit is no larger than w. (z, U, G). On the other hand, since w. (z, Uk, G) _< w. (z, U, G) by the monotonicity of P-measures, this limit does not exceed w. (z, U, G). Thus, limk. w. (z, Uk, G) = w. (z, U, G); integrating this relation, we obtain (14). In conclusion we observe that in Sadullaev's paper [31 another concept of capacity is introduced which is in a certain sense equivalent to the one described above. Let E be a subset of a domain G on an n-dimensional complex manifold, which for simplicity of formulation we will assume to be zpseudoconvex. We set w1(z, E, G) = sup u(z) over the class of all nonpositive
plurisubharmonic functions on G which are in C2 (G) such that U E < -1;
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
177
then we set
wi(z,E,G) = lim wl(z',E,G). z'-+Z
It is clear that wi (z, E, G) = -w* (z, E, G), where w* is the P-measure introduced above. If wi E C2(G), then dd`wi > 0 because wi is plurisubharmonic, and we set
cl(E, G) =
f(dd'wfl'.
Bedford and Taylor [1] proved the following maximum principle for plurisub-
harmonic functions of class C2(G) fl C(G): If two such functions u and v coincide on 8G, then u < v in G
fd'u)n >_
J(dd'vY.
Having this principle in mind, for an arbitrary set E C G we can set by definition
cl(E, G) = inf
JG
(dd`u)",
(15)
where the lower bound is taken over the class of all plurisubharmonic functions in C2(G) f1 C(G) for which u1 E < -1 and ulaG > 0. An extremal function for this problem, if it belongs to the class C2 (G), satisfies the so-called MongeAmpere equation in G \ E:
(dd`u)" = 0, (16) In recent years this equation has been encountered in many problems in complex analysis.
Developing the methods proposed by Bedford and Taylor, Sadullaev established for c1(E) = c1(E,G) the properties 1°-6° of the capacity c(E). In particular, cl (E), like c(E), is equal to zero if and only if E is a P-polar subset of G. In this sense these capacities are equivalent.
3. Polarity of the set of defective divisors. We already observed in Chapter II that, in contrast to the one-dimensional case where the number of defective values is at most countable, in the multidimensional case the set of divisors with positive defect can be uncountable. In subsection 12 of Chapter II we presented Shiffman's example of of a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : C2 -+ P2 for which every complex line passing through the point (1, 0, 0] is defective; this is the simple mapping f (z) = [1, ez', ez'] Nonetheless, for nondegenerate holomorphic mappings f :A -, M, where A is an m-dimensional affine manifold and M is an n-dimensional projective manifold on which is defined a positive line bundle L -, M, the set of defective divisors cannot be very large. Namely, Sadullaev proved in [2] that the set of such divisors is P-polar in the projective space PN of all divisors of holomorphic sections of the bundle L (see subsection 6 of Chapter I). From this it follows in particular that the Hausdorff (2N - 2 + c)-measure of this
V_ FURTHER RESULTS
178
set (see below, subsection 4) equals zero for any c > 0; this answers one of the questions posed by Griffiths and King [1]. In fact the result of Sadullaev is stronger; it is not concerned with the set of divisors with positive defect
bf (D) = 1 - rlim (Nf (D, r)/Tf (L, r)),
(17)
which was considered in Chapter II and which is naturally called the defect in the sense of Nevanlinna, but with divisors with positive defect
Af(D) = 1- lim (Nf(D,r)/Tf(L,r))
(18)
Vf = {D E pN: A f(D) > 0},
(19)
r-oo This quantity is called the defect in the sense of Valiron, and the set
clearly contains all the divisors which are defective in the sense of Nevanlinna. We begin with the case of a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cm Pn with the hyperplane bundle on Pn. The hyperplanes { [w] E P" : >o 0 } will be viewed as points of the projective space (Pl)* with homogeneous coordinates [ao,... , an]. For simplicity of notation we will omit the asterisk in designating (Pn)the hyperplane with equation E 0 will be denoted
by a. As always, Ua will be the domain { a E Pn : as # 0 } of the standard covering of Pn, Sr will denote the sphere { z E Cm : z = r }, and or is the Poincare form.
LEMMA 1. For hyperplanes a E U0, the counting function is representable in the form
Nf(a,r) = u,, (a, r) +hQ(a), where
ua(a,r) = J
In Sr
Ef
v=0
(20)
a
as
(21)
is a plurisubharmonic function in the local coordinates
(ao/a...... a0-i/a«,a«+i/aa..... a./a.), and n
h0(a) = -In
E
V=0
aQ
Y(o)
(22)
is a function summable with respect to the standard measure on P. 4 By Jensen's formula (9) in §4 we have n
Nf(a, r) _
j In E a., f or -In E a,, ,
0
'0'
I
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
179
from which (20) follows immediately with the expressions (21) and (22) for ua and ha. The plurisubharmonicity of the function ua in local coordinates Si = ao/aa, , Sn = an /a,, follows from the plurisubharmonicity in C' (S) of
InIfa+f0Sl+...+fa-1Sa+fa+ica+1+...+fncnl for any fixed parameters fo,... , fn, and from the fact that integration with respect to z does not destroy plurisubharmonicity. That ha is summable can be seen by observing that this function on Pn has only logarithmic singularities
on the hyperplanes as = 0 and >2 a
0.
The next theorem is proved as the analogous theorem is proved in R. Nevanlinna [1], 1st ed., Paragraph 225, 2nd ed., Paragraph 233.
THEOREM 1. For any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : Cm
Pn
and for all hyperplanes a E Pn, except for a P-polar set E of them, the counting function N f(a, r) satisfies the inequality
Nf(a,r) > Tf(r) =
Tf(r) InTf(r),
(23)
for r > ro (a), where Tf (r) is the characteristic function.
t We set )t(r) = 1 Tf(r)1nTf(r); this function is clearly increasing, as is the function Tf(r) - .1(r). Using this, we can construct step by step an increasing sequence of numbers rk -+ oo such that (24) k = 0,1..... Tf(ro) > 1, Tf(rk+1) - A(rk+l) = Tf(rk), We set E, _ { a E Pn : N f (a, r) < T f(r) - A(r) } and prove that for a V E,k and r c Irk, rk+1]
Nf(a,r) > Tf(r) - 2A(r).
(25)
In fact, since Nf is increasing, for r > rk and a V E,k we have Nf(a,r) ? Nf(a,rk) > Tf(rk) - a(rk) t
1
Tf(r) - 2A(r) + [Tf(rk) - (Tf(r) - A(r))] + IA(r) - A(rk)],
and since Tf - A and A are increasing, we have Tf(r) - A(r) < Tf(rk) for
r < rk+1 and A(r) > A(rk) for r > rk. Thus under our conditions, both bracketed expressions in the last relation are positive. Discarding these, we obtain (25).
Let 000
00
E=(I
UE,k
I
(26)
j=1 k=j
and the hyperplane a ¢ E. Then a ko can be found such that a V Ukko Ell , i.e., a V E,k for all k > ko. According to what was proved above, it follows from this that (25) and thus the equivalent inequality (23) are true for all r > rk0.
V. FURTHER RESULTS
180
It remains to prove that the set E defined by (26) is P-polar in P". From (20), (21) and the Nevanlinna inequality (subsection 2 of §4) it follows that f o r points a = [ao, ... , a,,] E Ua
ua(a,r) = Nf(a,r) - ha(a) < Tf(r) +In
IaI Iaf(0)I
Therefore, if we fix an arbitrary bounded domain G C UQ and denote by c1 the greater of the two numbers 0 and maxaEC ln(Ial If(0)I / IaQI), then for fixed r the plurisuperharmonic function vQ (a, r) = (T f (r) - ua (a, r) +cl)/A(r) is nonnegative on G. On the set Er, on which by definition Nf (a, r) < Tf (r) A(r), we have va(a,r) =
Tf(r) + h,,(r) - Nf(a,r) + cl > 1
h«(a) + cl
-
A (r)
.1(r)
Since h0(a) + cl > 0 for a E G, the inequality va(a,r) > 1 is true for
aEE nG.
Thus the function va is admissible for P-measure, and consequently w, (a, E, n G, G) < va (a, r), while the P-capacity
c(E, n G) = u(G) Jc w. (a, E, n G, G) dp < k(GI fi(r) +
J{2,f(r) + In
1
I
W(G)a(r) c
{c1 - in
1
f
va (a, r) dp
u(G) JaIIIaf (I )I - U,, (a, r) l dp
lal if (0)I IaQI
dt. 1
Using the fact that the second integral is nonnegative and that the first integrand is nonnegative on all of Ua, we get
c(Er n G) <
1
{Tf(r) + In IaiII (I - u,, (a, r) } d1z. I
µ(G)A(r) it".
)
(27)
111
We now observe that by Crofton's formula (see (21) in §3) and (20) we have
Tf(r)= f ^ Nf(a,r)dµ=fu' ua(a,r)dp+c2i where c2 = f ha(a) dp is a constant. Recalling that µ(U,,) = 1, we can rewrite (27) in the form
c E, nG) < (
1
rC.2
,u(G)A(r) l
+
fu.
in
IaI If (0)I
Iaal
dµ =
C A(r)
(28)
where C is a constant depending only on the domain G and the mapping f .
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
181
Using properties 6° and 40 of P-capacity (see subsection 2), we obtain 00
00
c(EnG) < c n U E, nG 7=1k=7 aD
00
= lim00 c U E,.,, n G < lim E c(E,k n G). 3-00 k=i f k=j Further, based on (28) and (24), (in which k is replaced by k - 1),
c(E n G) < C urn
= C lim
1
~00k=.7 A(rk)
rk
, k_1
9--'0°k=9
dTf (r) A2(rk)
Finally, using the fact that the function .1(r) = 2 VT-f(r) lnT f(r) is increasing, we get
V_ f r,, c(E n G) < C urn 2
00k=f
j
d
(r) = 4C lim
A2(r)
J
dTf
Tfln Tf
= 0,
since the integral is convergent. Since G is an arbitrary domain in [T", on the basis of property 7° of subsection 1 it can be concluded that the set E is P-polar in any domain U,,,. PP. As can be seen from (23) and the definition of the Valiron defect, for all
a §t E the defect A f(a) = 0. Therefore, the set Vf C E and thus is P-polar. Moreover, the proof of Theorem 1 can be carried over in an obvious way to more general complex manifolds. Then we arrive at the result of Sadullaev which was mentioned above.
THEOREM 2. Let A be an rn-dimensional affine manifold and let M be a projective n-dimensional manifold on which is given an ample line bundle L. Then for any nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f :A -> M the set E of divisors of holomorphic sections of L which are defective in the sense of Valiron is a P-polar set in the projective space of all such divisors. We observe that independently of A. Sadullaev an analogous result has been
obtained by Ronkin [2]. The latter result is weaker, since Ronkin obtained it in terms of the I'-capacity which he had introduced, but it applies to a somewhat larger class of mappings. 4. On the Bdxot&t problem. As we observed in Chapter II, for sets of codi-
mension greater than 1 the so-called transcendental Bezout theorem is in general not true, that is, there does not exist a general estimate from above of the counting function in terms of the characteristic function (see the example of Cornalba and Shiffman in subsection 4 of Chapter II). However, such an estimate becomes possible if we neglect a set which is in some sense thin. We present here a result of Carlson [3] which gives an estimate in terms of the
V. FURTHER RESULTS
182
characteristic function for the counting function of the preimages of points C'n. The thinness of the exceptional under holomorphic mappings f : C" set is formulated in terms of what is called the a-capacity. One can find out about this, for example, in Landkof's book [1]; we will limit ourselves only to the definitions and formulations of the properties that we will need. We consider in C" a kernel of the form & (z) = 1/ IzI', where 0 < a < 2n, and a measure µ concentrated on the set E; the potential and the energy of this measure are defined to be, respectively, VA (z) = fc K. (S - z) dµ(S),
'
'(µ) = f n V, (z) dµ(z)
(29)
For a given compact set E C C' there exists what is called an equilibrium distribution of the measure; this is a measure d1 with support E with µ(C") =
p(E) = Q such that the energy is minimal. It is unique for fixed Q (see Landkof [1], Chapter II, §1.3). We denote by V = maxVV(z) the potential of this measure, and call the a-capacity of the set E the quantity ca (E) = Q/V. (30) This capacity has a number of properties common to capacities; in par-
ticular, it is monotone and countably subadditive, and property 6° of the preceding subsection is true for it. It is related to the Hausdorff measure of sets, which is defined in the following manner. Cover the set E C C" with a finite or countably infinite set of balls with centers zj and radii rj, and set HQ,b (E) = inf >f rJ , where the lower bound is taken over all coverings with radii rj < 6. The Hausdorff measure of order a (briefly, a-measure) of the set E is defined to be HQ (E) = limbo Ha,b (E). If E is a real k-dimensional manifold, then the k-measure is proportional to
its volume. Moreover, H(E) = oc for a < k and H,,(E) = 0 for a > k. The link between a-capacity and Hausdorff measure is expressed, in particular, by the following fact: the Borel sets of zero a- capacity also have zero (a + E)measure for any E > 0 (for a proof see Landkof [1], Chapter III, §4). We pass now to the presentation of Carlson's result. The Nevanlinna inequality for holomorphic mappings f : C" -p C" and the preimages of points a E C" has the form
Nf(a,r)
(31)
(see (21) in §4). Here the characteristic function
Tf T(n)
_ ' dt IJf(z)I2Po (r) - Jo t Ja, (1 + If (x)12)2
dd°Iz12)
is the logarithmic mean of the volume of the image of the ball Br (see (25) in z(") (a) } of a point a §2), and in the case of a discrete preimage f (a) the counting function 1z"(r
In+
a)I
+n(f-1(a),0)lnr
§13. RESULTS USING CAPACITY
183
(see (30) in §1). From (30) is can be seen that the desired estimate reduces to an estimate of the remainder, which is expressed by (19) of §4
Rf(a, r) =
2
ff
`(A(w - a)) A wo
(wo = ddd In Izl2),
(32)
where, according to (16) of §4, 2 n-1 A(w) = in 1 iw ll2 wl > (dd` In Iw12)L A w'-'- 1
(w = dd`' ln(1 + Iwi2))
=o
is a form of bidegree (n - 1, n - 1). Clearly, A(w - a) = K(w - a)13(w, a), where
K(w) =
(33)
1 + Iwl2
1 Iwl2n-2 In
I,wl2
is a locally integrable function, and Q is a form with bounded coefficients. By an elementary inequality which says ln(1 + 1/x) < cl/x6 for any e > 0 and a suitable choice of the constant c1, the function K is majorized by the
kernel KQ of the form described above, where a = 2n - 2 + e, K(w) < c1/ IwI2n-2+e = c1KQ(w). Also, by the boundedness of the coefficients of the form, 0(w, a) c2wn-1(w) for a suitable choice of c2. The decisive point in Carlson's proof is
LEMMA 2. For any holomorphic mapping f: Cn , Cn and any set E in Cn of positive (2n - 2 + e)-capacity, there exists a measure y concentrated on E and such that
fc Nf(a,r) dp(a) < cQ(E)Tjnl (r) +ctn_1(r),
(34)
n
where a = 2n - 2 + e, the quantity tn_1(r) = is a constant.
fB,
f *wn-1 A.'o, and c = c(e)
4 Having in mind an application of the Nevanlinna inequality, we first estimate the integral of the remainder with respect to an arbitrary measure ,u in Pn concentrated on E. By (32) and Fubini's theorem we have
f
Rf(a, r) dA(a) = fB .
f
(fn A(w - a) dµ(a)/// I A wo
and further, employing (33) and the estimates following it,
f Rf(a, r) dµ(a) < c f j' (f KQ(w - a) dA(a)wn-1(w)) c^
s,
c^
A wo,
V. FURTHER RESULTS
184
where c is some constant. Recalling the definition (29) of the potential of the measure µ, we get
f Rf(a, r) dµ (a) < c C^
ff
*(V,(w)wn-1)
A wo.
B,
Let us suppose now that µ is an equilibrium measure, normalized so that V = max V. (w) = 1. Then, taking into account the positivity of the forms w and wo, the preceding inequality can be rewritten in the form
f
C"
f'((Jn-1)
Rf (a, r) dµ (a) < c f
B,
n wo = ctn-1(r)
Further, integrating the Nevanlinna inequality (31) with respect to this measure, and taking into account that we have Q = µ(Cn) = ca(E) by (30), we obtain
f
^
N f (a, r) dµ (a) < T1n) (r)c. (E) + fcn R f (a, r) dµ(a);
substituting in this the previous estimate, we find the needed result (34). The main result, like Theorem 1, is proved along the lines of Nevanlinna. THEOREM 3. For any holomorphic mapping f : C" -p Cn and any e, b > 0
Nf(a, r - 1) < (1 + r1+st,,_1(r - 1)JTj")(r)
(35)
for all a E C" except for an exceptional set E of zero (2n - 2 + e) -measure for
all r > ro(a). 4 We fix an increasing function g: R+ R+, the choice of which will be made precise later, and for k = 1, 2,... we set
Ek = {a E C": Nj(a, k - 1) > (1 +
(36)
Let E= n,o° 1 U ., Ek; if a V E, then some ko = ka(a) can be found such that a ¢ Ek for all k > ko (see the proof of Theorem 1). Therefore, if [r] is the integer part of r, then for [r] > ko Nf(a, r - 1) < Nf(a, [r]) < (1 + g([r]))Tf n)([r]) < (1 +
(37)
(we have used again the fact that the functions g and Tf" are increasing). The set Ek has positive a-capacity, where a = 2n - 2 + E. Integrating (36) with respect to an equilibrium measure µ like the one in Lemma 2, we get
(1 + g(k))Tfni(k)ca(Ek) < f Nf(a, k - 1) dp(a), ^
By the same lemma,
(1 + g(k))T(n)(k)c,(Ek) < c..(Ek)T(")(k - 1) +ctn_1(k - 1).
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
185
Hence, g(k)T j"? (k) ca (Ek) < ct, _ 1(k - 1) (we have discarded the nonposi-
tive term ca(Ek)(Tf")(k - 1) -Tj") (k)) on the right), and by the countable subadditivity of the a-capacity we get ca
-"0ca(Ek)-c>to-1(k-1)
UEk
.
k=j
k=i
k=i 9(k)Tf" (k)
Further, by the property of this capacity analogous to 6° in subsection 2 and by the definition of the set E, on the basis of the last inequality 00 ca(E) < c lim E tn_1(k - 1)
'°° k=i 9(k)T$"l (k) From this it can be seen that the set E has zero a-capacity if we choose the function g so that the last series converges. For this, it is clearly sufficient to
set g(r) = rl+btn-1(r - 1); then according to (37), for a ¢ E and [r] > ko, inequality (35) will be true. Thus, the set of values a E C" for which there is no estimate of Bezout type cannot be very large; for instance, its Hausdorff measure of order 2n - 2 + e
equals zero for any e > 0. If the function Nf(a, r) is continuous in r (for example, if f -1(a) is discrete), then the sets Ek defined in (36) are open and thus E is a countable intersection of open sets (a set of type G,5). Such sets are locally polar, i.e., for every point of E there is a neighborhood U and a superharmonic function on it, not identically equal to oo, but equal to oo on E n U (see Landkof [1], Chapter III, §1.1). In the same paper of Carlson [3), this theorem is generalized to preimages of points under holomorphic mappings of m-dimensional Stein spaces to C" and also to inverse images of planes A C P' of codimension k under mappings
in Pn, where in the last instance Nf(A,r) is estimated in terms of Tj(k)(r).
§14. Mappings of finite order For simplicity we will limit ourselves to holomorphic mappings f : C'" C". If as in Chapter II we denote
Mj(r)
EB
1 + ff(z)I2,
(1)
then the order pf and the type a f of the mapping f can be defined by the standard formulas
pf = li 00
hzlnlMj(r)I nr
of = rli hzM,(r) -00
(2)
This section is devoted to mappings of finite order and some special classes of such mappings.
V. FURTHER RESULTS
186
As we know, the kth
5. Estimates of characteristic functions from above. characteristic function T(k)(r)
-k,
dt
J
JBt(f*W)k AWE
(3)
is responsible for the distribution of inverse images of planes A C C` of complex codimension k under holomorphic mappings f: Cm -+ Cn. Here f *(w) = ddc ln(1 + If 12) and wo = ddc In Izl2 (see subsection 3 of §4). Our immediate task is to describe an estimate for Tf(k) in the case of mappings of finite order obtained recently by Degtyar' [4]. His proof is based on a lemma; to formulate the lemma, we set Br(a) = { z E C" : Iz - al < r } and SS(a) = aBr(a) and introduce the form wa = ddc In Iz - a12. LEMMA 1. Let u be a positive plurisubharmonic function of class C2 in
Ct, and let 4) be a closed (m - k, m - k) form such that for any integer I, 0 < I < k, the form (ddcu)k-1 A wa A it is positive and integrable. Then for any integer 1, 1 < l < k, and any 0 > 1, t
f
(ddcu)k A-0 <(LMu(Or))f
(ddcu)k-t A WQ A 1F,
(4)
Ber(a)
r(a)
where Mu(r) = maxzEBr(a) u(z).
4 Since (ddcu)k A 46 = d(dcu A (ddcu)k-1 A 4)), by Stokes' formula and Lemma 1 from §1 we have (ddu)k A
f
t
f
= a
:(a)
t
f
d`u A (dd`u)k-1 A 4) ,(a)
f(a) du A do In Iz - al2 A (ddcu)k-1 A 4). 2
Applying Stokes' formula again, we find
f /' dt o
t
1' IBt(a)
(ddcu)k
A 4) =
1f 2
udc In Iz - a12 A (ddcu)k-1 A It
,r(a)
1
2
L.'a)
uwa A
1 Mu(r) 2
(dd`u)k-1
A -D
do In Iz - a12 A (ddcu)k-1 A 4)
sr(a)
(we have used the positivity of the forms in the integrands and the maximum principle for subharmonic functions). From this estimate, using the fact that the function Mu(r) and the integral over Br of (ddcu)k A4) increase, we obtain
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
187
for any0>1and1>1 1no1/i
JB.(a)
(dd`u)k A - <
I
dt (dd`u)k A 4' Be(a)
t
< 2Mu(01) J
d`InIz-aI2A(dd`u)k-1 A4).
Sat/t,(a)
Still another application of Stokes' formula gives the inequality
f
r(a)
(dd`u)k A 4'<
1
21nO Mu(0l) fgai11,(a)
wa A (dd`u)k-1 A -6.
We now observe that this same inequality can be applied to the integral on the right after replacing k by k - 1, 4) by wa A (I and r by 01/ir. Repeating this again l - 2 more times, we obtain (4). REMARK. Under the conditions of Lemma 1, the following inequality is also true:
\k
fB, (a)
k Mu(Or) J J - ( 21nO
d` In Iz - aI2 A wQ-1 A -6.
(d d`u)k A 4' <
Se.(a)
It is obtained from (4) with k = I by applying of Stokes' formula. I As a simple consequence of this lemma, we get an estimate for the characteristic functions in terms of the maximum modulus Mf analogous to the estimate of Carlson (Theorem 4 of §2).
THEOREM 1. For any holomorphic mapping f: C' -+ C" and any 0 > 1, k-1 1 < k < m, Tfk)(r) < ( well (InMf(0r))k, (6) where Mf is defined in (1). Since the function u = ln(1 + I f 12) is positive and plurisubharmonic in Cm (see subsection 9 of Chapter I) and Mu(r) = 2In Mf(r), by Lemma 1 with
4)=wo-k,1=k-landa=0weget k-1
Lot f*w Awo-1
(f'w)kAwpm-k<(k_lM(ot)')
fBt
In 6
(we have ddcu = f `w). From (3) we then get that
Tk(r) <_
(k_1MM) k-1I r dt r 0
JBas
k
= (ln9
InMf(r))
Tf(Or).
f*wAwo -1
V. FURTHER RESULTS
188
From this by (13) of §2 we obtain T1kl (r) <
(kn
1B1 In Mf(r)
\ k-i fa, In
)
Poin/care
1 + -If(Z)12a,
(7)
form. Observing that the integral
where a = do In Iz12 A wo -1 is the does not exceed In Mf(Or), we get (6).
REMARK. Since limk-1((k - 1)/In9)k-i = 1, inequality (6) reduces in the limit to Tf(r) < 1nMf(9r), which is also clearly true for 9 = 1. 1 We go on to mappings of finite order. For a mapping f : Cmm -* Cn of order
p f = p < oo, the radial indicator at the point z E C' is defined to be hf(z) = Tlim
In
1 + I f (rz)I2 rp
00
(8)
Clearly, h f (tz) = tPh f (z) for any positive t, so the radial indicator is a homogeneous function of order p (in particular, h f (0) always equals 0). By the homogeneity of the indicator, it is sufficient to define it on the unit sphere S1 C C"`. Since the function u(z) = In(1 + If (Z)12) is plurisubharmonic in Cr", the indicator h f is a plurisubharmonic function provided it is upper semicontinuous. In the general case only the regularization
h; (z) = lim h f(z'), (9) Z-Z is plurisubharmonic. In this case the set { z E C- : h j(z) > hf(z) } is not too large, and in particular, its Hausdorff 2m-measure is equal to 0 (see the previous subsection). The mean value of the indicator over the sphere S1
Hf f hfo
(10)
appears in the estimate of the characteristic functions from above obtained by Degtyar' [1]:
THEOREM 2. For a holomorphic mapping f : C' -+ C" of finite order p and finite type of and for any 0 > 1, lim Tf k)(r) < gkP
r-ac
k- 1
rkP
In
k
9)
k-i
1
o
f
H f
1 < k < m.
(11)
Dividing (7) by rkP and passing to the upper limit, we get lim
k-1 lim Tfk)(r) rkP -
InAff r(9r)`k 1rlixfs In (Or)P
If
JJ
The upper limit in parentheses is by (2) equal to the type of. Since the positive functions (1/rP) In 1 + If(rz)I2 are bounded above by the number
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
189
a f + 1 for sufficiently large r, then in the integral over Si one can pass to the upper limit; this, according to (8) gives h f(z). We have obtained (11). REMARK. For the principal characteristic function T fl) = Tf, the following estimate is true: lim Tf (r) < Hf r- oo rP
(12)
This is obtained from (11) by taking the limit as k --> 1 and 9 - 1 (see the previous remark) or it can be proved directly. We observe that the type a f does not appear in the estimate. 1 6. Mappings with q-regular growth. While the estimate of the characteristic functions from above in Theorem 2 was obtained for all mappings f : Cm -p C" of finite order and type, the analogous estimate from below can only be obtained for mappings in special classes. Here we present such an estimate obtained by Degtyar' [31 for one of the classes introduced by him. From the definition of the indicator it can be seen that, if for some point z E S1 there exists not an upper but an ordinary limit in (9) and h f (z) > 0, then If (rz)l grows like er°h!(z) as r increases. If this limit were to be attained uniformly on the whole sphere Si and were everywhere positive, then we would have a simple estimate from below for If (rz) I and thus for T f (r). However,
such an assumption is too restrictive; for example, if there is a sequence of points in f -1(0) converging to infinity, then the limit of (9) over the sequence equals 0. Therefore, it is natural to relax the requirement of a uniform limit, dropping it on some small set. Following Degtyar', we will say that a set E C C'
has relative q-measure 0 if it can be covered by a system of balls B(J) = { B,, (aj) }jEJ with centers aj and radii rj < 1, satisfying the following condition: if JR C J is a set of indices such that the system B(JR) covers the intersection of E with the sphere SR, then
RXD R9 3EJR rig = 0.
(13)
.
As q grows, the quantity inside the limit sign clearly decreases, so if a set has zero q-measure, then it also has zero q'-measure if q' > q. We will say further that a holomorphic mapping f : Cm - C" of finite order p and finite type with regularized indicator hf is a mapping with q-regular growth if there exists a set E C C' of zero relative q-measure such that the following limit exists uniformly on the sphere S1: rlim00 rzoE
In
1+If(rz)12 p rp
= hf(z).
V. FURTHER RESULTS
190
We note that if f is a mapping with q-regular growth, then so is f - b for any b E C". In fact
rpIn
11+flf()-b12
1+If(rz)-b12=rpIn l+If(rz)I2+2r P
and the limit of the second term as r -f oo equals 0; this can be seen from the following elementary inequalities:(") 1/2(1 + IbI2) < (1 + If
-
b12)/(1 + IfI2) 5 2(1 + IbI2).
REMARK. Usually the indicator is defined as lim In If(rz)I = hf(z) rP r- oo
(15)
If for z E S1 in (15) there exists an ordinary rather than an upper limit, then it can be seen from what was said at the beginning of this subsection that the indicator introduced by us is hf(z) = I hf(z), 0,
if hf(z) > 0, if hf(z) < 0.
Levin and Pfluger (see Levin [1]) introduced and studied a class of entire functions f : C -+ C of completely regular growth, for which there exists an ordinary limit in (15) except for a certain exceptional set. Azarin [1] introduced
exceptional sets in R- (our definition (13) is a generalization of his) definition and on the basis of this defined subharmonic functions with competely regular growth. Using this definition, Agranovich and Ronkin [1] generalized the concept of functions of completely regular growth to functions of several complex variables and proved in particular that their class includes the class of functions f : Cm C introduced by Gruman [1]. These latter functions are those for which f (Az), for almost all z E C"`, is a function with completely regular growth in the variable A E C. Degtyar' [3] proved that all the functions investigated by these authors are functions of (tin - 1)-regular growth. I To obtain estimates from below for the characteristic functions of mappings of q-regular growth, we need two lemmas. The first of these is a slight modification of a well-known theorem of Hartogs (see Shabat I, p. 313). (4)The right inequality follows from the fact that
1+If+b12 <1+IfI2+21fbI+Ib12+(IfI-IbI)2+21fb12 < 2(1 + Ib12)(1 + If12).
while the left inequality is obtained from the right one by replacing f by f + b.
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
191
LEMMA 2. Let { ui } be a uniformly bounded family of nonnegative subharmonic functions in a domain G C Cm, and let u(z) = limt . ut(z). Then
for any continuous function v in G such that u(z) < v(z) for all z E G and for any E > 0 and K C G, there is a to such that
forallt>to andzEK.
ut(z)
-4 On the contrary, let there exist an E > 0, points zi E K and functions uj = ut, such that
Without loss of generality we can assume that zi --i z° E K. Let the ball B2,.(z°) with center z° and radius 2r be relatively compact in G; then, by the subharmonicity of the uj, the mean value v(zJ) +'F.
uJ
m rm
If I zi - z° I < r, then, by the nonnegativity of uj and the monotonicity of the mean value,
v(z') + E <
+n
(
f
uu (z)cpo
r+Izi
)
r
m
1
°
(2r)m
Here one can pass to the upper limit under the integral sign (by Fatou's lemma) and then replace this upper limit u by the function v: 0 1 V(z) + E < (2r)m
m B2,(=°) v(z)(P0
.
But by the continuity of v, the mean value on the right side, for sufficiently small values of r, does not exceed, e.g., v(z°) + c/2. We have arrived at a contradiction. The following lemma was proved by Degtyar' [3]. LEMMA 3. Let u be a positive plurisubharmonic function on Cm of class C2 for which there exist constants p and A such that for any point z E Sl
u(rz)/rP < A. If E C C'" is a set of zero relative q-measure, then for k < in - q/2 lim
1
R-oo l?
f
(dd`l)k A k-1 = 0, r'1SR
where, as in §4, Qk = de in Iz12 A (dde In
IZ12)m-k
(17)
V. FURTHER RESULTS
192
i If, in the above notation, BTU (a3) E S(JR) and S (0) = ST, (al) fl BR, then by Stokes' formula
f
cu)k Ao.k1
(
ra(ai)nsR
+J
S ta
(ddcu)k Ack-1
=f
(ai)
(ddcu)k Aw-k,
where B (a3) = B, (a3) fl Br. Therefore, taking into account the positivity of the forms (ddcu)k A Qk-1 and (dd`u)k A WO,-k, we have
f
(dd`u)k A ak_ 1 <
EnSR
jEJR
f
(18)
(dd`u)k A wU -k. r.' (°i)
Now we use Lemma 1 with 4p = WO,-k, I = k, and 0 = 2: (dd`u)k A wo -k
1
(2R)kp fnr; (w) k
(2R)kp
(-j_Mt4(2ri))
w"`-k
Wk w n
0
But from the definition of q-measure 0 it follows that for j e JR and sufficiently large R we have I a3I + 2r3 < 2R. Therefore, M,,,(2rj) :S Mu (2R), and A(2R)P. Moreover, for z E B2,., (a3) with from (16) it follows that
j E JR and R sufficiently large we have Izi > R/2. As a consequence, we obtain k
(2R1
(a))(dd°u)
fB.
/1
WO--k
<
2,1n
2
kL2(G))'k r,
z12(m-k) 1
const R2(m-k)
m-k A
1B2,, (Gi)
wk a1 n m-k
where z/i = dd'I Z12 - (d IzI2 A d` Iz12)/ Iz12 is a form with bounded coefficients
(see (11) in §1). Setting z = ai + rjs in the last integral, we convert it to the form
r ('n-k) fB ,
(
l `j512)k A (, (S + Q' rj !
m-k < const r?
and from (18) Rkp EnSR
(dat`u)k l1 Qk < R2(nstk)
r2(m-k) E jEJR
Since 2(m - k) > q, by the definition of zero relative q-measure we obtain (17).
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
193
ko t
The estimates for the characteristic functions from below are expressed in terms of coefficients, which, in the case where hf belongs to class C2, have the form 2k (19) Hfki = A o -k = 2k / dt A ' fBj (hf is a homogeneous function of order p and wo is homogeneous of order 0; thus the integral over B1 is equal to the integral over Bt multiplied by tkp). But if hf C2, then these coefficients are defined as the iterated limits
H(k) = lim ... lim H(hj...... hjk ), 7i-W
(20)
.7k'-'W
where
1 dt f dd`hj, A ... A dd`hjk
H(hj., ... , hjk) = 2k
A
t and hj is a decreasing sequence of smooth plurisubharmonic functions, uniformly bounded in B1 and converging to h f (such a sequence exists, because hf is plurisubharmonic and bounded). To demonstrate that the coefficients are well defined by (20), we can use the theory of currents (see §3). If we represent a current T of bidegree (k, k) in cm as a form with generalized coefficients, then the product T A w, where Jm-k,m-k, is a form of maximal degree, i.e., it is equal to a(ddc Iz12)m wE 0
ee
with a generalized coefficient a. The current T is called positive if a is positive for any positive form w E Fm-k,m-k (see §1). It is clear that the weak limit of a sequence of positive currents is a positive current. In particular, ddch is a positive current if h is a plurisubharmonic function. Further, a current T is said to be closed if dT = 0. It is clear that the weak limit of a sequence of closed currents is also closed. If T is a closed current of bidegree (k, k) and h is a smooth function, then for any p E 3m-k-1,m-k-1
dd`h A T(p) = f hT A dd`V. As in (20), take a sequence hj \ h;, and h let T be a closed positive current. Then, by the previous formula and Fatou's theorem,
limdd`hj AT(p) = f h ;T A dd`,p; that is, ddchj A T converges weakly to a current, which is consequently also positive and closed. Now the situation just described occurs at every step of the iterated limit in (20). Thus the sequence of currents dd`hj, A . A dd`h jk Awo -k is weakly convergent. Since in the definition of the function H there is yet another averaging over the ball B1, the limit in (20) exists (see Sadullaev [31).
We will discuss a geometric interpretation of the coefficients H(k) later; now we will prove the main result of this section (Degtyar' [3]).
V. FURTHER RESULTS
194
THEOREM 3. Let f : C"` -> C" be a holomorphic mapping with q-regular
growth. Then fork < m + 1 - q/2, Tjk)(r) > Hfk)rk" + o(r' ),
(21)
where p is the order of the mapping.
4 By Lemma 2 in §1, Tfk)(r) = 1 f ln(1+If12)wf-1 A k-1 2 ,
-If 2
B
ln(1 + If12 )wk-1 A wo -k+1
f
(22)
where w f = dd° ln(1 + I f I2). Let E be the exceptional set in the definition of q-regularity. Since f has finite type, we have In Mf(r) < ArP with some constant A, and by Lemma 3 (in which u(z) = ln(1+If(Z)12 ) and k is replaced by k - 1) we get that ln(1+If12)wf-1
TAP f
AQk-1 <
In Mf(r) rkp
.11 S,f1E
wk-1 Aok-1
fs,nE
tends to 0 as r -+ oc. Therefore,
kP
f ln(1+IfI2)wf-1Aak-1 s
I2)wf-1
r kP S,\E ln(1 + I f
A ok-1 + o(1).
(23)
But by the definition of q-regularity, the quantity
n(z) =
ln(1+If(z)I) IzIP
-
. z 2hf (_IzI
(24)
converges uniformly to 0 as IzI -+ oo with z V E. Since wf-1 1k-1
L\E
A °k-1 < max 1271 S, \E
Js,
wk-1 A ak-1
wk-1 n wo -F11,
= max Inn
S,\E
B,
f
and since by the remark after Lemma 1 (see (5), where a = 0 and 0 _ wo -k+1) wf-1
fa,
A wo -k+1 <
(k_i In Mf(Or) I k-1 fr d` In Iz12 A wo-1
< cr(k-1)P
/
(25)
§ 14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
195
where c is a constant (we have used the estimate for In Mf and a property of the Poincare form or = do In lz12 A wo -1), it follows that
f
(,z)lw1
, \E
Aa-cmaxllr_
S,. \E
Since h f(z/r) = (1/ra)h f(z), by (24) we can conclude that 2rP
fSr\E ln(1 +
If
12)wf-l A ak-1
= rP
1 Aak-1 +0(r(k-1)a)
f:\E hf (z)wf
If we take (23) into account as well as the analogous relation where In (I + If l2 )
is replaced by hf, then In(1 2
+ If
I2)wf-1
A ak-1 = fs, hf
= ra
fl
wf-1
A
ak-1 +o(rkp)
h fw f-1(rz) A o,--, + o(rkp)
(in the integral over Sr we have replaced z by rz and used a property of h f and the homogeneity of ak_1). From this, for any sequence of smooth plurisubhar-
monic functions hj approximating hf from above, we get by Fatou's lemma in (22): an estimate for the integral over the sphere fin 2
ln(1 + If
l2)wf-1
Aak-1 = rp Jlim
hjw f-1(rz) Aak-1 +o(rkp). (26)
The last step is to estimate the integral over the ball in (22). Since by definition
hj(z)>hf(z) lim r-x hl
1+1f(rz)l2 rp
by setting ur(z) = (1/ra) In 1 -+1 f (rz) l2 and by taking any of the functions hj as v, for any c > 0 we shall find from Lemma 2 an ro such that for r > ro and for all z E B1, 2 ln(1 + If (rz)l2) < rahj (z) + Era. Consequently, e
J L.
ln(1 + if(2)I2)1(z) A w0 -k+1 f +k-1
r JB, hj(z)wf-1(rz) A
+Era
f
,
wk-1 A WD
from which, applying (25) also, we obtain 1
2
ln(1 + l f
l2)wf-1 A wwm-k+1
B
< ra lim
j-oo B,
hjwf-1(rz) Awo _k+l +cETka.
-k+1
V. FURTHER RESULTS
196
Since s is arbitrarily small, by substituting this estimate and (26) into (22), we get
Ttki(r) > rP
w f -1(rz) A ak-1
j-t f8i 1
{
_ fI
hj w f-1(rz) A
wm0-k+1
}
+ o(r*P)
or, by Lemma 1 in §1 T fk) (r) > 2rP lim
300 J0
t f dd` hj A
1(rz) A w-k + o(rk).
t
But one can apply precisely the same procedure to the integral under the limit sign, replacing yet another factor in wf -1 by dd`hj; we obtain
f f j1--j2-1
T fkl (r) > 4r2" lira
+
lim
dt t
dd`hj, A dd`hj, A w f-2(r2z) A wo-k t
o(rkp).
Repeating this procedure k - 2 times more, we arrive at
Tjkl (r) > 2krkP lim ... lim
Jo 1 dt JBt
dd`hj, A ... A dd hj,, A wo -k
+ o(rk1)
which, taking (20) into account, is the same as (21). We mention specifically the case of mappings f : Cm --+ C" having 1- or 2-regular growth. In this case the estimate (21) is true for all characteristic functions, including T f('), which is the one responsible for preimages of points.
7. Complex variations. Here we wish to discuss the coefficients H f and which appear in the asymptotic estimates for the characteristic functions. We begin with Hr1), assuming for simplicity that the indicator h f E C2 and consequently that h f = h f. Using Lemma 1 from §1, formula (19) for k = 1 and f (0) = 0 can be rewritten in the form r1
Hf11(r)-21
0
fBlh1fAwo1
= JB, dhf Ad`InIz12 A=J ho,
s, from which it is clear that this coefficient is the same as the coefficient H f defined by (10).
Now a juxtaposition of Theorem 2 and Theorem 3 shows that for k = 1 the upper and lower estimates for Tf are the same; thus the following is true:
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
197
THEOREM 4. For a holomorphic mapping f: C' - C" with q-regular growth (q < 2m), the principal characteristic function admits a precise asymptotic estimate (27) Tf (r) = HfrP + o(rP),
where p is the order of the mapping.
We observe that Degtyar' [4] found subclasses of mappings of q-regular growth for which precise asymptotic estimates are also true for the higher characteristic functions TJk) with coefficients H(fk) instead of Hf. We now describe the geometric idea behind the coefficient Hf, assuming that f (0) = 0 and that the indicator h f is a convex function of class C2. Let us consider the convex body
Gf= n {z E Cm: Re(z, S) < h f(c)},
(28)
SES,
for which h f is the support function (here (z, S) is the Hermitian and Re(z, S) is the Euclidean inner product of the vectors z and S). Let is = { z = Sa, A E C } be the complex line passing through 0 and the point S E S,. The real curve 7s = G f fl is is the envelope of the family of lines in the plane of the complex variable A defined by the equation Re(.15, Se°) = hf(Seie),
which reduces to Re)1e-io =
where 0 is the parameter of the family. Differentiating the latter equation with respect to the parameter, we get Im AeTo = dh f/d&_ Combining this with the preceding equation, we find the equation of the envelope 7s: A _ (hf(ce'0) + i dof) eio Hence
do = ieie h f +
2f) ,
and consequently the length of the curve 7S is
Sc =Jo
2" da I
YO
l do
=
sn
/
hf(Seio) do
Jo
(we took into account that the convexity of h f implies that the second deriva-
tive d2hf/d92 > 0 and that the integral of this derivative along a closed contour equals 0). On the other hand, the average of the indicator h f over the sphere Si can be carried out by averaging it over the circles of intersection
5P/ V. FURTHER RESULTS
198
of Si with the complex lines is and then averaging over the set P"-1 of all such lines, i.e.,
Hf =
f hfa = f 1
27r
p--
dol
dp(S) (i-f
sc dp(c),
hc(Seie)
)
(29)
where p is the standard measure on P"1-1 Thus the coefficient H f can be interpreted geometrically as the mean value divided by 27r of the perimeters of the sections of the convex body G f by the complex lines passing through the point z = 0. EXAMPLE. Let us consider the mapping f : C -- C" realized by the exponential curve f (z) = (eat Z, ... e-- z). This is a mapping of order p = 1 and, as we shall soon see, of 1-regular growth. Reasoning as in the example of Ahlfors in subsection 9 of Chapter I, we can verify that the domain G f is a polygon, namely the convex hull of the points 0, A1, ... , an in the plane C, so the coefficient H f = P/27r, where P is the perimeter of this polygon. Consequently, Theorem 4 gives the same asymptotic behavior of Tf as in the example of Ahlfors (it is easy to generalize this to piecewise smooth indicators). 1 Passing to the interpretation of the other coefficients Hfk), we recall Vitushkin's definition [1] of the variation of sets in Euclidean space (see also Ivanov [1]). Let the set G C Rm and let IIk be a real k-dimensional plane passing through the origin; also let lT -k be the plane of complementary dimension passing through the point x c R"1 and orthogonal to Ilk. We denote by Vo(G, H",-k) the number of connected components of the intersection G n TI--k, and we set Vk(G,
Ilk) =
ffJk
Vo (G,
r1 -k) dx,
where dx is the element of volume of IIk, and we define the kth variation of the set G to he the quantity Vk(G.IIk) dpk,
Vk( G) = c(m, k)
fG
(30)
R
where Gk is the Grassmann manifold of k-dimensional planes in R"1 passing through the origin and dpk is the standard measure on it. The coefficient c(m, k) is chosen so that the kth variation of a k-dimensional unit cube in R"1 equals 1. For convex bodies, Vo(G, Hi-k) is the characteristic function of the projection of G on IIk, and IIk) is the volume of this projection. The quantity Vk(G) is the average of these volumes over all IIk; in particular, V1(G) is the
average of the lengths of the projections of G onto real lines. We observe that in the case of the convex body G f C C"' defined in (28), the length of
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
199
the projection on the real line passing through 0 and a point S E S1 is equal to h f(S) + h f(-S), while the coefficient H f = H f1l is equal to the average of h f(S) over all such lines. Thus Hill (up to the factor 1/2) is the complex analog of the variation V1i and it is natural to call it the first complex variation of the set Gf. In just the same way, the coefficients H(k) are called the kth complex variations of the set G f. In order to determine their relation to the real variations,
we consider, in particular, the mappings f : C' -+ C` of order p = 1 with convex indicator depending only on (Re z1,. .. , Re z,n); this class includes, 1")) with for instance, the exponential mappings (E e jle(z' ), ... , E real a" E R"`. As Degtyar' proved in [4], for such mappings the coeffik) cients H f( coincide, up to constant factors, with the variations Vk of the
setG={x=Rez:zEGf}CR'. In conclusion we prove that the mth complex variation Hfm) for a mapping
of order p = 1 with convex indicator h f E C2 coincides with the so-called pseudovolume defined recently by Kazarnovskii [1]. Let G C C"° be a convex
body with smooth boundary aG and let n(z) be the unit normal vector to aG at the point z. We consider on aG the form m
a = 2-r Im(dz, n(z)) = 2_ Im E nj (z) dzj j=1
and define the pseudovolume of G to/'be the quantity P(G)
=m
a A (dc,)-- 1.
(31)
J C
On the other hand, let h = h f be the indicator of a mapping f satisfying the conditions enumerated above. By (19) H(m) = 2m f (dd"h)m = 2m d`h I (dd`h)»i-1 (32)
m
m B, where the form
d`h =
1
2i ImE 3=1
can be replaced by
S
,
ah 49 Sj
dSj
rahl
1
;3 =
,
2-ir
j=1 Sjd
asp
which, as can be seen from the identity
_
ah aSjdS.7
ah
d1:'j
differs from dCh by an exact form.
ah
-1: jdaSjJ
V. FURTHER RESULTS
200
Now we use the fact that the real gradient of the function h, i.e., the vector
g=gradh=2ah d sn
under our hypotheses maps the sphere Sl one-to-one onto the boundary of the
domain G = Gf with h as support function,(-) where at the point z = g(S) the normal n(z) = S. Since zj = 28h/9j, we have
4 Im j=1
g` ((3)
n3 (z) dzj
21
Making the change of variable S = g-l (z) in (32), where dch has been replaced in the integral by the form Q, we get H(m) =
1
mZac ac
f
(ddca)m-1 = P(G),
A
which is what was required.
8. Applications and examples. There are a number of applications for the estimates of the characteristic functions obtained above (see Degtyar' [3]). As an example of such an application, we present a result of the type of Sokhotskii's theorem. THEOREM 5. Let f : Cm -+ Cn be a mapping with q-regular growth such
that Hfk) # 0, where k < m + 1 - q/2. Then the image f (Cm) intersects almost all (in the sense of the standard measure) planes in C" of complex codimension k.
A As in Chapter II, we set
tk-1(r) =
f
(f'w)k-1 n WOm-k+l
=r
,
r(k-1)lr) d(r) f '
(5)To prove this we introduce in C' the real coordinates z = (x1, ... , x2m) and (E1..... £2m); then 2m
h = E {jxj, j=1
E 2m
j=1
Differentiating (a) gives F, It, d(, = E xj d£j, where hj = 8h/8Cj (we took into account that > Cj dxj = 0, since the tangent plane to 8G at the point corresponding to S is orthogonal to the vector S), and E l:j dCj = 0. we and From this, assuming that all the differentials are equal to zero except find that xk £j = j hk - hj £k + xj k . Multiplying this relation by Fj and adding, we get by (a) that xk = hk - Fk E £jhj + hCk. But r_ ljhj = ph, if h is a homogeneous function of degree p. so xk = hk + (1 - p)h£k, or in vector notation, z = gradh + (1 - p)hs. For p = 1, using the convexity of G, we obtain the needed result.
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
where f'w = dd° ln(1 +
1f12)
201
Then for any B > 1 we get
.
Or
J
InOtk-1(r) <
r
dt t
J Bt
ww)k-1 A win-k+1 0
(f
= 7fk-1) (Br) -
Tfk-1) (r).
Using Theorem 2 and Theorem 3, we find that cr(k-1)p + o(r(k-1)p)
tk-1(r)
H( )rkp + o(rkp)
with some constant c, depending on f, k, and 0. Thus, lim tk-1(r) = 0
y0 Tfk)(r)
'
and by Theorem 7 in §4 this condition is sufficient for the image f (C"°) to intersect almost all planes of codimension k. We mention specifically the
COROLLARY. A holomorphic mapping f: C" - C' with 1- or 2-regular growth, for which H(n) # 0, takes on almost all values b E Cn. This result is a direct multidimensional generalization of Sokhotskii s theorem. It shows in particular that among the mappings of the class under
consideration there are none of the type of Fatou's example (see Shabat II, p. 62). We note that recently Sibony and Wong [1] proved the existence of Fatou examples of any finite order: for any E > 0 there exists a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping fE: C2 --' C2 for which C2 \ fE(C2) is a nonempty open set and M f. < Cer` . In conclusion we present examples of mappings with regular growth.
EXAMPLE 1. We consider a mapping f: C, -' Cn realized by the exponential sums
f, (z) _ cAv = 1,...,n,
(33)
aEA
where A is a finite set of points in C' and (z, A) as always is the Hermitian inner product; let A = U A. Since the order of the mapping f equals 1, by definition the indicator of this mapping n
lim -!In hf (S) = r-.oo 2r
1+
E caer(0)
S E S1.
(34)
v=1 AEA
We set m(S) = maxAEA Re(S, A) and A (S) = (A E A : Re(S, A) = m(i) }. Since ISI = 1 and Re(S, A) is the Euclidean inner product, it follows that m(S) is the farthest right of the projections of points in the set A onto the real line { z = is : t E R }. We also observe that some of the sets A (S) may be empty.
V. FURTHER RESULTS
202
If m(S) < 0, then the moduli of all the terms of the sum in (34) are bounded oc; consequently, h1(c) = 0. If m(S) > 0, then
or converge to zero as r from the identity
2
1 + If I2 = 1 + e2rm(s) E F,
cAeir Im(S,A)
L=1
where b > 0, it can be seen that in (34) there exists an (ordinary) limit equal to m(s), provided that the following conditions are not satisfied simultaneously:
F,
cAe(s,A) = 0,
v = 1,...,n,
(35)
AEA, (c)
where z = rS. But all these conditions cannot be satisfied simultaneously with respect to z; consequently, the exceptional set E described by them is an analytic set of codimension at least 1. In particular, for every S E S1, the intersection of E with the real line { z = tS } consists of at. most countably many points. Thus the upper limit in (34) always exists and the indicator hf(S) = m+ (S) = max(m(S),0). As can be seen from its definition, m+ (S) is the support function for the convex hull of the set A U {0 }, so this convex hull coincides with the body G f introduced above.
Since the conditions in (35) have a special character, in the situation of general position the exceptional set E is empty. In this situation there exists an ordinary limit in (34), and it is attained uniformly on the sphere S1, so the mapping (33) has 1-regular growth. However, even in the case where the set E is nonempty, the mapping (33) can have 1-regular growth. Let us consider, for example, the mapping f : C2 C2 given by the functions f1 (z) = e" + e",
.
f2 (z) = eiz. - eZ' ;
It is nondegenerate, since Jf (z) = -ez' (ez' + ietzl) 0 0, and its indicator hf (S) = max(Re c1, Re c2, -Im S1, 0).
The exceptional set E consists of points (z1, z2), where
z1 = (7r/2 + kiir)(1 - i) and z2 = (7r/2 + kiir)(1 + i) + 2k2?ri, with k1 and k2 integers. Only on one real line passing through z = 0, namely, on the line l° _ { z = tS° }, where S° = ((1-i)/2, (1+i)/2), are there infinitely
many points of E; moreover, f = 0 at these points. Since hf(S°) = 1/2, for S = 0 ° in (34) only the upper limit exists. But it is not difficult to verify that the points of E fl 1° can be covered by balls whose union has zero relative 1-measure. Thus, outside these balls, the limit in (34) is attained uniformly on the sphere S1. Thus (33) is a mapping with 1-regular growth.
§14. MAPPINGS OF FINITE ORDER
203
EXAMPLE 2. The mapping f : C' -f C' realized by sums of exponentials with polynomial exponents, ff(z)
ePk-lzl,
=
v = 1,...,n,
(36)
kEJ where J, is a finite set of natural numbers and the Pk, are polynomials, was considered by Degtyar' [3]. He proved that in the situation of general position such mappings also have 1-regular growth. I
SUPPLEMENT
A Brief Survey of Other Work Here we wish to describe briefly some results in multidimensional value distribution theory which did not appear in the main text of the book. We begin with holomorphic curves. This is the part of the theory which is most closely connected to the one-dimensional theory and the part which is best developed.
The theory of entire curves f : C -i Cn is the object of the work of V. P. Petrenko [1] - [7] and his students (Krutin' [1], Krytov [1], Babets [1] et al.). One aspect of this work is that instead of the proximity function m f(D, r),
which measures the deviation of f from the hyperplane D in the integral metric, the function
Lf(D,r) = maxln If (z)Ilal IZI =T
(1)
I(f (z), a) I'
is introduced; it evaluates the deviation in a stronger uniform metric (a E C" is the vector defining D as a hyperplane in Pn-1 in homogeneous coordinates). Instead of the defect in the sense of Nevanlinna or Valiron, the quantity Of (D) = lim
Lf(D,r)
T-X Tf(r)
'
(2)
appears; it is called by Petrenko the deviation of f from D. It is clear that the Nevanlinna defect bf (D) < Of (D), while for curves
f of finite lower order it is proved that if the Valiron defect t f (D) = 0, then Of (D) = 0 also. Thus the research on the deviation carried out by Petrenko and his students gives information also about the defects of holomorphic curves.
Holomorphic curves are related to algebroid functions-that is, multivalued analytic functions of one variable z which are defined by polynomial equations in w + An(z) = 0 (3) Ao(z)wn + with entire coefficients A3 . To every such function is associated the holomorphic curve [A0,.. , An]: C - Pn. On the basis of this relation, Petrenko has .
205
206
SUPPLEMENT
established a member of properties of algebroid functions. He has also applied his results to the study of the asymptotic behavior of solutions of linear differential equations of ntli order with entire coefficients and to the study of algebroid solutions of algebraic differential equations. One can become acquainted with this research in Petrenko's book [6] and his later paper [7]. In the work of E. I. Nochka a defect relation for holornorphic curves f : C P" is presented, which takes into account multiplicity and degeneracy. One says that f intersects a hyperplane D = { [wj E P" : a0w0 + + a"w,1 = 0 } with multiplicity v if all the zeros of the functions fD = (f, a) have orders at least v and if at least one zero is of order v (if f (C) C D or f (C) fl D = 0, then v is considered to be oo). The curve f is called k-nondegenerate if f (C) is contained in some k-dimensional subspace of Pn but is not contained in any subspaces of lower dimension. Then this is true: THEOREM. Let a k-nondegenerate curve f: C ---> P" be given and let the Dj C P" be q hyperplanes in general position. If f intersects every Dj with multiplicity vj, then
/
E+1q1
k1 <2n-k+1. J
(4)
b1
From this theorem Nochka deduced estimates of the degree of degeneracy of holomorphic curves, in particular for the case of complete degeneration: if in P" there are given q > 2n hyperplanes in general position and q numbers
v,, such that F_(1 - n/v.,) > n + 1, then there does not exist a nonconstant tneromorphic curve f : C , P" intersecting each D1 with multiplicity at least v3. This same condition ensures the normality of a family of holomorphic curves in the disk { JzJ < 1 }: this is a generalization of a classical theorem of Schottky and Montel. Already in the 1930s, H. Cartan conjectured that the sum of the Nevanlinna defects b f (D.7) of hyperplanes in general position for k-nondegenerate holoniorphic curves f : C - Pn is estimated by the same quantity 2n - k + 1 which is on the right side of (4).(1) Recently, Shen-Han Sung [1] announced that he had proved this conjecture. In Noguchi [2] and Ochiai [2], estimates of defects are given for holornorphic curves which are not in P" but in some algebraic manifold. For holomorphic mappings preserving dimension . the defect relation count-
ing multiplicity was earlier obtained by Sakai [lj. Namely, if a nondegenerate holornorphic mapping f: Cn - P" intersects hyperplanes DJ in general position with multiplicities at least v. (j = 1, ... , q) (for the definition see (')Certainly a k-nondegenerate curve in P" can be viewed as a nondegenerate curve in Pk. However, one cannot use the defect relation for nondegenerate curves and replace 2n - k + I by k + 1, since the intersections D. fl Pk may not be in general position.
SUPPLEMENT
207
Chapter I), then
11
n+
(5)
Vi
For n. = 1 this inequality is well known (see, for example, Hayman [11, Fj2.5.1):
in particular, for n = 1 it follows from this that there can be no more than four branch values for which vj > 2, and if there are precisely four then vj = 2 for each of them (this case is achieved by the elliptic function p)Sakai applies his theorem to the functional equation
z" +
+ zn+i` = 1, (6) where v = (v1, ... , vn+1) is a set of natural numbers. He proves that there is no nondegenerate holomorphic snapping from Cn to the hypersurface A = { z E C" f 1 : F,(z) = 1 } if 1/vl + + 1/vn+, < 1. In fact if there were
such a map f, then g = (f fV n+-11) would be a nondegenerate mapping from C" to the hyperplane H = { wl + + wn+1 = 11 C Cn+t, which is biholomorphically equivalent to C". It clearly intersects the hyperplanes Hj = { w E H : wj = 0 } with multiplicities at least vj (j = 1, ... , n + 1) and in addition omits the hyperplane at infinity H,,. = Pn \ C". Therefore, the sum on the left-hand side of (5) is equal to n + 2 - (1/vi + + which by the assumptions on the vj is greater than n - 1. This contradicts (5) and proves the assertion. We observe that for n = 1 the result is precise: the functions f1 (z) = cos z and f2 = sin z realize a nondegenerate holomorphic mapping from C to the surface { z c C2 : z? + z. = 1 }; here the sutra of the llvj equals 1. An analogous result for holomorphic curves was obtained earlier by Fujimoto [2]:
if 1/ui +
-
1/v,z+1 < 1/n, then given a mapping f: C . A, the image
f (C) lies in some submarifold of A,,. A number of works, mostly by Japanese mathematicians, are devoted to multidimensional generalizations of the well-known theorem of Edrei and Fuchs on meromorphic functions with maximal defect sum. There is a re-
sult of Mori for the case of curves which is particularly simple to formulate. Let a nondegenerate holomorphic curve f : C P" of finite order p be given and let there be q > n hyperplanes Dj C P" in general position, with ord Nf(Dj,r) < p. Then if the sum of the defects q
Ebf(D,)=nT1
(7)
j=1
i.e., is maximal, it follows that the order p is an integer. In Mori [2] there is a generalization of this result to holomorphic mappings of C" to compact complex manifolds on which positive line bundles are given. In an earlier paper of Noguchi [1], an analogous result was obtained for holomorphic mappings into complex projective space.
208
SUPPLEMENT
Now we consider the uniqueness problem for holomorphic mappings. According to the classical result of R. Nevanlinna (see, for example, Hayman [1], Theorem 2.6), two nonconstant meromorphic functions f and g are the same function if for five distinct points aj E C they have identical inverse images (not counting multiplicity). (In general it is not possible to replace the number 5 by 4, as is shown by the example of the functions f (z) = ez and g(z) = e-Z and the points 0, oo, f1.) A multidimensional variant of this theorem for mappings C' --+ Pn was obtained by Fujimoto [2], [3]: If for two such mappings f and g the inverse images (counting multiplicity) of q = 3n+2 hyperplanes Dj in general position coincide, where at least one of the mappings is nondegenerate and neither of the images of Cm lies in a D then f - g. If we suppose in addition that f and g are algebraically independent, then we can take q = 2n + 3. For mappings preserving dimension, a better result was proved by Drouilhet [1]. Let f and g be two nondegenerate holomorphic mappings from Cn to Pn, and let a hypersurface D C Pn have self-intersections in general position and degree q = n + 4 (for instance, n + 4 hyperplanes in general position). If
the inverse images f -1(D) and g-1 (D) coincide as sets (without counting multiplicity) and if also f l f-'(D) = then f - g. For meromorphic functions on Cm, as for functions of one variable, it is sufficient that the preimages of five points aj E C coincide (see Sadullaev and Degtyar' 11]). It is known that for rational functions on C it is sufficient that the preimages of four points coincide (the sharpness of this number is affirmed
by the example of the functions (z2 - z + 1)/z and (z2 - z + 1)/z2, where the preimages of 0, 1 and oo are the same); for polynomials, two are enough. Nochka has extended this result to rational functions on algebraic manifolds. In the paper of Sadullaev and Degtyar' cited above it is also proved that for holomorphic mappings f : Cm -. P" the set of proximity divisors { D C P" : limT-,,. m f(D, r) = oo } has inner P-capacity 0. They have also obtained a generalization of the second main theorem to meromorphic functions on C"°, where instead of the distribution of preimages of constants aj E C, they consider the distribution of sets { z E Cm : f (z) = aj (z) }, where the aj are meromorphic functions growing slowly in comparison with f , i.e., TQ, (r) _
o(Tf(r)) The theory of value distribution for holomorphic mappings described in the main part of this book can without particular difficulty be extended to meromorphic mappings. A mapping between complex manifolds A and M is said to be meromorphic if there exists an analytic subset S C A of codimension M is a holomorphic at least 2 (the indeterminacy set off) such that f : A\S
mapping and the closure in A x M of the graph { (z, f (z)) : z E A \ S } is an analytic subset of A x M. The extension to meromorphic mappings of the results in Griffiths and King (with the same assumptions on the manifolds and divisors) can be found in Shiffman [3].
SUPPLEMENT
209
Further, in the main text we presented the second main theorem and the defect relation for mappings preserving dimension. This method extends easily to mappings f : A - M which lower dimension: here A is an m-dimensional affine manifold and M is an n-dimensional compact algebraic manifold with m > n. For such an extension it suffices to consider instead of M the man-
ifold M x Cri`-` and extend f by the identity map with respect to the new coordinates, i.e., replace f by the mapping f = (f, zl otr, ... , zm_no7r), where 7r: A -> Cm is a proper projection. For the details of this, see Griffiths and King [1] or Shiffman [3]. The method which we have considered does not extend to mappings which raise dimension. We observe that already in the 50s Stoll [1] had proved a second main theorem and defect relation for holomorphic mappings f : Cm pn and inverse images of hyperplanes for any dimensions m and n. However, his
proof is very complicated (the paper takes up 160 pages in Acta Mathematica). Recently Vitter [11 found a substantially simpler approach to this result. His method is based on the generalization to meromorphic functions of several variables of the lemma on the logarithmic derivative, using which It. Nevanlinna proved his classical second main theorem: let f = [fo, f, 1: C" -; P' be a meromorphic function; then for a n y j = 1, ... , m and any r > 0, except for r in an at most countable union of intervals of finite total length,
f s,
ln+
I a f/azi l. Ill
Q
=fsr ln+ I foafi /azi - fi afo/az; I Ifofil
(8)
n + 1 hyperplanes
D3 C P" in general position and any r > 0, except for those in an at most countable union of intervals of finite total length, q
ENf(Df,r) > (q - n - 1)Tf (r) + N(S, r) - blln r -b2,
(9)
j=1
where S is the divisor of stationarity and b1 and b2 are constants (cf. (33) in §5). From this, for arbitrary dimensions, he proves in the standard manner the usual defect relation: the sum of the defects b f (Di) of hyperplanes in general position does not exceed n + 1. We observe also that Griffiths and King [11 give a generalization of the concept of the logarithmic derivative to holomorphic mappings. Let M be an n-dimensional complex manifold and let 0 be a meromorphic (n, 0)-form on it whose polar divisor D has self-intersections in general position. (In the case of
SUPPLEMENT
210
M = P' with homogeneous coordinates [W0,. .. , (w1, .... wn), one can take
and affine coordinates
n
fI
E(_l)vW,dWo n ... A dli;,_1 n dWv+1 n ... A dWn
wo...wii a
dw1 A ... A dwn
w1...wn For a holomorphic mapping f : Cn -> M the pullback f * (f2) = A f (z) dz1 A A dzn and the quantity
vf(r)
= f In+IAfla
(10)
replaces the integral which appears in the lemma on the logarithmic derivative
(for mappings f: C -> PI we clearly have )t f(z) = f'(z)/f (z)). For this quantity, in Griffiths and King [1], p. 211, an estimate is obtained, which is however weaker than (9). For the case of curvilinear divisors, the defect relation for mappings which raise dimension is still insufficiently worked out. One of the first results in this direction is due to Shiffman [4]. Let q distinct irreducible hypersurfaces Dj be given in Pn which are defined by homogeneous polynomials of degree p;
suppose further that the D; intersect in general position, in particular that no more than n of them pass through any given point.. The Veronese mapping (see Shaferevich [1], Chapter I,§4), which is realized by monomials of degree p,
imbeds PI in the space P", where N = (nY P) - 1, so that the images of the D3 lie on hyperplanes_ Therefore, regarding the nondegenerate holomorphic mapping f : C"` Pn as a mapping to P'^', and using the defect relation for hyperplane divisors, we obtain the trivial estimate a
Ebf(D;) - n+p \ P
a=1
(11)
This estimate is clearly not optimal. The optimal estimate for the sum of the defects for a nonconstant holomorphic mapping f : C'n _ Pn is clearly 2n (see the right-hand side of (4) for k = 1). However, in Shiffman [4] this is proved only for an extremely special class of mappings. In conclusion, we briefly indicate some work where holomorphy is replaced by some metric-topological conditions. The first research in this direction was done by Ahlfors [1], who built up a theory of covering surfaces-a geometrical analog of Nevanlinna theory-- which is true not only for conformal mappings but also for the more general quasiconformal mappings of Riemann surfaces. Schwartz [1], [2], extended some of the results of this theory to the case of multidimensional real manifolds.
SUPPLEMENT
211
I. M. Dektyarev [1] [4] considered mappings from open orientable manifolds
to compact Riemannian manifolds of the same dimension, where conditions close to quasiconformality were imposed on the mappings. In particular, lie obtained sufficient conditions for quasi-surjectivity of such mappings; several of his results are related to complex manifolds and holomorphic mappings, Ronkin [2] considered manifolds with mixed structure--real-analytic fiber bundles over real-analytic manifolds whose fibers are complex lines. Such bundles are mapped real-analytically to compact complex manifolds, and the mappings are assumed to be holomorphic on each fiber. In this situation he obtains a generalization of the first main theorem in the form of Griffiths and proves a theorem about the set of defective divisors in the sense of Valiron (see subsection 3 of Chapter V).
Bibliography
AGRANOVICH, P. Z. AND RONKIN, L. I. [1] On functions of several variables having completely regular growth, Preprint, Fiz.-Tekhn. Inst. Nizkikh Temperatur Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kharkov, 1976. (Russian) AHLFORS, LARS V. [1] Zur Theorie der Uberlagerungaflachen, Acta Math. 65 (1935), 157-194. [2] The theory of meromorphic curves, Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. Nova Ser. A 3 (1939/47), no. 4 (1941).
AIZENBERG, L. A. AND YUZHAKOV, A. P. [1] Integral representations and residues in multidimensional complex analysis, "Nauka", Novosibirsk, 1979; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., 1983.
AZARIN, V. S. [1] Subharmonic functions of completely regular growth in multidimensional space, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 146 (1962), 743 746; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 3 (1962).
BABETS, V. A. [1] The problem of constructing exceptional sets of entire curves, Mat. Zametki 26 (1979), 769-777; English transl. in Math. Notes 26 (1979). BEDFORD, ERIC AND TAYLOR, B. A. [1] The Dirichlet problem for a complex Monge-Ampere equation, Invent. Math. 37 (1976), 1-44. BISHOP, ERRETT
[1] Conditions for the analyticity of certain sets, Michigan Math. J. 11 (1964), 289-304.
BLOCH, A.
[1] Sur les systemes de fonctions holomorphes a varietes lineaires lacunaires, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 43 (1926), 309-362. 213
BIBLIOGRAPHY
214
BOREL, SMILE [1] Sur les zeros des fonctions entieres, Acta Math. 20 (1896/87). 357-396.
BOTT, RAOUL AND CHERN, S. S. [1] Hermitian vector bundles and the equidistribution of the zeroes of their holomorphic section, Acta Math. 114 (1965), 71-112. BROWN, LEON AND GAUTHIER, P. M. [1] Equidistribution des valeurs dune fonction analytique generique sur un espace de Stein, L'Enseigncment Math. (2) 20 (1974), 205--214. BUSEMANN, HERBERT
[1] Convex surfaces. Interscience, 1958. CARLSON, JAMES A. [1] Some degeneracy theorems for entire functions with values in an alge-
braic variety, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 168 (1972), 273 301. [2] A remark on the transcendental Bezout problem, Value-Distribution Theory (Proc. Tulane Univ. Program, 1973; R. 0. Kujala and A. L. Vitter, III, editors), Part A, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1974, pp. 133 143.
[3] A moving lemma for the transcendental Bezout problem, Ann. of Math. (2) 103 (1976), 305 330. [4] A result on the value distribution of holomorphic maps f : Cn C'1,
Several Complex Variables, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., vol. 30, part 2, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., 1977. pp. 225-227. CARLSON, JAMES A. AND GREEN. MARK [I] A Picard theorem for holomorphic curves in the plane, Duke Math. J. 43 (1976), 1 -9.
CARLSON, JAMES A. AND GRIFFITHS, PHILLIP A. [1] A defect relation for equidimensional holomorphic, mappings between algebraic varieties, Ann. of Math. (2) 95 (1972), 557-584. [2] The order functions for entire holomorphic mappings. Value-Distribu-
tion Theory (Proc. Tulane Univ. Program, 1973; R. 0. Kujala and A. L. Vitter, III, editors), Part A. Marcel Dekkeer. New York, 1974. pp. 225-248. CARTAN. HENRI
[1] Sur les systemes de fonctions holomorphes a varietes lineaires lacunaires et leurs applications. Ann. Sci. EcoleNorm_ Sup. (3) 45 (1928). 255-346.
[2j Sur les zeros des combinazsons lineaires de p fonctions holomorphes donnees, Mathematica (Cluj) 7 (1933). 5-31.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
215
CHERN, SHING-SHEN
[1] On holomorphic mappings of Hermitian manifolds of the same dimension, Entire Functions and Related Parts of Analysis, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., vol. 11, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. 1., 1968, pp. 157-170.
[2] The integrated form of the first main theorem for complex analytic mappings in several complex variables, Ann. of math. (2) 71 (1960), 536-551.
[3] Holomorphic curves in the plane, Differential Geometry (in honor of K. Yano) (S. Kobayashi et al., editors), Kinokuniya, Tokyo, 1972, pp. 73-94.
CHIRKA, E. M. [1] Currents and some of their applications, Appendix to the Russian trans]. of Harvey [1], "Mir", Moscow, 1979, pp. 122 154. (Russian) [2] Complex analytic sets, "Nauka", Moscow, 1985. (Russian) CORNALBA, MAURIZIO AND GRIFFITHS, PHILLIP
[1] Analytic cycles and vector bundles on non-compact algebraic varieties, Invent. Math. 26 (1975), 1-106. CORNALBA, MAURIZIO AND SHIFFMAN, BERNARD
[1] A counterexample to the `transcendental Bezout problem", Ann. of Math. (2) 96 (1972), 402-406. COWEN, MICHAEL J.
[1] Hermitian vector bundles and value distribution for Schubert cycles, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 180 (1973), 189-228. COWEN, MICHAEL J. AND GRIFFITHS, PHILLIP A. [1] Holomorphic curves and metrics of negative curvature, J. Analyse Math. 29 (1976), 93-153.
DEGTYAR', P. V. [1] Asymptotic behavior of the order functions of holomorphic mappings, Dokl. Akad. Nauk UzSSR 1977, no. 10, 3-5. (Russian) [2] Asymptotic behavior of the characteristic function of a holomorphic mapping, Mat. Zametki 28 (1980), 717-726; English transl. in Math. Notes 28 (1980). [3] A theorem of Sokhotskii type and the Bezout inequality for certain classes of holomorphic mappings, Dokl. Akad. Nauk UzSSR 1981, no. 3, 4-7. (Russian) [4] Some questions in the value distribution theory of holomorphic mappings, and complex variations, Mat. Sb. 115(147) (1981), 307 -318; English transl. in Math. USSR Sb. 43 (1982).
216
BIBLIOGRAPHY
D EKTYAREV ,
1. M.
[1] Distribution of values under a mapping of manifolds, Mat. Sb. 78(120) (1969), 124-128; English transl. in Math. USSR Sb. 7 (1969).
[2] The general first fundamental theorem of value distribution theory, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 193 (1970), 518-520; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 11 (1970). [3] Problems of value distribution in dimension higher than unity, Uspekhi
Mat. Nauk 25 (1970), no. 6(156), 53-84; English transl. in Russian Math. Surveys 25 (1970). [4] Structure of defective sets in the multidimensional theory of value distribution, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 6 (1972), no. 2, 32-40; English transl. in Functional Anal. Appl. 6 (1972). [5] Parabolic mappings of differentiable manifolds, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 13 (1979), no. 4, 67-68; English transl. in Functional Anal. Appl. 13 (1979). DRAPER, RICHARD N. [1] Intersection theory in analytic geometry, Math. Ann. 180 (1969), 175204.
DROUILHET, S. J. [1] A unicity theorem for equidimensional holomorphic maps, Several Complex Variables, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., vol. 30, part 2, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence. R. I., 1977, pp. 237-238. FAVOROV. S. Yu.
[1] On functions of class B and their applications in the theory of meromorphic functions of several variables, Teor. Funktsii, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. Vyp. 20 (1974), 150-160. (Russian) [2] On a property of integral curves, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 9 (1975), no. 1, 87 88; English transl. in Functional Anal. Appl. 9 (1975). FUJIMOTO, HIROTAKA
[1] Families of holomorphic maps into the projective space omitting some hyperplanes, J. Math. Soc. Japan 25 (1973), 235-249. [2] On meromorphic maps into the complex projective space, J. Math. Soc. Japan 26 (1974), 272-288. [3] The uniqueness problem of meromorphic maps into the complex projective space, Nagoya Math. J. 58 (1975), 1-23. [4] Remarks to the uniqueness problem of meromorphic maps into Pn(C). I., II, III, Nagoya Math. J. 71 (1978), 13-24, 25-41; 75 (1979), 71-85. GAUTHIER. P. M. AND HENGARTNER, WALTER [11 The value distribution of most functions of one or several complex vari-
ables, Ann. of Math. (2) 96 (1972), 31-52.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
217
GAUTHIER, P. M. AND NGO VAN QUE [1] Probleme de surjectivite des applications holomorphes, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa (3) 27 (1973), 555-559.
GOL'DBERG, A. A. [1] Some questions of value distribution theory, Appendix to the Russian transi. of H. Wittich, Neuere Untersuchungen fiber eindeutige analytische Funktionen, Fizmatgiz, Moscow, 1960, pp. 263-300. (Russian) GOL'DBERG, A. A. AND OSTROVSKII, I. V. [1] Distribution of values of meromorphic functions, "Nauka", Moscow, 1970. (Russian) GREEN, MARK L. [1] Holomorphic maps into complex projective space omitting hyperplanes, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 169 (1972), 89-103. [2] Some Picard theorems for holomorphic maps to algebraic varieties, Amer. J. Math. 97 (1975), 43-75. [3] Some examples and counter-examples in value distribution theory for several variables, Compositio-Math. 30 (1975), 317-322. [4] The hyperbolicity of the complement of 2n + 1 hyperplanes in general position in Pn, and related results, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1977), 109-113. GRIFFITHS, PHILLIP A. [1] Hermitian differential geometry, Chern classes, and positive vector bundles, Global Analysis: Papers in Hornor of K. Kodaira (D. C. Spencer
and S. Iyanaga, editors), Univ. of Tokyo Press, Tokyo, and Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1969, pp. 185-251. [2] Two theorems on extensions of holomorphic mappings, Invent. Math. 14 (1971), 27-62. [3] Function theory of finite order on algebraic varieties. I(A), I(B), J. Differential Geometry 6 (1971/72), 285-306; 7 (1972), 45-66 (1973). [4] Holomorphic mappings: Survey of some results and discussion of open problems, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 78 (1972), 374-382. [5] A Schottky-Landau theorem for holomorphic mappings in several complex variables, Symposia Math. (INDAM), vol. 10, Academic Press, 1972, pp. 229-243.
[6] Holomorphic mappings into canonical algebraic varieties, Ann. of Math. (2) 93 (1971), 439-458. [7] Some remarks on Nevanlinna theory, Value-Distribution Theory (Proc.
Tulane Univ. Program, 1973; R. 0. Kujala and A. L. Vitter, III, editors), Part A, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1974, pp. 1-11. [8] Two results in the global theory of holomorphic mappings, Contributions to Analysis (Coll. Dedicated to L. Bers) (L. V. Ahlfors et al., editors), Academic Press, 1974, pp. 169-183.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
218
[9] On the Bezout problem for entire analytic sets, Ann. of Math. (2) 100 (1974), 533- 552.
[10] Entire holomorphic mappings in one and several complex variables, Ann. of Math. Studies, no. 85, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., and Univ. of Tokyo Press, Tokyo, 1976. GRIFFITHS, PHILLIP AND HARRIS, JOSEPH [1] Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley, 1978.
GRIFFITHS, PHILLIP AND KING, JAMES [1] Nevanlinna theory and holomorphic mappings between algebraic vari-
eties, Acta Math. 130 (1973), 145-220. GROMOLL, D., KLINGENBERG, W. AND MEYER, W. [1] Riemannsche Geometrie im Grossen, Lecture Notes in Math., no. 85, Springer-Verlag, 1968. GRUMAN, LAWRENCE
[1] Entire functions of several variables and their asymptotic growth, Ark. Mat. 9 (1971)1 141-163. [2] Generalized Hardy and Nevanlinna classes, Ark. Mat. 14 (1976), 6578.
[3] The area of analytic varieties in Cn, Math. Scand. 41 (1977), 365-397. [4] Value distribution for holomorphic maps in C'n,Math. Ann. 245 (1979), 199-218.
GUNNING, ROBERT C. AND Rossi, HUGO [1] Analytic functions of several complex variables, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1965. HARVEY, REESE
[1] Holomorphic chains and their boundaries, Several Complex Variables, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., vol. 30, part 1, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. L, 1977, pp. 309-382.
HAYMAN, W. K. [1] Meromorphic functions, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1964.
HENKIN, G. M. -see KHENKIN, G. M. HIRONAKA, HEISUKE
[1] Resolution of singularities of algebraic varieties over fields of characteristic zero. I, II, Ann. of Math. (2) 79 (1964), 109-203, 205-326. HIRSCHFELDER, JOHN J.
[1] On Wu's form of the first main theorem of value distribution, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969), 548-554. [2] The first main theorem of value distribution in several variables, Invent. Math. 8 (1969), 1-33.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
219
IVANOV, L. D. [1] Variations of sets and functions, "Nauka", Moscow, 1975. (Russian) KAZARNOVSKII. B. YA. [1] On the zeros of exponential sums, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 257 (1981),
804-808; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 23 (1981).
KHENKIN, G. M. [1] Solutions with estimates of the H. Lewy and Poincare-Lelong equations. The construction of functions of a Nevanlinna class with given zeros in a strictly pseudoconvez domain, Dokl. Akad. nauk SSSR 224 (1975), 771-774; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 16 (1975). [2] The Lewy equation and analysis on pseudoconvex manifolds. I, Uspekhi
Mat. Nauk 32 (1977), no. 3(195), 57-118; English transl. in Russian Math. Surveys 32 (1977). [3] The Lewy equation and analysis on pseudoconvex manifolds. II, Mat. Sb. 102 (144) (1977), 71-108; English trans]. in Math. USSR. Sb. 31 (1977).
KIERNAN, PETER [1] Hyperbolically imbedded spaces and the big Picard theorem, Math. Ann. 204 (1973), 203-209. KIERNAN, PETER AND KOBAYASHI, SHOSHICHI
[1] Holomorphic mappings into projective space with lacunary hyperplanes, Nagoya Math. J. 50 (1973), 199-216.
KING, JAMES R.
[1] The currents defined by analytic varieties, Acta Math. 127 (1981), 185-220. KNESER, HELLMUTH
[1] Zur Theorie der gebrochenen Funktionen mehrerer Veranderlicher, Jber. Deutsch. Math. Verein. 48 (1938/39). 1-28. KOBAYASHI, SHOSHICHI
[1] Hyperbolic manifolds and holomorphic mappings, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1970.
[2] Intrinsic distances, measures and geometric function theory, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1976), 357-416. KOBAYASHI, SHOSHICHI AND OCHIAI, TAKUSHIRO
[1] Mappings into compact complex manifolds with negative first Chern class, J. Math. Soc. Japan 23 (1971), 137-148. [2] Meromorphic mappings onto compact complex spaces of general type, Invent. Math. 31 (1975/76), 7-16.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
220
KODAIRA, K. [1] Holomorphic mappings of polydiscs into compact complex manifolds, J. Differential Geometry 6 (1971/72), 33-46.
KRUTIN', V. I. [1] On the magnitudes of the positive deviations and of the defects of entire curves of finite lower order, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 42 (1978), 1021-1049; English transi. in Math. USSR Izv. 13 (1979).
KRYTOV, A. V. [1] Deficiencies of entire functions of finite lower order, Ukrain. Mat. Zh. 31 (1979), 273-278; English transl. in Ukrainian Math. J. 31 (1979). LANDKOF, N. S. [1] Foundations of modern potential theory, "Nauka", Moscow, 1966; English transl., Springer-Verlag, 1972. LELONG, PIERRE
[1] Integration sur un ensemble analytique complexe, Bull. Soc. Math. France 85 (1957), 239-262. [2] Fonctions entieres (n variables) et fonctions plurisousharmoniques d'ordre fini dans C", J. Analyse Math. 12 (1964), 365-407. [3] Fonctions plurisousharmoniques et formes differentielles positives, Gordon and Breach, 1968. LEVIN, B. YA. [1] Distribution of zeros of entire functions, GITTL, Moscow, 1956; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I., 1964. LEVINE, HAROLD I.
[1] A theorem on holomorphic mappings into complex projective space, Ann. of Math. (2) 71 (1960), 529-535. MALLIAVIN, PAUL
[1] Fonctions de Green dun ouvert strictement pseudo-convene et classe de Nevanlinna, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. A-B 278 (1974), A141-A144.
[2] Travaux de H. Skoda sur la classe de Nevanlinna, Sem. Bourbaki 1976/77, Expose 504, Lecture Notes in Math., vol. 677, Springer-Verlag, 1978, pp. 201-217.
MAL'TSEV, A. I. [1] Foundations of linear algebra, 3rd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1970; English transl. of 2nd ed., Freeman, San Francisco, Calif., 1963. MORI, SEIKI
[1] Holomorphic curves with maximal deficiency sum, Kodai Math. J. 2 (1979), 116-122.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
221
[2] The deficiencies and the order of holomorphic mappings of Cn into a compact complex manifold, Tohoku Math. J. (2) 31 (1979), 285-291. MUMFORD, DAVID
[1] Algebraic geometry. I: Complex projective varieties, Springer-Verlag, 1976.
NEVANLINNA, ROLF
[1] Eindeutige analitische Funktionen, Springer-Verlag, 1936; English transl., 1970. NIINO, KIYOSHI
[1] Deficiencies of the associated curves of a holomorphic curve in the projective space, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (1976), 81-88. NOCHKA, E. I. [1] Uniqueness theorems for rational functions on algebraic varieties, Bul. Alcad. Shtiintsa RSS Moldoven. 1979, no. 3, 27-31. (Russian) NOGUCHI, JUNJIRO
[1] A relation between order and defects of meromorphic mappings of Cn into Pn(C), Nagoya Math. J. 59 (1975), 97-106. [2] Holomorphic curves in algebraic varieties, Hiroshima Math. J. 7 (1977), 833-853. OCHIAI, TAKUSHIRO
[1] Some remark on the defect relation of holomorphic curves, Osaka J. Math. 11 (1974), 483-501. [2] On holomorphic curves in algebraic varieties with ample irregularity, Invent. Math. 43 (1977), 83-96. PAN, YI-CHUAN
[1] Analytic sets of finite order, Math. Z. 116 (1970), 271-298.
PETRENKO, V. P. [1] Deviations of integral curves of lower order A < 1, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 207 (1972), 538-540; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 13 (1972).
[2] On the value distribution of certain classes of entire functions of several complex variables, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 223 (1975), 46-48; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 16 (1975). [3] The growth of integral curves of finite lower order, Mat. Sb. 97(139) (1975), 469-492; English transl. in Math. USSR Sb. 26 (1975). [4] On the connection between the deviation values and the Valiron defects for integral curves and variable polyvectors, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 40 (1976), 326-337; English transl. in Math. USSR Izv. 10 (1976).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
222
[5] On the structure of exceptional sets of entire curves, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 41 (1977), 352-369; English transl. in Math. USSR Izv. 11 (1977). [6] The growth of meromorphic functions, "Vishcha Shkola" (Izdat. Khar'kov. Univ.), Kharkov, 1978. (Russian) [7] Growth and distribution of values of algebroid functions, Mat. Zametki 26 (1979), 513-522; English transl. in Math. Notes 26 (1979). PRIVALOV, I. I. [1] Boundary properties of analytic functions, 2nd ed., GITTL, Moscow. 1950; German transl., VEB Deutscher Verlag Wiss., Berlin, 1956.
RABOTIN, V. V. [1] Finiteness of the number of holomorphic mappings into some algebraic varieties, Some Problems of Multidimensional Complex Analysis (A.M. Kytmanov, editor), Inst. Fiz. Sibirsk. Otdel. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Krasnoyarsk, 1980, pp. 129-138. (Russian)
RONKIN, L. I. [1] Introduction to the theory of entire functions of several variables, "Nauka", Moscow, 1971; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., 1974. [2] On the defects of divisors of holomorphic mappings, Preprint, Fiz.Tekhn. Inst. Nizkikh Temperatur Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kharkov. 1979. (Russian) SADULLAEV, A.
[1] Criteria for analytic sets to be algebraic; Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen.
6 (1972), no. 1, 85-86; English transl. in Functional Anal. Appl. 6 (1972).
[2] Deficient divisors in the Valiron sense, Mat. Sb. 108(150) (1979), 567-580; English transl. in Math. USSR Sb. 36 (1980). [3] The operator (ddcu)n and condenser capacities, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 251 (1980)1 44-47; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 21 (1980).
SADULLAEV, A. AND DEGTYAR', P. V. [1] Approximation divisors and other questions of multidimensional Nevanlinna theory, Dokl. Akad. Nauk UzSSR 1980, no. 7, 10-13. (Russian) SAKAI, FUMIO
[1] Degeneracy of holomorphic maps with ramification, Invent. Math. 26 (1974), 213-229. [2] Kodaira dimensions of complements of divisors, Complex Analysis and Algebraic Geometry (Coll. Dedicated to K. Kodaira) (W. L. Baily, Jr., and T. Shioda, editors), Cambridge Univ. Press, 1977, pp. 239-257.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
223
SCHIFFER, MENACHEM AND SPENCER, DONALD C.
[1] Functionals of finite Riemann surfaces, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1954. SCHWARTZ, MARIE-HELENE
[1] Formules apparentees a la formule de Gauss-Bonnet pour certaines applications dune variete a n dimensions dans une autre, Acta Math. 91 (1954), 189-244. [2] Formules apparentees a celles de Nevanlinna-Ahlfors pour certaines applications dune variete a n dimensions dans une autre, Bull. Soc. Math. France 82 (1954), 317-360. SHAFAREVICH, I. R.
[1] Basic algebraic geometry, "Nauka", Moscow, 1972; English transl., Springer-Verlag, 1974. SHIFFMAN, BERNARD
[1] Extension of positive line bundles and meromorphic maps,Invent. Math. 15 (1972), 332-347. [2] Applications of geometric measure theory to value distribution theory for meromorphic maps, Value-Distribution Theory (Proc. Tulane Univ.
Program, 1973; R. O. Kujala and A. L. Vitter, IH, editors), Part A, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1974, pp. 63-95.
[3] Nevanlinna defect relations for singular divisors, Invent. Math. 31 (1975/76), 155-182. [4] On holomorphic curves and meromorphic maps in projective space, Indiana Univ. Math. J. 28 (1979), 627-641. SIBONY, NESSIM AND WONG, PIT-MANN
[1] Remarks on the Casorati- Weierstrass theorem, Harmonic Analysis in Euclidean Spaces, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., vol. 35, part 2, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. 1., 1979, pp. 91 95. SKODA, HENRI
[1] Sous-ensembles analytiques d'ordre fini on infini dans Cn, Bull. Soc. Math. France 100 (1972), 353-408. [2] Valeurs an bord pour les solutions de l'operateur d", et caractcrisation des zeros des fonctions de la classe de Nevanlinna, Bull. Soc. Math. France 104 (1976), 225-299. STOLL, WILHELM
[1] Die beiden Hauptsdtze der Wertverteilungstheorie bei Funktionen mehrerer komplexer Veranderlichen. I, II, Acta Math. 9 (1953), 1-115; 92 (1954), 55-169.
[2] The growth of the area of a transcendental analytic set. I, II, Math. Ann. 156 (1964), 47-78, 144-170.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
224
[3] The multiplicity of a holomorphic map, Invent. Math. 2 (1966/67), 15-58.
[4] A general first main theorem of value distribution. I, H, Acta Math. 118 (1967), 111-146, 147-191. [5] About the value distribution of holomorphic maps into the projective space, Acta Math. 123 (1969), 83-114. [6] A Bdzout estimate for complete intersections, Ann. of Math. (2) 96 (1972), 361-401.
[7] Holomorphic functions of finite order in several complex variables, Conf. Board Math. Sci. Regional Conf. Ser. Math., no. 21, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I., 1974.
[8] Value distribution on parabolic spaces, Lecture Notes in Math., vol. 600, Springer-Vedrlag, 1977. [9] Aspects of value distribution theory in several complex variables, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc . 83 (1977), 166-183. STOLZENBERG, GABRIEL
[1] Volumes, limits, and extensions of analytic varieties, Lecture Notes in Math., vol. 19, Springer-Verlag, 1976. SUNG, CHEN-HAN
[1] Defect relations of holomorphic curves and their associated curves in CP"t, Complex Analysis: Jonesuu, 1978, Lecture Notes in Math., vol. 747, Springer-Verlag, 1979, pp. 398--404.
THIE, PAUL R. [1] The area of an analytic set in complex projective space, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969), 553-554. [2] The Lelong number of a complete intersection, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970), 319-323. TODA, NOBUSHIGE
[1] On the functional equation EPo a; f; : = 1, Tohoku Math. J. (2) 23 (1971), 289-299.
VITTER, AL. [1] The lemma of the logarithmic derivative in several complex variables, Duke Math. J. 44 (1977), 89-104.
VITUSHKIN, A. G. [1] On multidimensional variations, GITTL, Moscow, 1955. (Russian) VLADIMIROV, V. S. [1] Methods of the theory of functions of many complex variables, "Nauka", Moscow, 1964; English transl., MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1966.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
225
VAN DER WAERDEN, B. L. [1] Algebra. Vols. I (8th ed.), II (5th ed.), Springer-Verlag, 1971, 1967; English transl., Ungar, New York, 1970. WEYL, HERMANN AND WEYL, F. JOACHIM
[1] Meromorphic functions and analytic curves, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., and Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, 1943. WIRTINGER, W.
[1] Eine Determinantenidentitat and ihre Anwendung auf analytische Gebilde in Euklidischer and Hermitescher Massbestimmung, Monatsh. Math. Phys. 44 (1936), 343-365. Wu, HUNG-HSI
[1] Remarks on the first main theorem in equidistribution theory. I, II, III, IV, J. Differential Geometry 2 (1968), 197-202, 369-384; 3 (1969), 83-94,433-446. [2] An n-dimensional extension of Picard's theorem, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969), 1357-1361. [3] The equidistribution theory of holomorphic curves, Ann. of Math. Studies, no. 64, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., and Univ. of Tokyo Press, Tokyo, 1970. YAU, SHING-TUNG
[1] Intrinsic measures of compact complex manifolds, Math. Ann. 212 (1974/75), 317-329.
ABCDEFGHIJ-AMS/AP- 898765